OI feedback

Family 8202+01 IBM Power 720 Express Server

IBM United States Sales Manual
Revised:  October 28, 2014.

Table of contents
TOC Link Product life cycle dates TOC Link Publications
TOC Link Abstract TOC Link Features
TOC Link Highlights TOC Link Accessories
TOC Link Description TOC Link Machine elements
TOC Link Models TOC Link Supplies
TOC Link Technical description  

 
Product life cycle dates
Type Model Announced Available Marketing Withdrawn Service Discontinued
8202-E4B 2010/08/172010/09/17 2012/05/25 -

Back to topBack to top
 
Abstract

The IBM 8202 is a Power 720 Express server that can enable companies to spend more time running their business, utilizing a proven solution from thousands of ISVs that support the AIX, IBM i, and Linux operating systems.

Model abstract 8202-E4B

The IBM 8202 Model E4B uses a powerful 4-core, 6-core, or 8-core 3.0 GHz POWER7 processor chip, the Power 720 offers significantly more performance than its predecessor POWER6 520. The Power 720 has excellent expansion capabilities, offering up to 128 GB memory, 28 PCI slots, 380 hard disk drives (HDDs) or 268 SSDs, and extensive connectivity capability when fully configured.
Back to topBack to top
 

Highlights

The Power 720 Express server is designed to bring the performance and reliability capabilities of POWER7 to your small and distributed business needs:

  • Powerful 64-bit POWER7 processors that offer 4-core, 6-core, and 8-core configuration options

  • Tower or rack-mount configuration

  • Up to 128 GB of memory with optional memory riser card, optionally augmented with Active Memory Expansion

  • Up to two optional PCIe I/O drawers or up to four optional PCI-X I/O drawers, adding up to 20 PCIe slots or 24 PCI-X slots

  • Rich I/O options in the system unit

    • Four PCIe slots in the system unit with an additional four PCIe Low Profile slots available as an option

    • Eight hard disk drive (HDD)/solid-state drive (SSD) SAS SFF (small form-factor) bays -- up to 2.4 TB

    • Optional slimline DVD-RAM

    • Half-high bay for tape or removable drive

    • Integrated SAS/SATA controller for disk/SSD/DVD

    • Host Ethernet Adapters (four 1 Gb or two 10 Gb)

  • EnergyScale technology

Back to topBack to top
 
Description

As a distributed application server, the IBM Power 720 Express is designed with capabilities to deliver leading-edge application availability and enable more work to be processed with less operational disruption for branch office and in-store applications. As a consolidation server, PowerVM Editions provide the flexibility to use leading-edge AIX, IBM i, Linux for Power, and x86 Linux applications and offer comprehensive virtualization technologies designed to aggregate and manage resources while helping to simplify and optimize your IT infrastructure and deliver one of the most cost-efficient solutions for UNIX, IBM i, and Linux deployments.

The Power 720 Express with IBM i provides a technology foundation with proven reliability and security for the small or midsized company seeking a complete, integrated business system to avoid increased spending and staffing requirements while becoming more responsive to their customers, improving their productivity and keeping their data secure. IBM i integrates features to simplify your IT environment and delivers a complete, cost-effective business system that can grow with a business, and the Power 720 delivers the performance and capacity to run new and existing core business applications on a single server, to greatly integrate and simplify your IT environment.

The Power 720 Express offers a choice of a 4-core, 6-core, or 8-core configuration, provided in your choice of a 4U rack-mount or a tower form factor. The Power 720 POWER7 3.0 GHz chip offers industry-leading 64-bit, SMT4 threading and up to 32 MB on-chip embedded DRAM L3 cache, among other advantages.

The Power 720 Express server supports a maximum of 16 DDR3 DIMM slots, with eight DIMM slots included in the base configuration and eight DIMM slots available with an optional memory riser card. Memory features (two memory DIMMs per feature) supported are 8 GB and 16 GB and run at speeds of 1066 MHz. A system with the optional memory riser card installed has a maximum memory of 128 GB. Also, the optional Active Memory Expansion can allow the effective maximum memory capacity to be much larger than the true physical memory. Innovative compression/decompression of memory content using processor cycles can allow memory expansion up to 100%. A server with a maximum of 128 GB can effectively be expanded up to 256 GB. This can enhance virtualization and server consolidation by allowing a partition to do significantly more work with the same physical amount of memory or a server to run more partitions and do more work with the same physical amount of memory.

The 6-core and 8-core Power 720 Express server provides great I/O expandability. For example, with 12X-attached I/O drawers, you can have up to 24 PCI-X slots or up to 20 PCIe slots in addition to the PCI slots in the system unit. Using disk bays in the system unit, 12X feature 5802 I/O drawers, and feature 5886 EXP12S Disk Drawers, up to 380 disk drives can be attached. Plus extensive quantities of externally attached storage and tape drives and libraries can also be attached. Note the 4-core Power 720 Express server does not support the attachment of 12X I/O drawers or feature 5886 EXP12S Disk Drawers, and uses just the expansion capabilities in the system unit to offer very adequate expandability for many clients.

The Power 720 Express system offers two storage backplanes. The first supports up to six SFF SAS HDDs/SSDs, an SATA DVD, and a half-high tape drive. The second is a higher-function backplane that supports up to eight SFF SAS HDDs /SSDs, an SATA DVD, a half-high tape drive, Dual 175 MB Write Cache RAID, and an external SAS port. HDDs/SSDs are hot-swap and front accessible.

Also available in the Power 720 system unit is a choice of quad gigabit or dual 10 Gb integrated host Ethernet adapters. These native ports can be selected at the time of initial order. Virtualization of these integrated Ethernet adapters is supported.

Other integrated features include:

  • Four or eight PCIe x8 expansion slots
    • Four PCIe x8 expansion slots standard
    • Four additional PCIe x8 Low Profile slots optional

  • One GX++ slot for 12X I/O loop or 4X connections

  • Service Processor

  • Integrated SAS/SATA controller for disk/SSD/DVD in system unit

  • EnergyScale technology

  • Two system ports and three USB ports

  • Two hardware management console (HMC) ports and two SPCN ports

  • Redundant and hot-swap power

  • Redundant and hot-swap cooling

Power 720

Summary of standard features:

  • Tower or rack-mount (4U) configuration

  • 4-, 6-, and 8-core configurations with one processor module

  • 8 GB or 16 GB of 1066 MHz DDR3 ECC memory (error checking and correcting) memory, expandable to 128 GB

  • 6 x 2.5-inch HDD or SSD/Media backplane or 8 x 2.5-inch HDD or SSD/Media backplane with Dual 175 MB Write Cache RAID, and an external SAS port
    • One to eight SFF HDDs or SSDs (mixing allowed)

  • Choice of three HEA daughter cards:
    • Quad-port RJ45 1 Gb HEA (Copper)
    • Dual-port SFP+ 10 Gb HEA (Fiber SR)
    • Dual-port SFP+ 10 Gb HEA (Copper TwinAx)

  • Two media bays:
    • One slim bay for an optional DVD-RAM
    • One half-high bay for an optional tape drive or removable disk

  • A maximum of four PCIe x8 slots in base configuration:
    • Optional PCIe Riser Card provides an additional four PCIe x8 Low Profile slots.
    • One GX++ slot for I/O loop available unless the PCIe Riser Card is installed in the system.

  • Integrated:
    • Service Processor
    • EnergyScale technology
    • Hot-swap and redundant cooling
    • Three USB ports; two system ports
    • Two HMC ports; two SPCN ports

  • One Power supply, 1725 Watt AC, Hot-swap

    • Additional power supply available for redundant power and lower acoustic levels

The minimum Power 720 initial order must include a processor, processor activations, memory, a power supply, a power cord, one HDD/SSD, a storage backplane, a Host Ethernet Adapter (HEA), an operating system indicator, a cover set indicator, and a Language Group Specify.

If IBM i is the Primary Operating System (#2145), the initial order must also include one additional HDD/SSD, a Mirrored System Disk Level Specify Code, and a System Console on HMC Indicator. A DVD is defaulted on every order but may be de-selected.

The minimum defined initial order configuration, if no choice is made, when AIX or Linux is the primary operating system is:

Feature number   Description
--------------   ----------------------------------------------------
8350             0/4 core 3.0 GHz POWER7 Processor
4 x 8360         4 Processor Activations
4526             8 GB (2 x 4096 MB) Memory
1883             73.4 GB 15k SFF HDD
5618             Storage Backplane for 2.5-inch HDD or SSD/SATA
                 DVD/Tape
1824             Quad-port RJ45 1 Gb HEA (Copper)
5603             Power Supply, 1725 Watt AC, Base
7134             IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
9300/97xx)       Language Group Specify
2146 or 2147     Primary Operating System Indicator - IBM AIX (#2146)
                 or Linux (#2147)
6xxx             One Power Cord
 

Note: No internal HDD or SSD is required if feature 0837 (Boot from SAN) is selected. A Fibre Channel or Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) adapter must be ordered if feature 0837 is selected.

The minimum defined initial order configuration, if no choice is made, when IBM i is the primary operating system is:

Feature number   Description
--------------   ----------------------------------------------------
8350             0/4 core 3.0 GHz POWER7 Processor
4 x 8360         4 Processor Activations
4526             8 GB (2 x 4096 MB) Memory
2 x 1884         69.7 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF HDD
5630             Storage Backplane for 2.5-inch HDD or SSD/SATA
                 DVD/Tape/RAID/External SAS Port
1824             Quad-port 1 Gb RJ45 HEA (Copper)
5603             Power Supply, 1725 Watt AC, Base
7134             IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
9300/97xx)       Language Group Specify
2145             Primary Operating System Indicator - IBM i
0040             Mirrored System Disk Level Specify Code
0566 or 0567     IBM i 6.1.1 or IBM i 7.1 indicator
5550             System Console on HMC Indicator
6xxx             One Power Cord
 

Note: No internal HDD/SSD is required if feature 0837 (Boot from SAN) is selected. A Fibre Channel adapter must be ordered if feature 0837 is selected.

Note: When IBM i is the primary operating system (#2145) a DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM must be accessible by the Power 720.

IBM Editions

IBM Editions are available only as initial order.

If you order a Power 720 Express server IBM Edition as defined below, you can qualify for half the initial configuration's processor core activations at no additional charge.

The total memory (based on the number of cores) and the quantity/size of disk, SSD, Fibre Channel adapters, or Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) adapters shipped with the server are the only features that determine if a customer is entitled to a processor activation at no additional charge.

Specifically, with an IBM Edition, processor activations for the processor card options are:

  • 3.0 GHz 4-core processor module (#8350)
    • 2 x #8360 (chargeable) and 2 x #8363 (no-charge) with 4-core (1 x #8350) configuration

  • 3.0 GHz 6-core processor module (#8351)
    • 3 x #8361 (chargeable) and 3 x #8364 (no-charge) with 6-core (1 x #8351) configuration

  • 3.0 GHz 8-core processor module (#8352)
    • 4 x #8362 (chargeable) and 4 x #8365 (no-charge) with 8-core (1 x #8352) configuration

When you purchase an IBM Edition, you can purchase an AIX, IBM i, or Linux operating system license, or you may choose to purchase the system with no operating system. The AIX, IBM i, or Linux operating system is processed via a feature number on AIX 5.3, 6.1, or 7.1; IBM i 6.1.1 or IBM i 7.1; and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server or Red Hat Enterprise Linux. If you choose AIX 5.3, 6.1, or 7.1 for your primary operating system, you can also order IBM i 6.1.1 or IBM i 7.1 and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server or Red Hat Enterprise Linux. The converse is true if you choose an IBM i or Linux subscription as your primary operating system.

These sample configurations can be changed as needed and still qualify for processor entitlements at no additional charge. However, selection of total memory or HDD or SSD/Fibre Channel/FCoE adapter quantities smaller than the totals defined as the minimums disqualifies the order as an IBM Edition and the no-charge processor activations are then removed.

Processor modules and processor activations are only available to Solution Delivery Integration (SDIs) as MES orders.

IBM Edition minimum memory definition details

A minimum of 2 GB memory per core is needed to qualify for the IBM Edition, except on the 6-core IBM Edition where effectively there is a 16 GB minimum memory requirement. For example, a 2-core minimum is 8 GB, a 6-core minimum is 16 GB, and an 8-core minimum is 16 GB. There can be different valid memory configurations that meet the minimum requirement. However, 1 x 16 GB feature (#4529) is not allowed. This feature must always be order in pairs.

For example:

  • 4-core (8 GB minimum) -- 1 x 8 GB (2 x 4 GB DIMMs) Memory (#4526)
    Memory feature 4529 not supported with 4-core processor module

  • 6-core (16 GB minimum) -- 2 x 8 GB (2 x 4 GB DIMMs) Memory (#4526)
    Also, 2 x 16 GB (2 x 8 GB DIMMs) Memory (#4529)

  • 8-core (16 GB minimum)-- 2 x 8 GB (2 x 4 GB DIMMs) Memory (#4526)
    Also, 2 x 16 GB (2 x 8 GB DIMMs) Memory (#4529)

Edition minimum Disk/SSD/Fibre Channel/FCoE definition details

  • Minimum of two HDD, or two SSD, or two Fibre Channel adapters, or two FCoE adapters. You only need to meet one of these disk/SSD/FC/FCoE criteria. Partial criteria cannot be combined.

    • Two SAS disk drives HDDs -- any capacity drives located in the system unit, feature 5802 I/O drawer, or feature 5886 disk drawer qualify.

    • Two SAS SSDs -- any capacity drives located in the system unit, feature 5802 I/O drawer, or feature 5886 disk drawer qualify.

    • Two SSD Modules with eMLC (#1995/#1996) -- modules located in the system unit with feature 2053 or 2054, or in feature 5802 or 5877 I/O drawer with feature 2055 qualify.

    • Two Fibre Channel adapters -- Either PCI-X or PCI-e adapters located in the system unit or 12X-attached I/O drawer.

    • Two Fibre Channel over Ethernet adapters -- located in the system unit or PCIe 12X-attached I/O drawer.

Multiple sample POWER7 IBM Edition configurations are provided in the IBM internal configurator tool, including:

  • 3.0 GHz 4-core processor module
  • 3.0 GHz 6-core processor module
  • 3.0 GHz 8-core processor module

Express Editions and Solution Editions with the IBM i Operating System

Express editions enable initial ease of ordering and feature a lower price than if you ordered them "a la carte" or build-to-order. Taking advantage of the edition is the only way you can use no-charge features for processor activations and IBM i user license entitlements. The Express editions are available only during the initial system order and cannot be ordered after your system is shipped.

The IBM configurator offers these easy-to-order Express editions that include no-charge activations or no-charge IBM i user entitlements. You can modify the Express Edition configurations to match your exact requirements for your initial shipment -- increasing or decreasing the configuration. If you create a configuration that falls below any of the defined minimums, the IBM configurator replaces the no-charge features with equivalent function regular charge features.

Express Editions for the Power 720

4-core Power 720 Express Editions (#0774):

To use the no-charge features on your initial order, you must order:

  • 3.0 GHz 4-core processor module (#8350).

  • IBM i Primary Operating System Indicator (#2145) or IBM i Operating System Partition Specify (#0267)

  • 8 GB minimum memory -- 1 x 8 GB (2 x 4 GB DIMMs)(#4526). Memory feature 4529 not supported with the 4-core processor module.

  • Minimum of two HDD, or two SSD, or two Fibre Channel adapters, or two FCoE adapters. You only need to meet one of these disk/SSD/FC/FCoE criteria. Partial criteria cannot be combined.

    • Two SAS disk drives -- any capacity drives located in the system unit.

    • Two SAS SSDs -- drives located in the system unit.

    • Two SSD Modules with eMLC (#1995/#1996) -- modules located in the system unit with feature 2053 or feature 2054, or in the feature 5802/5877 I/O drawer with feature 2055 qualify.

    • Two Fibre Channel adapters -- PCI-X or PCI-e adapters located in the system unit.

    • Two Fibre Channel over Ethernet adapters -- located in the system unit.

If the above requirements are met, the following are included:

  • Two no-charge activations (2 x #8363)
  • IBM i 5 user entitlements (no-charge)
  • One IBM i Access Family license with unlimited users (57xx-XW1)
  • Reduced price on 57xx-WDS and 5733-SOA

4-core Entry Edition (#0774) suggested starting configuration:

  • One 4-core 3.0 GHz processor card (#8350)
  • One 8 GB memory feature (#4526)
  • Two 69.7 GB SAS SFF 15,000 RPM disk drives (#1884)
  • One quad-port 1 Gb Host Ethernet adapter (#1824)
  • One storage backplane with external SAS port (#5630)
  • One SATA DVD-RAM (#5762)
  • One 80/160 GB DAT160 SAS tape drive (#5619)
  • Two 1725 watt AC power supplies (2 x #5603)
  • Two power cords (2 x 6xxx)
  • Two processor activations (2 x #8360)
  • Two processor activations (#2 x 8363) (no additional charge)
  • IBM Tower cover set (#7567) or IBM Rack-mount Bezel and Hardware (#7134)
  • IBM i Primary Operating System Indicator (#2145)
  • PowerVM Express Edition (##5225), or later
  • Five IBM i user entitlements (no additional charge) (57xx--SSC)
  • One IBM i Access Family license with unlimited users (57xx-XW1)
  • Reduced price on 57xx-WDS and 5733-SOA

To use the no-charge features on your initial order of 6-and 8-core Power 720 Express Editions (#0778), you must order:

  • 3.0 GHz 6-core processor module (#8351) or 3.0 GHz 8-core processor module (#8352)

  • IBM i Primary Operating System Indicator (#2145)

  • 16 GB minimum memory -- 2 x 8 GB (2 x 4 GB DIMMs)(#4526) or 2 x 16 GB (2 x 8 GB DIMMs)(#4529)

  • Minimum of two HDD, or two SSD, or two Fibre Channel adapters, or two FCoE adapters. You only need to meet one of these disk/SSD/FC/FCoE criteria. Partial criteria cannot be combined.

    • Two SAS disk drives -- any capacity drives located in the system unit, feature 5802 I/O drawer, or feature 5886 disk drawer qualify.

    • Two SAS SSDs -- drives located in the system unit, feature 5802 I/O drawer, or feature 5886 disk drawer qualify.

    • Two SSD Modules with eMLC (#1995/#1996) -- modules located in the system unit with feature 2053 or 2054, or in the feature 5802/5877 I/O drawer with feature 2055 qualify.

    • Two Fibre Channel adapters -- Either PCI-X or PCI-e adapters located in the system unit or 12X-attached I/O drawer.

    • Two Fibre Channel over Ethernet adapters -- Either PCI-X or PCI-e adapters located in the system unit or 12X-attached I/O drawer.

If the above requirements are met, the following are included:

  • Three no-charge activations (3 x #8364) with feature 8351 or four no-charge activations (4 x #8365) with feature 8352.

  • IBM i 30 user entitlements (charged)

  • One IBM i Access Family license with unlimited users (57xx-XW1)

  • Reduced price on 57xx-WDS and 5733-SOA

The suggested starting configuration for 6-, 8-core Entry Edition (#0778) is:

  • One 6-core 3.0 GHz processor card (#8351) or one 8-core 3.0 GHz processor card (#8352)

  • Two 8 GB memory features (2 x #4526)

  • Two 69.7 GB SAS SFF 15,000 RPM disk drives (#1884)

  • One quad-port 1 Gb Host Ethernet adapter (#1824)

  • One storage backplane with external SAS port (#5630)

  • One SATA DVD-RAM (#5762)

  • One 80/160 GB DAT160 SAS tape drive (#5619)

  • Two 1725 watt AC Power Supplies (2 x #5603)

  • Two power cords (2 x 6xxx)

  • Three processor activations (3 x #8361) with feature 8351 or four processor activations (4 x #8362) with feature 8352

  • Three no-charge processor activations (#3 x 8364) with feature 8351 or four no-charge processor activations (#4 x 8365) with feature 8352

  • IBM Tower cover set (#7567) or IBM Rack-mount Bezel and Hardware (#7134)

  • IBM i Primary Operating System Indicator (#2145)

  • PowerVM Express Edition (#5225), or later

  • Thirty IBM i user entitlements (charged) (57xx--SSC)

  • One IBM i Access Family license with unlimited users (57xx-XW1)

  • Reduced price on 57xx-WDS and 5733-SOA

IBM i Solution Editions for Power 720

The IBM i Solution Editions are designed to help you take advantage of the combined experience and expertise of IBM and independent software vendors (ISVs) in building business value with your IT investments. A qualifying purchase of software, maintenance, services, or training for a participating ISV solution is required when purchasing an IBM i Solution Edition.

The Power 720 Solution edition (#4975) supports a 4-core configuration and the Power 720 Solution Edition (#4971) supports 6-core and 8-core configurations. For a list of participating ISVs, registration form, and additional details, visit the Solution Edition website at:

http://www-03.ibm.com/systems/power/hardware/editions/solutions.html

The Power 720 Solution Edition includes no-charge features resulting in a lower initial list price for qualifying clients. Also included is an IBM Service voucher to help speed implementation of the ISV solution.

The requirements to be eligible to purchase a 720 Solution Edition order are:

  • The offering must include new or upgrade software licenses or software maintenance from the ISV for the qualifying IBM server. Services or training for the qualifying server can also be provided.

  • Proof of purchase of the solution with a participating ISV must be provided to IBM on request. The proof must be dated within 90 days before or after the date of order of the qualifying server.

Model upgrades

You can upgrade the 2-core or 4-core 8203-E4A with IBM POWER6 or POWER6+ processors to the 6-core or 8-core IBM Power 720 with POWER7 processors. For upgrades from POWER6 or POWER6+ processor-based systems, IBM will install new CEC enclosures to replace the enclosures the customer currently has. The customer's current CEC enclosures will be returned to IBM.

Clients taking advantage of the model upgrade offer from a POWER6 or POWER6+ processor-based system are required to return all components of the serialized machine type/model that were not ordered via feature numbers. Any feature for which a feature conversion is used to obtain a new part must be returned to IBM also. Clients may keep and reuse any features from the CEC enclosures that were not involved in a feature conversion transaction.

Upgrade considerations

Feature conversions have been set up for the following:

  • POWER6 and POWER6+ processors to POWER7 processors

The following processor conversions are supported:

  8203-E4A Feature         8202-E4B Feature
  --------------------     --------------------
  #5634 2-core 4.2 GHz     #8351 6-core 3.0 GHz
  #5577 2-core 4.7 GHz     #8351 6-core 3.0 GHz
  #5635 4-core 4.2 GHz     #8351 6-core 3.0 GHz
  #5587 4-core 4.7 GHz     #8351 6-core 3.0 GHz
  #5634 2-core 4.2 GHz     #8352 8-core 3.0 GHz
  #5577 2-core 4.7 GHz     #8352 8-core 3.0 GHz
  #5635 4-core 4.2 GHz     #8352 8-core 3.0 GHz
  #5587 4-core 4.7 GHz     #8352 8-core 3.0 GHz
 

The following features present on the current system can be moved to the new system:

  • PCIe adapters with cables
  • Line cords, keyboards, and displays
  • PowerVM (#5225, #5227, #5228)
  • I/O drawers (#5786, #5796, #5802, #5877, and #5886)
  • Racks (#0551, #0553, and #0555)
  • Rack doors (#6068, #6069, #6248, and #6249)
  • Rack trim kits (#6246 and 6247)
  • SATA DVD-ROM (#5743)
  • SATA DVD-RAM (#5762)

The Power 720 can support the following 12X drawers and disk-only drawers:

  • #5802 and #5877 PCIe 12X I/O drawers
  • #5796 and 7413-G30 PCI-X (12X) I/O Drawer
  • #5786 and 7031-D24 TotalStorage EXP24 SCSI Disk Drawer
  • #5886 EXP12S SAS Disk Drawer

In the Power 720 system unit SAS bays, only the SAS SFF hard disks or SFF solid-state drives are supported internally. The 3.5-inch HDD or SSD can be attached to the Power 720 but must be located in a I/O drawer such as feature 5886.

Dynamic logical partitioning

The dynamic logical partitioning (LPAR) function provides enhanced resource management for the Power 720 Express server. Dynamic LPAR allows available system resources to be quickly and easily configured across multiple logical partitions to meet the rapidly changing needs of your business.

Dynamic LPAR also allows you to add new system resources such as new HDDs or SSDs into your system's configuration without requiring a reboot. Without the optional PowerVM Standard Edition (#5227) or PowerVM Enterprise Edition (#5228) feature, as many as eight LPARs are supported in an 8-core Power 720. If the PowerVM Standard or Enterprise Edition feature is installed in the system, a maximum of 10 dynamic LPARs for each physical processor can be defined, with a system maximum of 80 dynamic LPARs.

An HMC or IVM is required to manage POWER7 processor-based servers implementing partitioning. Multiple POWER7 processor-based servers can be supported by a single HMC.

If an HMC is used to manage any POWER7 processor-based server, the HMC must be a CR3, or later, model rack-mount HMC or C05, or later, deskside HMC.

When IBM Systems Director is used to manage an HMC or if the HMC manages more than 254 partitions, the HMC should have 3 GB of RAM minimum and be the CR3 model, or later, rack-mount or C06, or later, deskside.

PowerVM Editions (optional)

Three optional PowerVM Edition features are now available on the Power 720: PowerVM Express Edition, PowerVM Standard Edition, and PowerVM Enterprise Edition. These are managed using built-in Integrated Virtualization Manager (IVM) software or optionally through use of an HMC.

PowerVM Standard Edition (#5227) and PowerVM Enterprise Edition (#5228) allow customers to create partitions in units of less than 1 CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allow the same system I/O to be virtually added to these partitions. The optional features, available for a fee, also include a software component that provides cross-partition workload management.

PowerVM Standard and Enterprise Editions offer:

  • Micro-Partitioning (up to 10 partitions per processor, 80 per system)
  • Virtualized disk and optical devices (VIOS)
  • Automated CPU reconfiguration
  • Real-time partition configuration and load statistics
  • Support for dedicated and shared processor LPAR groups
  • Support for manual provisioning of resources

At initial order entry, selecting feature number 5227 or 5228 will result in Micro-Partitioning to be enabled during manufacture and the enabling software media and publications to be shipped to the customer. When ordering feature number 5227 or 5228 as an MES, an activation key will be posted on an IBM website, and the customer must retrieve it and install it on the system.

The IBM website is:

http://www-912.ibm.com/pod/pod

Other features of PowerVM Editions:

  • If any processors in a system have the Virtualization feature, all active processors must have it.

  • Once the Virtualization feature is installed in a system, it cannot be removed.

  • Virtual Ethernet and Virtual Storage are part of PowerVM Editions.

PowerVM Enterprise Edition also includes Live Partition Mobility, which allows for the movement of a logical partition from one POWER6 or POWER7 server to another with no application downtime, and Active Memory Sharing, which dynamically reallocates memory between running logical partitions on a server. Also available is PowerVM Express (#5225), designed for users looking for an introduction to more advanced virtualization features at a highly affordable price. With PowerVM Express and IVM, users can create up to three partitions on the server, leverage VIOS, utilize Shared Dedicated Capacity to help optimize use of processor cycles, and even try out the Shared Processor Pool. With its intuitive browser-based interface, IVM is easy to use and helps reduce the time and effort required to manage virtual devices, processors, and partitions. An HMC is not required.

Notes

  • PowerVM 2.1.2.11 with Fix Pack 22.1 and Service Pack 1, or later, and a supported AIX or Linux operating system level are minimum requirements for performing Live Partition Mobility functions on POWER7. Refer to the Software Requirements section for more information on minimum AIX and Linux operating system levels.

  • Active Memory Sharing is planned to be supported with the availability of SUSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES) 11 SP1.

Customers can upgrade from PowerVM Express to either PowerVM Standard or PowerVM Enterprise, or they can upgrade from PowerVM Standard to PowerVM Enterprise.

By upgrading to PowerVM Standard or PowerVM Enterprise, users gain the ability to create up to 80 logical partitions on the Power System 720. Users also gain the ability to manage their PowerVM enabled machine with either an HMC or the Integrated Virtualization Manager.

By upgrading to PowerVM Enterprise, users can leverage Live Partition Mobility and Active Memory Sharing.

Power 720 Capacity BackUp (CBU) capability

(Applies to IBM i only)

The Power 720 system's CBU designation can help meet your requirements for a second system to use for backup, high availability, and disaster recovery. It enables you to temporarily transfer IBM i processor license entitlements and IBM i user license entitlements purchased for a primary machine to a secondary CBU-designated system. Temporarily transferring these resources instead of purchasing them for your secondary system may result in significant savings. Processor activations cannot be transferred.

The CBU specify feature 0444 is available only as part of a new server purchase or during a model upgrade from a Power 520 into the Power 720. Certain system prerequisites must be met and system registration and approval are required before the CBU specify feature can be applied on a new server. Standard IBM i terms and conditions do not allow either IBM i processor license entitlements or IBM i user license entitlements to be transferred permanently or temporarily. These entitlements remain with the machine they were ordered for. When you register the association between your primary and on-order CBU system, you must agree to certain terms and conditions regarding the temporary transfer.

After a CBU system designation is approved and the system is installed, you can temporarily move your optional IBM i processor license entitlement and IBM i user license entitlements from the primary system to the CBU system when the primary system is down or while the primary system processors are inactive. The CBU system can then better support failover and role swapping for a full range of test, disaster recovery, and high availability scenarios. Temporary entitlement transfer means that the entitlement is a property transferred from the primary system to the CBU system and may remain in use on the CBU system as long as the registered primary and CBU system are in deployment for the high availability or disaster recovery operation.

The primary system for a 4-core Power 720 (8202-E4B) server with its IBM i P05 software tier can be a POWER6 or POWER7 server with a P05, P10, or P20 software tier listed below:

  • Power 520: 9407-M15, 9408-M25, 8203-E4A (2-core, 4-core)
  • Power 720: 8202-E4B (4-core, 6-core, 8-core)
  • Power 740: 8205-E6B
  • Power 750: 8233-E8B
  • Power 550: 9409-M50, 8204-E8A
  • Power 560: 8234-EMA

The primary system for a 6-core or 8-core Power 720 (8202-E4B) server with its IBM i P10 software tier can be a POWER6 or POWER7 server with a P10, P20, or P30 software tier listed below:

  • Power 520: 9408-M25, 8203-E4A (2-core, 4-core)
  • Power 720: 8202-E4B (6-core, 8-core)
  • Power 740: 8205-E6B
  • Power 750: 8233-E8B
  • Power 550: 9409-M50, 8204-E8A
  • Power 560: 8234-EMA
  • Power 570: 9406-MMA, 9117-MMA
  • Power 770: 9117-MMB

The primary machine must be in the same enterprise and country as the CBU system.

Before you can temporarily transfer IBM i processor license entitlements from the registered primary system, you must have more than one IBM i processor license on the primary machine and at least one IBM i processor license on the CBU server. An activated processor must be available on the CBU server to use the transferred entitlement. You can then transfer any IBM i processor entitlements above the minimum one, assuming the total IBM i workload on the primary system does not require the IBM i entitlement you would like to transfer during the time of the transfer. During this temporary transfer, the CBU system's internal records of its total number of IBM i processor license entitlements are not updated, and you may see IBM i license noncompliance warning messages from the CBU system. These warning messages in this situation do not mean you are not in compliance.

Before you can temporarily transfer IBM i user entitlements, you must have more than the minimum number of IBM i user entitlements on a 9408, 8203, or 8202 primary server. You can then transfer any IBM i user entitlements above the minimum, assuming the total IBM i users on the primary system do not require the IBM i entitlement you want to transfer during the time of the transfer. The Power 550, 560, 740, and 750 do not have user entitlements that can be transferred and only processor license entitlements can be transferred. The minimum number of IBM i users on the POWER6 and POWER7 with i user entitlements are:

  • Power 520 1-core (9407-M15, 8203-E4A): 5 users
  • Power 520 2-core (9408-M25, 8203-E4A): 30 users
  • Power 520 4-core (8203-E4A): 50 users
  • Power 720 4-core (8202-E4B): 5 users
  • Power 720 6-, 8-core (8202-E4B): 30 users

For example, if you have a 2-core Power 520 (8203-E4A or 9408-M25) as your primary system with two IBM i processor license entitlements (one above the minimum) and 50 IBM i user entitlements (20 above the minimum), you can temporarily transfer up to one IBM i entitlement and up to 20 user entitlements. During this temporary transfer, the CBU system's internal records of its total number of IBM i processor and user license entitlements is not updated, and you may see IBM i license noncompliance warning messages from the CBU system.

Note that if the Power 720 CBU server has just one partition and if it is using the default parameters set by IBM Manufacturing, the IBM i licensing manager will ignore the temporary transfer and will not use additional processors cores. To work around this restriction for valid CBU situations, you can add a partition with no resource on your server or implement a shared processor pool.

If your primary or CBU machine is sold or discontinued from use, any temporary entitlement transfers must be returned to the machine on which they were originally acquired. For CBU registration and further information, visit:

http://www.ibm.com/systems/power/hardware/cbu

I/O drawer availability

Four 12X attached I/O drawers are supported on the Power 720, providing extensive capabilty to expand the overall server expandability and connectivity.

  • Feature 5802 provides PCIe slots and SFF SAS disk slots.
  • Feature 5877 provides PCIe slots.
  • Feature 5796 provides PCI-X slots.
  • The 7314-G30 provides PCI-X slots (supported but not orderable).

Three disk-only I/O drawers are also supported, providing large storage capacity and multiple partition support:

  • Feature 5886 EXP12S holds 3.5-inch SAS disk or SSD.
  • Feature 5786 EXP24 holds 3.5-inch SCSI disk (used for migrating existing SCSI drives).
  • The 7031-D24 holds 3.5-inch SCSI disk (supported but not orderable).

TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer (#5786)(supported only -- not orderable)

The TotalStorage EXP24 (#5786) is a 4 EIA unit drawer and mounts in a 19-inch rack. The front of the IBM TotalStorage EXP24 Ultra320 SCSI Expandable Storage Disk Enclosure has bays for up to 12 disk drives organized in two SCSI groups of up to six drives. The rear also has bays for up to 12 disk drives organized in two additional SCSI groups of up to six drives plus slots for the four SCSI interface cards. Each SCSI drive group can be connected by either a Single Bus Ultra320 SCSI Repeater Card (#5741) or a Dual Bus Ultra320 SCSI Repeater Card (#5742). This allows the EXP24 to be configured as four sets of six bays, two sets of 12 bays, or two sets of six bays plus one set of 12 bays.

The EXP24 feature 5786 has three cooling fans and two power supplies to provide redundant power and cooling. The SCSI disk drives contained in the EXP24 are controlled by PCI-X SCSI adapters connected to the EXP24 SCSI repeater cards via SCSI cables. The PCI-X adapters are located in the Power 720 system unit or in an attached I/O drawer with PCI-X slots.

The EXP24S SCSI Disk Drawer is an earlier technology drawer compared to the later SAS EXP12S drawer. It is used to house the older SCSI disk drives that are supported but no longer orderable.

Feature number I/O drawers available for order on the Power 720

PCI-X DDR 12X Expansion Drawer (#5796)

The PCI-X DDR 12X Expansion Drawer (#5796) is a 4 EIA unit tall drawer and mounts in a 19-inch rack. Feature 5796 is 8.8 inches wide and takes up half the width of the 4 EIA rack space. Feature 5796 requires the use of a feature 7314 drawer-mounting enclosure. The 4 EIA tall enclosure can hold up to two feature 5796 drawers mounted side by side in the enclosure. The PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer has six 64-bit, 3.3 V, PCI-X DDR slots running at 266 MHz that use blind-swap cassettes and support hot plugging of adapter cards. The drawer includes redundant hot-plug power and cooling. The client must select one of the two available interface adapters for use in the feature 5796 drawer, either the Dual-Port 12X Channel Attach Adapter -- Long Run (#6457) or the Dual-Port 12X Channel Attach Adapter Short Run (#6446). The adapter selection is based on how close the host system or the next I/O drawer in the loop is physically located.

A maximum of four feature 5796 drawers can be placed on the same 12X loop. Mixing features 5802 or 5877 and 5796 on the same loop is not supported. Mixing feature 5796 and the 7314-G30 on the same loop is supported with a maximum of four drawers total per loop. A minimum configuration of two 12X cables (either SDR or DDR) and two ac power cables and two SPCN cables is required to ensure proper redundancy. The drawer attaches to the host CEC enclosure with a 12X adapter in a GX slot via 12X SDR or DDR cables.

The Power 720 uses the GX++ Dual-port 12x Channel Attach (#5615) adapter to attach a feature 5796 12X I/O Drawer using SDR speed.

PCI-X DDR 12X Expansion Drawer (7314-G30) (supported, not orderable)

The 7314-G30 is equivalent to the feature 5796 described above with one key difference -- IBM i does not support this I/O drawer. Otherwise, it provides the same six PCI-X DDR slots per unit and has the same configuration rules/considerations as feature 5796.

12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk (#5802)

This feature provides a 4U high 19-inch I/O drawer containing 10 PCIe 8x I/O adapter slots and 18 SAS hot-swap SFF SAS disk bays, which can be used for either disk drives or SSDs. Using 300 GB disk drives, the feature 5802 provides up to 5.4 TB of storage.

The 18 disk bays can be organized either into one group of 18 bays (AIX/Linux), two groups of nine slots (AIX/IBM i/Linux), or four groups of four or five bays AIX/Linux). Selecting either one, two, or four groups of drive bays is done with a mode switch on the drawer.

A maximum of two feature 5802 drawers can be placed on the same 12X loop. Mixing feature 5802 and feature 5796 and the 7314-G30 on the same loop is not supported. Mixing feature 5802 and feature 5877 on the same loop is supported with a maximum of two drawers total per loop. The PCIe adapter slots use Gen 3 blind-swap cassettes and support hot plugging of adapter cards. A minimum configuration of two 12X DDR cables and two ac power cables and two SPCN cables is required to ensure proper redundancy. 12X SDR cables are not supported. The drawer attaches to the host CEC enclosure with a 12X adapter in a GX slot via 12X DDR cables (#1861/#1862/#1864/#1865).

The Power 720 uses the GX++ Dual-port 12x Channel Attach (#5615) adapter to attach a feature 5802 12X I/O Drawer. The feature 5615 provides double data rate (DDR) capacity bandwidth.

12X I/O Drawer PCIe, No disk (#5877)

This feature provides a 4U high 19-inch I/O drawer containing 10 PCIe 8x I/O adapter slots.

A maximum of two feature 5877 drawers can be placed on the same 12X loop. Mixing features 5877 and 5796/7314-G30 on the same loop is not supported. Mixing features 5802 and 5877 on the same loop is supported with a maximum of two drawers total per loop. The PCIe adapter slots use Gen 3 blind-swap cassettes and support hot plugging of adapter cards. A minimum configuration of two 12X DDR cables and two ac power cables and two SPCN cables is required to ensure proper redundancy. 12X SDR cables are not supported. The drawer attaches to the host CEC enclosure with a 12X adapter in a GX slot via 12X DDR cables (#1861/#1862/#1864/#1865).

The Power 720 uses the GX++ Dual-port 12x Channel Attach (#5615) adapter to attach a feature 5877 12X I/O Drawer. Feature 5615 provides double data rate (DDR) capacity bandwidth.

Note that conversions between a diskless feature 5877 and a feature 5802 with disk bays are not available.

EXP 12S SAS Drawer (#5886)

The EXP 12S SAS drawer (#5886) is a 2 EIA drawer and mounts in a 19-inch rack. The drawer can hold either SAS disk drives or SSD. The EXP 12S SAS drawer has twelve 3.5-inch SAS disk bays with redundant data paths to each bay. The drawer supports redundant hot-plug power and cooling and redundant hot-swap SAS expanders (Enclosure Services Manager-ESM). Each ESM has an independent SCSI Enclosure Services (SES) diagnostic processor.

The SAS disk drives or SSDs contained in the EXP12S are controlled by one or two PCIe or PCI-X SAS adapters connected to the EXP12S via SAS cables. The SAS cable will vary, depending upon the adapter being used, the operating system being used, and the protection desired.

  • The large cache PCI-X feature 5904/5908 uses a SAS Y cable when a single port is running the EXP12S. A SAS X cable is used when a pair of adapters are used for controller redundancy.

  • The medium cache PCI-X feature 5902 and PCIe feature 5903/5805 adapters are always paired and use a SAS X cable to attach the feature 5886 I/O drawer.

  • The zero cache PCI-X feature 5912 and PCIe feature 5901 use a SAS Y cable when a single port is running the EXP12S. A SAS X cable is used for AIX/Linux environments when a pair of adapters is used for controller redundancy.

In all of the above configurations, all 12 SAS bays are controlled by a single controller or a single pair of controllers.

A second EXP12S drawer can be attached to another drawer using two SAS EE cables, providing 24 SAS bays instead of 12 bays for the same SAS controller port. This is called cascading. In this configuration, all 24 SAS bays are controlled by a single controller or a single pair of controllers.

The feature 5886 can also be directly attached to the SAS port on the rear of the Power 720, providing a very low cost disk storage solution. When used this way, the imbedded SAS controllers in the system unit drive the disk drives in EXP12S. A second unit cannot be cascaded to a feature 5886 attached in this way.

19-inch racks

The Model 8202-E4B and its I/O drawers are designed to mount in the 25U 7014-S25 (#0555), 36U 7014-T00 (#0551), or the 42U 7014-T42 (#0553) rack. These racks are built to the 19-inch EIA standard. When you order a new 8202 system, you can also order the appropriate 7014 rack model with the system hardware on the same initial order. IBM is making the racks available as features of the 8202-E4B when you order additional I/O drawer hardware for an existing system (MES order). The rack feature number should be used if you want IBM to integrate the newly ordered I/O drawer in a 19-inch rack before shipping the MES order.

1.3-meter rack (#0555 - supported only)

The 1.3-meter rack (#0555) is a 25 EIA unit rack. The rack is the same rack delivered when you order the 7014-S25 rack.

1.8-meter rack (#0551)

The 1.8-meter rack (#0551) is a 36 EIA unit rack. The rack that is delivered as feature 0551 is the same rack delivered when you order the 7014-T00 rack; the included features may be different. Some features that are delivered as part of the 7014-T00 must be ordered separately with the feature 0551. Order the feature 0551 only when required to support rack integration of MES orders prior to shipment from IBM.

2.0-meter rack (#0553)

The 2.0-meter rack (#0553) is a 42 EIA unit tall rack. The rack that is delivered as feature 0553 is the same rack delivered when you order the 7014-T42 rack; the included features may be different. Some features that are delivered as part of the 7014-T42 must be ordered separately with the feature 0553. Order the feature 0553 only when required to support rack integration of MES orders prior to shipment from IBM.

IBM Power Systems Deployment-ready Services

IBM offers a portfolio of integration, configuration, and customization services for IBM Power Systems. These Deployment-ready Services are designed to accelerate customer solution deployment and reduce related resources and cost. Offerings include:

  • Integration
    • Component integration
    • Rack integration
    • Operating system preinstallation
    • Unit personalization
    • Third-party hardware/software installation
    • Customer Specified Placement

  • Asset tagging
    • Standard tagging Radio Frequency Item Device (RFID)

  • Special packaging

    • Box consolidation

  • System customization
    • Remote access Partitioning Customized operating system/firmware

For more information on Deployment-ready Services, refer to:

http://www.ibm.com/power/deploymentreadyservices/

Reliability, availability, and serviceability (RAS) features

Reliability, fault tolerance, and data correction

The reliability of systems starts with components, devices, and subsystems that are designed to be highly reliable. The POWER7 processor SCM uses lower-voltage technology, improving reliability with stacked latches to reduce soft error (SER) susceptibility. During the design and development process, subsystems go through rigorous verification and integration testing processes. During system manufacturing, systems go through a thorough testing process to help ensure the highest level of product quality.

The system cache and memory offer ECC (error checking and correcting) fault-tolerant features. ECC is designed to correct environmentally induced, single-bit, intermittent memory failures and single-bit hard failures. With ECC, the likelihood of memory failures will be reduced. ECC also provides double-bit memory error detection that helps protect data in the event of a double-bit memory failure.

The AIX and IBM i operating systems provide disk drive mirroring and disk drive controller duplexing. The Linux operating system supports disk drive mirroring (RAID 1) through software, while other RAID protection schemes are provided via hardware RAID adapters.

The Journaled File System, also known as JFS or JFS2, helps maintain file system consistency and reduces the likelihood of data loss when the system is abnormally halted due to a power failure. JFS, the recommended file system for 32-bit kernels, now supports extents on the Linux operating system. This feature is designed to reduce or eliminate fragmentation. Its successor, JFS2, is the recommended file system for 64-bit kernels.

With 64-bit addressing, a maximum file system size of 32 TB and maximum file size of 16 TB, JFS2 is highly recommended for systems running the AIX operating system.

Memory error correction extensions

The memory has single-bit-error correction and double-bit-error detection ECC circuitry. The ECC code is also designed such that the failure of any one specific memory module within an ECC word by itself can be corrected absent any other fault.

Memory protection features include scrubbing to detect errors, a means to call for the deallocation of memory pages for a pattern of correctable errors detected, and signaling deallocation of a logical memory block when an error occurs that cannot be corrected by the ECC code.

Fault monitoring functions

  • When a POWER7 processor-based system is initially powered on, BIST and POST (power-on self-test) check the processor, cache, memory, and associated hardware required for proper booting of the operating system. If a noncritical error is detected or if the errors occur in resources that can be removed from the system configuration, the restarting process is designed to proceed to completion. The errors are logged in the system nonvolatile RAM (NVRAM).

  • Disk drive fault tracking is designed to alert the system administrator of an impending disk drive failure before it impacts customer operation.

Mutual surveillance

The Service Processor monitors the operation of the firmware during the boot process, and also monitors the hypervisor for termination. The Hypervisor monitors the Service Processor and will perform a reset/reload if it detects the loss of the Service Processor. If the reset/reload does not correct the problem with the Service Processor, the hypervisor will notify the operating system and the operating system can take appropriate action, including calling for service.

Environmental monitoring functions

POWER7 technology-based servers include a range of environmental monitoring functions:

  • Temperature monitoring warns the system administrator of potential environmental-related problems by monitoring the air inlet temperature. When the inlet temperature rises above a warning threshold, the system initiates an orderly shutdown. When the temperature exceeds the critical level or if the temperature remains above the warning level for too long, the system will shut down immediately.

  • Fan speed is controlled by monitoring actual temperatures on critical components and adjusting accordingly. If internal component temperatures reach critical levels, the system will shut down immediately, regardless of fan speed. When a redundant fan fails, the system calls out the failing fan and continues running. When a nonredundant fan fails, the system shuts down immediately.

Availability enhancement functions

The POWER7 family of systems continues to offer and introduce significant enhancements designed to increase system availability.

POWER7 processor functions

As in POWER6, the POWER7 processor has the ability to do processor instruction retry and alternate processor recovery for a number of core-related faults. This significantly is designed to reduce exposure to both hard (logic) and soft (transient) errors in the processor core. Soft failures in the processor core are transient (intermittent) errors, often due to cosmic rays or other sources of radiation, and generally are not repeatable. When an error is encountered in the core, the POWER7 processor is designed to first automatically retry the instruction. If the source of the error was truly transient, the instruction will succeed and the system will continue as before. On IBM systems prior to POWER6, this error would have caused a checkstop.

Hard failures are more difficult, being true logical errors that will be replicated each time the instruction is repeated. Retrying the instruction will not help in this situation. As in POWER6, POWER7 processors have the ability to extract the failing instruction from the faulty core and retry it elsewhere in the system for a number of faults, after which the failing core is dynamically deconfigured and called out for replacement. These systems are designed to avoid a full system outage.

POWER7 single processor checkstopping

As in POWER6, POWER7 provides single processor checkstopping. This is designed to reduce the probability of a fault in any one processor affecting total system availability.

Partition availability priority

Also available is the ability to assign availability priorities to partitions. If an alternate processor recovery event requires spare processor resources in order to protect a workload, when no other means of obtaining the spare resources is available, the system will determine which partition has the lowest priority and attempt to claim the needed resource. On a properly configured POWER7 processor-based server, this allows that capacity to be first obtained from, for example, a test partition instead of a financial accounting system.

POWER7 cache availability

The Power processor-based line of servers continues to be at the forefront of cache availability enhancements. The L3 cache is now integrated on the POWER7 processor. The POWER7 processor provides both L2 and L3 cache line delete functions.

Special uncorrectable error handling

Special Uncorrectable Error (SUE) handling was an IBM innovation introduced for POWER5 processors, where an uncorrectable error in memory or cache does not immediately cause the system to terminate. Rather, the system tags the data and determines whether it will ever be used again. If the error is irrelevant, it will not force a checkstop.

PCI extended error handling

PCI extended error handling (EEH)-enabled adapters respond to a special data packet generated from the affected PCI slot hardware by calling system firmware, which will examine the affected bus, allow the device driver to reset it, and continue without a system reboot. For Linux, EEH support extends to the majority of frequently used devices, although some third-party PCI devices may not provide native EEH support.

Predictive failure and dynamic component deallocation

Servers with Power processors have long had the capability to perform predictive failure analysis on certain critical components such as processors and memory. When these components exhibit certain symptoms that may indicate a failure is imminent, the system can dynamically deallocate and call home, when enabled, about the failing part before the error is propagated system-wide. In many cases, the system will first attempt to reallocate resources in such a way that will avoid unplanned outages. In the event that insufficient resources exist to maintain full system availability, these servers will attempt to maintain partition availability by user-defined priority.

Uncorrectable error recovery

When the auto-restart option is enabled, the system can automatically restart following an unrecoverable software error, hardware failure, or environmentally induced (ac power) failure.

Serviceability

The purpose of serviceability is to repair the system while attempting to minimize or eliminate service cost (within budget objectives), while maintaining high customer satisfaction. Serviceability includes system installation, MES (system upgrades/downgrades), and system maintenance/repair. Depending upon the system and warranty contract, service may be performed by the customer, an IBM representative, or an authorized warranty service provider.

The serviceability features delivered in this system provide a highly efficient service environment by incorporating the following attributes:

  • Design for Customer Set Up (CSU), Customer Installed Features (CIF), and Customer Replaceable Units (CRU)

  • Error detection and Fault Isolation (ED/FI)

  • First Failure Data Capture (FFDC)

  • Converged service approach across multiple IBM server platforms

Service environments

The HMC is a dedicated server that provides functions for configuring and managing servers for either partitioned or full-system partition using a GUI or command-line interface (CLI). An HMC attached to the system allows support personnel (with client authorization) to remotely log in to review error logs and perform remote maintenance if required.

The POWER7 processor-based platforms support two main service environments:

  • Attachment to one or more HMCs is a supported option by the system. This is the default configuration for servers supporting logical partitions with dedicated or virtual I/O. In this case, all servers have at least one logical partition.

  • No HMC. There are two service strategies for non-HMC systems

    • Full system partition: A single partition owns all the server resources and only one operating system may be installed.

    • Partitioned system: In this configuration, the system can have more than one partition and can be running more than one operating system. In this environment, partitions are managed by the Integrated Virtualization Manager (IVM), which provides some of the functions provided by the HMC.

Service Interface

The Service Interface allows support personnel to communicate with the service support applications in a server using a console, interface, or terminal. Delivering a clear, concise view of available service applications, the Service Interface allows the support team to manage system resources and service information in an efficient and effective way. Applications available via the Service Interface are carefully configured and placed to give service providers access to important service functions.

Different service interfaces are used, depending on the state of the system and its operating environment. The primary service interfaces are:

  • LEDs
  • Operator Panel
  • Service Processor menu
  • Operating system service menu
  • Service Focal Point on the HMC
  • Service Focal Point Lite on IVM

In the light path LED implementation, the system can clearly identify components for replacement by using specific component-level LEDs, and can also guide the servicer directly to the component by signaling (turning on solid) the amber system fault LED, enclosure fault LED, and the component FRU fault LED. The servicer can also use the identify function to blink the FRU-level LED. When this function is activated, a roll-up to the blue enclosure locate and system locate LEDs will occur. These LEDs will turn on solid and can be used to follow the light path from the system to the enclosure and down to the specific FRU.

First Failure Data Capture and Error Data Analysis

First Failure Data Capture (FFDC) is a technique that helps ensure that when a fault is detected in a system, the root cause of the fault will be captured without the need to re-create the problem or run any sort of extending tracing or diagnostics program. For the vast majority of faults, a good FFDC design means that the root cause can also be detected automatically without servicer intervention.

First Failure Data Capture FFDC information, error data analysis, and fault isolation are necessary to implement the advanced serviceability techniques that enable efficient service of the systems and to help determine the failing items.

In the rare absence of FFDC and Error Data Analysis, diagnostics are required to re-create the failure and determine the failing items.

Diagnostics

General diagnostic objectives are to detect and identify problems such that they can be resolved quickly. Elements of IBM's diagnostics strategy include:

  • Provide a common error code format equivalent to a system reference code, system reference number, checkpoint, or firmware error code.

  • Provide fault detection and problem isolation procedures. Support remote connection ability to be used by the IBM Remote Support Center or IBM Designated Service.

  • Provide interactive intelligence within the diagnostics with detailed online failure information while connected to IBM's back-end system.

Automatic diagnostics

Because of the FFDC technology designed into IBM Servers, it is not necessary to perform re-create diagnostics for failures or require user intervention. Solid and intermittent errors are designed to be correctly detected and isolated at the time the failure occurs. Runtime and boottime diagnostics fall into this category.

Stand-alone diagnostics

As the name implies, stand-alone or user-initiated diagnostics require user intervention. The user must perform manual steps, including:

  • Compact disk-based diagnostics
  • Keying in commands
  • Interactively selecting steps from a list of choices

Concurrent maintenance

The system will continue to support concurrent maintenance of power, cooling, HDD or SSD, DVD, and firmware updates (when possible). The determination of whether a firmware release can be updated concurrently is identified in the readme information file released with the firmware. Also, in order for firmware to be updated concurrently, the system must be HMC managed.

Service labels

Service providers use these labels to assist them in performing maintenance actions. Service labels are found in various formats and positions, and are intended to transmit readily available information to the servicer during the repair process. Following are some of these service labels and their purpose:

  • Location diagrams: Location diagrams are strategically located on the system hardware, relating information regarding the placement of hardware components. Location diagrams may include location codes, drawings of physical locations, concurrent maintenance status, or other data pertinent to a repair. Location diagrams are especially useful when multiple components are installed such as DIMMs, CPUs, processor books, fans, adapter cards, LEDs, and power supplies.

  • Remove/replace procedures: Service labels that contain remove/replace procedures are often found on a cover of the system or in other spots accessible to the servicer. These labels provide systematic procedures, including diagrams, detailing how to remove/replace certain serviceable hardware components.

  • Arrows: Numbered arrows are used to indicate the order of operation and serviceability direction of components. Some serviceable parts such as latches, levers, and touch points need to be pulled or pushed in a certain direction and certain order for the mechanical mechanisms to engage or disengage. Arrows generally improve the ease of serviceability.

Packaging for service The following service enhancements are included in the physical packaging of the systems to facilitate service:

  • Color coding (touch points): Terracotta-colored touch points indicate that a component (FRU/CRU) can be concurrently maintained. Blue-colored touch points delineate components that are not concurrently maintained -- those that require the system to be turned off for removal or repair.

  • Tool-less design: Selected IBM systems support tool-less or simple tool designs. These designs require no tools or simple tools such as flathead screw drivers to service the hardware components.

  • Positive retention: Positive retention mechanisms help to assure proper connections between hardware components such as cables to connectors, and between two cards that attach to each other. Without positive retention, hardware components run the risk of becoming loose during shipping or installation, preventing a good electrical connection. Positive retention mechanisms like latches, levers, thumb-screws, pop Nylatches (U-clips), and cables are included to help prevent loose connections and aid in installing (seating) parts correctly. These positive retention items do not require tools.

Error handling and reporting

In the event of system hardware or environmentally induced failure, the system runtime error capture capability systematically analyzes the hardware error signature to determine the cause of failure. The analysis result will be stored in system NVRAM. When the system can be successfully restarted either manually or automatically, the error will be reported to the operating system. Error Log Analysis (ELA) can be used to display the failure cause and the physical location of the failing hardware.

With the integrated Service Processor, the system has the ability to automatically send out an alert via phone line to a pager or call for service in the event of a critical system failure. A hardware fault will also turn on the amber system fault LED located on the system unit to alert the user of an internal hardware problem. The indicator may also be set to blink by the operator as a tool to allow system identification. For identification, the blue locate LED on the enclosure and at the system level will turn on solid. The amber system fault LED will be on solid when an error condition occurs.

On POWER7 processor-based servers, hardware and software failures are recorded in the system log. When an HMC is attached, an ELA routine analyzes the error, forwards the event to the Service Focal Point (SFP) application running on the HMC, and notifies the system administrator that it has isolated a likely cause of the system problem. The Service Processor event log also records unrecoverable checkstop conditions, forwards them to the SFP application, and notifies the system administrator. Once the information is logged in the SFP application, if the system is properly configured, a call home service request will be initiated and the pertinent failure data with service parts information and part locations will be sent to an IBM Service organization. Customer contact information and specific system-related data such as the machine type, model, and serial number, along with error log data related to the failure are sent to IBM Service.

Service Processor

The Service Processor provides the capability to diagnose, check the status of, and sense the operational conditions of a system. It runs on its own power boundary and does not require resources from a system processor to be operational to perform its tasks.

The Service Processor supports surveillance of the connection to the HMC and to the system firmware (hypervisor). It also provides several remote power control options, environmental monitoring, reset, restart, remote maintenance, and diagnostic functions, including console mirroring. The Service Processors menus (ASMI) can be accessed concurrently with system operation, allowing nondisruptive abilities to change system default parameters.

Call Home

Call Home refers to an automatic or manual call from a customer location to IBM support structure with error log data, server status, or other service-related information. Call Home invokes the service organization in order for the appropriate service action to begin. Call Home can be done through HMC or non-HMC managed systems. While configuring Call Home is optional, clients are encouraged to implement this feature in order to obtain service enhancements such as reduced problem determination and faster and potentially more accurate transmittal of error information. In general, using the Call Home feature can result in increased system availability. The Electronic Service Agent application can be configured for automated call home. Refer to the next section for specific details on this application.

IBM Electronics Services

Electronic Service Agent and the IBM Electronic Services Web portal comprise the IBM Electronic Services solution -- dedicated to providing fast, exceptional support to IBM customers. IBM Electronic Service Agent is a no-charge tool that proactively monitors and reports hardware events such as system errors, performance issues, and inventory. Electronic Service Agent can help focus on the customer's company strategic business initiatives, save time, and spend less effort managing day-to-day IT maintenance issues.

Integrated in the operating system in addition to the HMC, Electronic Service Agent is designed to automatically and electronically report system failures and customer-perceived issues to IBM, which can result in faster problem resolution and increased availability. System configuration and inventory information collected by Electronic Service Agent also can be viewed on the secure Electronic Services Web portal and used to improve problem determination and resolution between the customer and the IBM support team. As part of an increased focus to provide even better service to IBM customers, Electronic Service Agent tool configuration and activation comes standard with the system. In support of this effort, a new HMC External Connectivity security whitepaper has been published, which describes data exchanges between the HMC and the IBM Service Delivery Center (SDC) and the methods and protocols for this exchange. To read the whitepaper and prepare for Electronic Service Agent installation, go to the "Reference Guide" section at:

http://www.ibm.com/support/electronic

Select your country:

  1. Click on "IBM Electronic Service Agent Connectivity Guide."

Benefits

Increased uptime: Electronic Service Agent is designed to enhance the warranty and maintenance service by providing faster hardware error reporting and uploading system information to IBM Support. This can optimize the time monitoring the symptoms, diagnosing the error, and manually calling IBM Support to open a problem record. And 24 x 7 monitoring and reporting means no more dependency on human intervention or off-hours customer personnel when errors are encountered in the middle of the night.

Security: Electronic Service Agent is secure in monitoring, reporting, and storing the data at IBM. Electronic Service Agent securely transmits via the Internet (HTTPS or VPN) and can be configured to communicate securely through gateways to provide customers a single point of exit from their site. Communication between the customer and IBM only flows one way; activating Service Agent does not enable IBM to call into a customer's system. System inventory information is stored in a secure database, which is protected behind IBM firewalls. The customer's business applications or business data is never transmitted to IBM.

More accurate reporting: Because system information and error logs are automatically uploaded to the IBM Support Center in conjunction with the service request, customers are not required to find and send system information, decreasing the risk of misreported or misdiagnosed errors. Once inside IBM, problem error data is run through a data knowledge management system and knowledge articles are appended to the problem record.

Customized support: Using the IBM ID entered during activation, customers can view system and support information in the "My Systems" and "Premium Search" sections of the Electronic Services website.

The Electronic Services web portal is a single Internet entry point that replaces the multiple entry points traditionally used to access IBM Internet services and support. This Web portal enables you to gain easier access to IBM resources for assistance in resolving technical problems. The newly improved My Systems and Premium Search functions make it even easier for Electronic Service Agent-enabled customers to track system inventory and find pertinent fixes.

My Systems provides valuable reports of installed hardware and software using information collected from the systems by IBM Electronic Service Agent. Reports are available for any system associated with the customer's IBM ID. Premium Search combines the function of search and the value of Electronic Service Agent information, providing advanced search of the technical support knowledgebase. Using Premium Search and the Service Agent information that has been collected from the system, customers are able to see search results that apply specifically to their systems.

For more information on how to utilize the power of IBM Electronic Services, visit the following website or contact an IBM Systems Services Representative

http://www.ibm.com/support/electronic

Accessibility by people with disabilities

A US Section 508 Voluntary Product Accessibility Template (VPAT) containing details on accessibility compliance can be requested at:

http://www.ibm.com/able/product_accessibility/index.html

Section 508 of the US Rehabilitation Act

IBM Power 720 Express server is capable as of August 17, 2010, when used in accordance with associated IBM documentation, of satisfying the applicable requirements of Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act, provided that any assistive technology used with the product properly interoperates with it. A US Section 508 Voluntary Product Accessibility Template (VPAT) can be requested via the IBM website:

http://www-03.ibm.com/able/product_accessibility/index.html


Back to topBack to top
 
Models

Model summary matrix

Model Processor Type Clock Rate System Memory Internal Storage Internal Slots/Bays
E4B POWER7 4-core, 6-core, 8-core -- 3.0 GHz 8 GB/128 GB 2.4 TB (2 1/2" HDD/SSD) 4 slots, expandable to 8 slots /8 2.5" (SFF) HDD/SSD bays; 2 media bays

Customer setup (CSU)

Yes, except for feature numbers 1995 and 1996.

Devices supported

The following external machine types are supported on the indicated models for MT 8202.

This list is not all inclusive. Many devices are supported through standard ports. Refer to the sales manual of the external machine type and the list of supported devices in the appropriate section of the AIX sales manual for further attach support information.

         |E|  X = SUPPORTED DEVICE
         |4|
         |B|
         | |
  MT-MOD | |        DESCRIPTION
---------|-|---------------------------------------------------------
         | |
---------+-+--------Communications-----------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7036-P16 |X| IBM 7036-P16
         | |
---------+-+--------Disk---------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1710-10U |X| IBM System Storage EXP100 Expansion Unit
1722-60U |X| IBM System Storage DS4300 Disk System
1722-6LU |X| IBM System Storage DS4300 Disk System
1724-100 |X| IBM System Storage DS4100 Disk System
1740-710 |X| IBM System Storage EXP710 Expansion Unit
1742-1RU |X| IBM 1742-1RU
1742-90U |X| IBM System Storage DS4500 Disk System
1750-511 |X| IBM 1750-511
1750-522 |X| IBM 1750-522
1750-EX1 |X| IBM 1750-EX1
1812-81A |X| IBM System Storage DS4000 EXP810 Storage Expansion Unit
         | |Model 81
1812-81S |X| IBM System Storage DS4000 EXP810 Expansion Unit Model
         | |81-DC
1812-8VA |X| IBM System Storage DS4000 EXP420 Storage Expansion Unit
1814-20A |X| IBM 1814 DS5020 Disk Controller Model 20A
1814-52A |X| IBM 1814 EXP520 Expansion Unit
1814-70A |X| IBM System Storage DS4700 Express Model 70
1814-70S |X| IBM System Storage DS4700 Express Model 70-DC
1814-72A |X| IBM System Storage DS4700 Express Model 72
1814-72S |X| IBM System Storage DS4700 Express Model 72-DC
1814-7VA |X| IBM System Storage DS4200 Express Model 7V
1814-7VH |X| DS4200 Express Model 7V
1814-92A |X| IBM System Storage (EXP395) Expansion Unit
1814-94A |X| IBM System Storage (DS3950) Model 94
1814-98A |X| IBM System Storage (DS3950) Model 98
1815-80A |X| IBM System Storage DS4800 Model 80A
1815-82A |X| IBM System Storage DS4800 Model 82A
1815-84A |X| IBM System Storage DS4800 Model 84A
1815-88A |X| IBM System Storage DS4800 Model 88A
1818-51A |X| IBM System Storage DS5100 Disk System
1818-53A |X| IBM System Storage DS5300 Disk System
1818-D1A |X| IBM System Storage EXP5000 Expansion Unit
2076-112 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 112
2076-124 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 124
2076-212 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 212
2076-224 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 224
2105-750 |X| IBM 2105-750
2105-800 |X| IBM 2105 ESS Model 800
2105-E20 |X| IBM 2105-E20
2105-F10 |X| IBM 2105-F10
2105-F20 |X| IBM 2105-F20
2107-921 |X| IBM 2107-921
2107-922 |X| IBM 2107-922
2107-931 |X| IBM 2107-931
2107-932 |X| IBM 2107-932
2107-9A2 |X| IBM 2107-9A2
2107-9AE |X| IBM 2107-9AE
2107-9B2 |X| IBM 2107-9B2
7031-D24 |X| IBM TotalStorage EXP24 7031-D24
7031-T24 |X| IBM TotalStorage EXP24 7031-T24
7204-646 |X| IBM 7204-646
         | |
---------+-+--------Displays-----------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7042-C06 |X| IBM 7042-C06
7042-C07 |X| IBM 7042-C07
7042-CR4 |X| IBM 7042-CR4
7042-CR5 |X| IBM 7042-CR5
7310-C05 |X| IBM 7310-C05
7310-C06 |X| IBM 7310-C06
7310-CR3 |X| IBM 7310-CR3
7310-CR4 |X| IBM 7310-CR4
7316-TF1 |X| IBM 7316-TF1
7316-TF3 |X| IBM 7316-TF3
9419-HB7 |X| IBM ThinkVision L191p 19-inch LCD Flat-panel Monitor
9513-AW1 |X| IBM T55A 15.0-inch Color TFT LCD Monitor
9516-B03 |X| IBM MultiMode 16.1-inch TFT LCD Flat Panel Monitor Model
         | |B03
9516-B04 |X| IBM MultiMode 16.1-inch TFT LCD Flat Panel Monitor Model
         | |B04
         | |
---------+-+--------Expansion Cabinets-------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7014-B42 |X| IBM 7014-B42
7014-S25 |X| IBM 7014-S25
7014-T00 |X| IBM 7014-T00
7014-T42 |X| IBM 7014-T42
7314-G30 |X| IBM 7314-G30
         | |
---------+-+--------SCSI Devices-------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3996-032 |X|
3996-080 |X|
3996-174 |X|
7210-020 |X| IBM 7210-020
7210-025 |X| IBM 7210-025
7210-030 |X| IBM 7210-030
         | |
---------+-+--------Storage Network Devices--------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1750-EX2 |X| IBM System Storage DS6000 Expansion Unit
1818-80C |X| 1818-80C IBM System Storage DCS3700 Storage System
1818-80E |X| IBM System Storage DCS3700 Expansion Unit
2145-4F2 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Volume Controller Storage Engine
         | |Model 4F2
2145-8F2 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Volume Controller Storage Engine
         | |Model 8F2
2145-8F4 |X| IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller Storage Engine
         | |Model 8F4
2145-CF8 |X| IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller Storage Engine
         | |Model CF8
2421-931 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8100
2421-932 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2421-941 |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2421)
2421-94E |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2421)
2421-9B2 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2422-931 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8100
2422-932 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2422-941 |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2422)
2422-94E |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2422)
2422-9B2 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2423-931 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8100
2423-932 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2423-941 |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2423)
2423-94E |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2423)
2423-9B2 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2424-931 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8100
2424-932 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2424-941 |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2424)
2424-94E |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2424)
2424-9B2 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2858-A10 |X| IBM 2858 N6040 Storage Controller Model A10
2858-A11 |X| IBM 2858 N6070 Storage Controller Model A11
2858-A12 |X| IBM 2858 N6060 Storage Controller Model A12
2858-A20 |X| IBM 2858 N6040 Storage Controller Model A20
2858-A21 |X| IBM 2858 N6070 Storage Controller Model A21
2858-A22 |X| IBM 2858 N6060 Storage Controller Model A22
2859-A10 |X| IBM 2859 System Storage N3300 Storage Controller Model A10
2859-A20 |X| IBM 2859 System Storage N3300 Storage Controller Model A20
2861-001 |X| IBM 2861 System Storage EXN1000 Model 001
2862-A10 |X| IBM 2862 System Storage N3600 Model A10
2862-A20 |X| IBM 2862 System Storage N3600 Model A20
2863-001 |X| IBM System Storage EXN2000
2863-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N3700 Model A10
2863-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N3700 Model A20
2864-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N5200 Model A10
2864-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N5200 Model A20
2865-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N5500 Model A10
2865-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N5500 Model A20
2866-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N7600 Models A10
2866-A11 |X| IBM System Storage N7700 Models A11
2866-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N7600 Model A20
2866-A21 |X| IBM System Storage N7700 Model A21
2866-G11 |X| IBM System Storage N7700 Models G11
2866-G21 |X| IBM System Storage N7700 Model G21
2867-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N7800 Model A10
2867-A11 |X| IBM System Storage N7900 Model A11
2867-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N7800 Model A20
2867-A21 |X| IBM System Storage N7900 Model A21
2867-G11 |X| IBM System Storage N7900 Model G11
2867-G21 |X| IBM System Storage N7900 Model G21
9830-AE1 |X| FlashSystem 810 Model AE1
9830-AS1 |X| FlashSystem 710 Model AS1
         | |
---------+-+--------Switch-------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1455-24E |X| IBM 1455-24E
1455-48E |X| IBM 1455-48E
1455-64C |X| IBM 1455-64C
1611-16E |X| IBM 1611-16E
2005-B16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN16B-2
2005-B32 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN32B-2 Express Model
2005-B5K |X| IBM System Storage SAN32B-3
2005-B64 |X| IBM System Storage SAN64B-2 Fabric Switch
2005-H08 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch H16
2005-H16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch H16
2005-R18 |X| IBM 2005 System Storage SAN18B-R Router
2026-224 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN24M-1
2026-416 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN16M-2
2026-432 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN32M-2
2026-E12 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN12M-1
2027-140 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN140M
2027-232 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN32M-1
2027-256 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN256M
2031-216 |X| IBM 2031-216
2031-232 |X| IBM 2031-232
2032-064 |X| IBM 2032-064
2032-140 |X| IBM 2032-140
2034-212 |X| IBM 2034-212
2042-001 |X| IBM 2042-001
2042-128 |X| IBM 2042-128
2042-256 |X| IBM 2042-256
2045-N16 |X| IBM 2045-N16
2053-424 |X| Cisco MDS 9124 for IBM System Storage Switch
2053-434 |X| Cisco MDS 9134 for IBM System Storage Switch
2053-S34 |X| Cisco MDS 9134 for IBM System Storage Switch
2061-020 |X| IBM 2061-020
2061-040 |X| IBM 2061-040
2062-D01 |X| IBM 2062-D01
2062-D04 |X| Cisco MDS 9506 Multilayer Director
2062-D07 |X| Cisco MDS 9509 Multilayer Director
2062-D1A |X| Cisco MDS 9216A Multilayer Fabric Switch
2062-D1H |X| Cisco MDS 9216i Multilayer Fabric Switch
2062-E11 |X| Cisco MDS 9513 Multilayer Director
2062-T04 |X| Cisco MDS 9506 Multilayer Director
2062-T07 |X| Cisco MDS 9509 Multilayer Director
2109-A16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN16B-R
2109-F16 |X| IBM 2109-F16
2109-F32 |X| IBM 2109-F32
2109-M12 |X| IBM 2109-M12
2109-M14 |X| IBM 2109-M14
2109-M48 |X| IBM 2109 SAN256B Director Model M48
2498-B24 |X| IBM System Storage SAN24B-4 Express
2498-B40 |X| IBM System Storage SAN40B-4
2498-B80 |X| IBM 2498 SAN80B-4 Model B80
2498-F48 |X| IBM System Storage SAN48B
2498-R06 |X| IBM 2498 System Storage SAN06N-R Model R06
2499-416 |X| IBM System Storage SAN384B
2499-816 |X| IBM System Storage SAN768B
         | |
---------+-+--------Tape---------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3494-D22 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Expansion Frame
         | |Model D22
3494-D24 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Expansion Frame
         | |Model D24
3494-HA1 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise High Availability Frame Model
         | |HA1
3494-L22 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Library Base Frame Model
         | |L22
3572-S3H |X| TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO3 HH SAS drive
3572-S4H |X| TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO4 HH SAS drive
3573-L2U |X| TS3100 Tape Library Model L2U
3573-L4U |X| TS3200 Tape Library Model L4U
3576-E9U |X| IBM System Storage TS3310 Tape Library Model E9U
3576-L5B |X| IBM System Storage TS3310 Tape Library Model L5B
3577-L5U |X| IBM 3577 TS3400 Tape Library Model L5U
3580-H23 |X| IBM 3580-H23
3580-H3L |X| System Storage TS2230 Tape Drive Express Model H3L
3580-H3S |X| System Storage TS2230 Tape Drive Express Model H3S
3580-H4S |X| System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Express Model H4S
3580-L23 |X| IBM 3580-L23
3580-L33 |X| TotalStorage 3580 Tape Drive Model L33
3580-L43 |X| System Storage TS2340 Tape Drive Express Model L43
3580-S43 |X| System Storage TS2340 Tape Drive Express Model S43
3581-F28 |X| IBM 3581-F28
3581-F38 |X| IBM 3581-F38
3581-H23 |X| IBM 3581-H23
3581-L23 |X| IBM 3581-L23
3581-L28 |X| IBM 3581-L28
3581-L38 |X| IBM 3581-L38
3582-L23 |X| IBM 3582-L23
3583-L18 |X| IBM 3583-L18
3583-L36 |X| IBM 3583-L36
3583-L72 |X| IBM 3583-L72
3584-D22 |X| IBM TotalStorage UltraScalable Tape Library Model D22
3584-D23 |X| IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library Model D23
3584-D32 |X| IBM 3584 UltraScalable Tape Library Model D32
3584-D42 |X| IBM 3584 UltraScalable Tape Library Model D42
3584-D52 |X| IBM TotalStorage UltraScalable Tape Library Model D52
3584-D53 |X| IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library Model D53
3584-HA1 |X| IBM TotalStorage 3584 High Availability Frame Model HA1
3584-L22 |X| IBM TotalStorage UltraScalable Tape Library Model L22
3584-L23 |X| IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library Model L23
3584-L32 |X| IBM 3584 UltraScalable Tape Library Model L32
3584-L52 |X| IBM TotalStorage UltraScalable Tape Library Model L52
3584-L53 |X| IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library Model L53
3584-S24 |X| IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library Model S24
3584-S54 |X| IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library Model S54
3588-F3A |X| IBM TotalStorage 3588 Ultrium Tape Drive Model F3A
3588-F3B |X| IBM System Storage TS1030 Tape Drive Model F3B
3588-F4A |X| IBM System Storage TS1040 Tape Drive Model F4A
3590-H11 |X| IBM TotalStorage 3590 Tape Drive Model H11
3590-H1A |X| IBM TotalStorage 3590 Tape Drive Model H1A
3592-E05 |X| IBM 3592 System Storage TS1120 Tape Drive Model E05
3592-E06 |X| IBM 3592 System Storage TS1130 Tape Drive Model E06
3592-E07 |X| IBM 3592 System Storage TS1140 Tape Drive Model E07
3592-EU6 |X| IBM 3592 System Storage TS1130 Tape Drive Model EU6
3592-J1A |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive 3592
3952-F05 |X| IBM 3952 Tape Frame Model F05
3954-CV5 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7510
3954-CV6 |X| IBM Virtualization Server TS7520 Server
3954-CV7 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7530 Server
3955-SV5 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7510 Model SV5
3955-SV6 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7520 Cache Controller
3955-SX5 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7510 Model SX5
3955-SX6 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7520 Cache Drawer
3958-AP1 |X| IBM System Storage TS7650 ProtecTIER De-duplication
         | |Appliance (3958-AP1)
3958-DD3 |X| IBM 3958 Model DD3 TS7650G ProtecTIER De-duplication
         | |Gateway
7205-550 |X| IBM 7205-550
7206-220 |X| IBM 7206-220
7206-336 |X| IBM 7206-336
7206-VX2 |X| IBM 7206-VX2
7206-VX3 |X| IBM 7206-VX3
7212-312 |X| IBM 7212-312
7214-1U2 |X| IBM System Storage 7214 Tape and DVD Enclosure Express
7214-TT2 |X| IBM System Storage 7214 Tape and DVD Table-top Enclosure
         | |(Model TT2)
7216-1U2 |X| IBM System Storage 7216 Tape and Optical Storage Device
         | |Enclosure Model 1U2
7226-1U3 |X| 7226-1U3
7332-220 |X| IBM 4MM DDS-4 Tape Cartridge Autoloader Model 220
 
---------+-+--------Power--------------------------------------------
9910-E15 |X| 9910-E15
9910-E16 |X| 9910-E16
9910-E30 |X| 9910-E30
9910-E33 |X| 9910-E33
9910-E35 |X| 9910-E35
9910-E36 |X| 9910-E36
9910-E50 |X| 9910-E50
9910-E64 |X| 9910-E64
9910-E65 |X| 9910-E65
9910-E66 |X| 9910-E66
9910-E67 |X| 9910-E67
9910-E82 |X| 9910-E82
9910-E83 |X| 9910-E83
9910-P13 |X| 9910-P13
9910-P14 |X| 9910-P14
 

Model conversions

Type/Model conversions

From         To
Type  Model  Type  Model
----- -----  ----- -----
 8203  E4A    8202  E4B
 

Feature conversions

The existing components being replaced during a model or feature conversion become the property of IBM and must be returned.

Feature conversions are always implemented on a "quantity of one for quantity of one" basis. Multiple existing features may not be converted to a single new feature. Single existing features may not be converted to multiple new features.

The following conversions are available to customers:

Feature conversions for 8202-E4B adapters features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
4807 - PCIe Crypto           4808 - PCIe Crypto           No
Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001  Coprocessor Gen3 BSC
                             4765-001
 

Feature conversions for 8202-E4B rack-related features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
6246 - 1.8m Rack Trim Kit    6263 - 1.8m Rack Trim Kit    No
6247 - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit    6272 - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit    No
 

Feature conversions for 8202-E4B virtualization engine features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
5225 - PowerVM Express       5227 - PowerVM Standard      No
Edition                      Edition
5225 - PowerVM Express       5228 - PowerVM Enterprise    No
Edition                      Edition
5227 - PowerVM Standard      5228 - PowerVM Enterprise    No
Edition                      Edition
 

Feature conversions for 8203-E4A to 8202-E4B adapters features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
5903 - PCIe 380MB Cache      5805 - PCIe 380MB Cache      No
Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID       Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID
Adapter                      Adapter
 

Feature conversions for 8203-E4A to 8202-E4B processor features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
5577 - 2-core 4.7 GHz        8351 - 6-core 3.0 GHz        Yes
POWER6 Processor Card, 4     POWER7 Processor Module
Memory DIMM Slots
5587 - 4-core 4.7 GHz        8351 - 6-core 3.0 GHz        Yes
POWER6 Processor Card, 8     POWER7 Processor Module
Memory DIMM Slots
5634 - 2-core 4.2 GHz        8351 - 6-core 3.0 GHz        Yes
POWER6 Processor Card, 4     POWER7 Processor Module
Memory DIMM Slots
5635 - 4-core 4.2 GHz        8351 - 6-core 3.0 GHz        Yes
POWER6 Processor Card, 8     POWER7 Processor Module
Memory DIMM Slots
5577 - 2-core 4.7 GHz        8352 - 8-core 3.0 GHz        Yes
POWER6 Processor Card, 4     POWER7 Processor Module
Memory DIMM Slots
5587 - 4-core 4.7 GHz        8352 - 8-core 3.0 GHz        Yes
POWER6 Processor Card, 8     POWER7 Processor Module
Memory DIMM Slots
5634 - 2-core 4.2 GHz        8352 - 8-core 3.0 GHz        Yes
POWER6 Processor Card, 4     POWER7 Processor Module
Memory DIMM Slots
5635 - 4-core 4.2 GHz        8352 - 8-core 3.0 GHz        Yes
POWER6 Processor Card, 8     POWER7 Processor Module
Memory DIMM Slots
 

Feature conversions for 8203-E4A to 8202-E4B virtualization engine features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
7983 - PowerVM Express       5225 - PowerVM Express       No
                             Edition
8506 - PowerVM Standard      5227 - PowerVM Standard      No
                             Edition
8507 - PowerVM Enterprise    5228 - PowerVM Enterprise    No
                             Edition
 

Feature conversions for 8202-E4B solid state drive features

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
ES0A - 387GB SFF-1 SSD for   EH14 - GEN2-S Conversion     No
AIX/Linux with eMLC          Carrier for Feature ES0C
                             387GB SSD
ES0B - 387GB SFF-1 SSD for   EH16 - GEN2-S Conversion     No
IBM i with eMLC              Carrier for Feature ES0D
                             387GB SSD (IBM i)

Back to topBack to top
 
Technical description
TOC Link Physical specifications TOC Link Operating environment TOC Link Limitations
TOC Link Hardware requirements TOC Link Software requirements


Physical specifications

Rack-Mount:
  Width: 440 mm (17.3 in)
  Depth: 610 mm (24.0 in)
  Height: 173 mm (6.81 in)
  Weight: 48.7 kg (107.4 lb)
 
Tower:
  Width without tip plate:  183 mm (7.2 in)
  Width with tip plate:  328.5 mm (12.9 in)
  Depth :  688 mm (27.1 in)
  Height:  541 mm (21.3 in)
  Weight without tip plate: 53.7 kg (118.1 lb)
  Weight with tip plate: 57.2 kg (125.8 lb)
 

Operating environment

Operating environment system exception with #5638 1.5TB/3.0TB LTO-5 SAS Tape Drive:

  • Temperature (operating) 10 - 25 degrees C (50 to 95 F); allowable operating temperature 10 to 40 degrees C (50 to 104 F)

  • Relative humidity: Nonoperating 10% to 80% non-condensing

  • Maximum altitude: 3,048 m (10,000 ft)

System environment limits without #5638 1.5TB/3.0TB LTO-5 SAS Tape Drive:

  • Temperature: (nonoperating) 5 to 45 degrees C (41 to 113 F); recommended temperature (operating) 18 to 27 degrees C (64 to 80 F); allowable operating temperature 5 to 35 degrees C (41 to 95 F)

  • Relative humidity: Nonoperating 8% to 80%; recommended 5.5 degrees C (42 F) dew point to 60% RH and 15 degrees C (59 F) dew point

  • Maximum dew point: 28 degrees C (84 F)(operating)

  • Operating voltage: 100 to 127 or 200 to 240 V ac

  • Operating frequency: 47/63 Hz

  • Maximum measured power consumption: 750 watts (maximum)

  • Power factor: 0.98

  • Thermal output: 2,560 Btu/hour (maximum)

  • Power-source loading
    • 0.765 kVa (maximum configuration)
    • Maximum altitude: 3,050 m (10,000 ft)

    Note: The maximum measured value is the worst case power consumption expected from a fully populated server under an intensive workload. The maximum measured value also accounts for component tolerance and non-ideal operating conditions. Power consumption and heat load vary greatly by server configuration and utilization. The IBM Systems Energy Estimator should be used to obtain a heat output estimate based on a specific configuration:

    http://www-912.ibm.com/see/EnergyEstimator

Noise level and sound power

  • Tower system: 6.3 Bels(1)
  • Rack-mount system: 6.5 Bels(1)

Note: (1) These measurements assume that dual power supplies have been installed. A Power 720 with a single power supply runs the fans at a higher rpm which produces more noise. Also note that using specific I/O such as the PCIe Riser Card (#5610 or #5685) or the solid state drives on the PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter (#2054) can have the fans run at the higher rpm and produce more noise as well.

EMC conformance classification: This equipment is subject to FCC rules and shall comply with the appropriate FCC rules before final delivery to the buyer or centers of distribution.

  • US: FCC Class A
  • Europe: CISPR 22 Class A
  • Japan: VCCI-A
  • Korea: Korean Requirement Class A
  • China: People's Republic of China commodity inspection law Class A

Homologation -- Telecom environmental testing (Safety and EMC): Homologation approval for specific countries has been initiated with the IBM Homologation and Type Approval (HT&A) organization in LaGaude, France. This Power Systems model and applicable features meet the environmental testing requirements of the country telecom and have been designed and tested in compliance with the Full Quality Assurance Assurance Approval (FQAA) process as delivered by the British Approval Board for Telecom (BABT), the U.K. Telecom regulatory authority.

Product safety/Country testing/Certification

  • UL 60950 Underwriters Laboratory, Safety Information
  • CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00, Canadian Standards Association
  • EN60950 European Norm
  • IEC 60950, Edition 1, International Electrotechnical Commission, Safety Information
  • Nordic deviations to IEC 60950-1 1st Edition

General requirements: The product is in compliance with IBM Corporate Bulletin C-B 0-2594-000 Statement of Conformity of IBM Product to External Standard (Suppliers Declaration).

Limitations

System

  • Integrated system ports are not supported under AIX or Linux when the HMC ports are connected to an HMC. Either the HMC ports or the integrated system ports can be used, but not both. IBM i can continue to use a system port for communication to a UPS, even with an HMC attached.

  • The integrated system ports are supported for modem and asynch terminal connections by AIX or Linux. Any other application using serial ports requires a serial port adapter to be installed in a PCI slot. The integrated system ports do not support HACMP configurations. IBM i only supports the use of the system ports for attachment to a UPS.

  • Customers will need the System Serial Port Converter Cable (#3930) if the system is being used with a console or a UPS connected to the system port.

Hardware management console (HMC) machine code

An HMC or IVM is required to manage POWER7 processor-based servers implementing partitioning. Multiple POWER7 processor-based servers can be supported by a single HMC.

If an HMC is used to manage any POWER7 processor-based server, the HMC must be a CR3, or later model rack-mount HMC or C05, or later deskside HMC.

If attaching an HMC to a new server or adding function to an existing server that requires a firmware update, the HMC machine code may need to be updated.

To determine the HMC machine code level required for the firmware level on any server, go to the following Web page to access the Fix Level Recommendation Tool (FLRT) on or after the planned availability date for this product. FLRT will identify the correct HMC machine code for the selected system firmware level:

https://www14.software.ibm.com/webapp/set2/sas/f/hmc/home.html

If a single HMC is attached to multiple servers, the HMC machine code level must be updated to the server with the most recent firmware level. All prior levels of server firmware are supported with the latest HMC machine code level.

When IBM Systems Director is used to manage an HMC or if the HMC manages more than 254 partitions, the HMC should have 3 GB of RAM minimum and be CR3 model, or later, rack-mount or C06, or later, deskside.

Boot requirements

  • Selection of feature 0837 will indicate boot from SAN.

  • If IBM i (#2145) is selected as the primary operating system and SAN boot is not selected (#0837), one of the following Load/Source specify codes must be specified:
    • #0724 -- #1996 (177 GB 1.8" SSD) Load Source Specify
    • #0726 -- Remote Load Source Specify in #5802/#5803
    • #0727 -- Remote Load Source Specify in #5886
    • #0835 -- #4327 (70.56 GB 15K RPM HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0836 -- #4328 (141.12 GB 15K RPM HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0838 -- #3676 (69.7 GB 15K RPM HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0839 -- #3677 (139.5 GB 15K RPM HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0840 -- #3678 (283.7 GB 15K RPM HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0841 -- #4329 (282.25 GB 15K RPM HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0844 -- #3658 (428 GB 15K RPM HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0851 -- #1884 (69.7 GB 15K RPM SFF HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0853 -- #1888 (138 GB 15K RPM SFF HDD) Load Source Specify
    • #0854 -- #1909 (69 GB SFF SSD) Load Source Specify
    • #0855 -- #3586 (69 GB SSD) Load Source Specify
    • #0856 -- #1911 (283 GB 10K RPM SFF HDD) Load Source Specify

  • If IBM i (#2145) is selected and the load source disk unit is not in the CEC (system unit), one of the following specify codes must also be selected:
    • #0725 -- Remote Load Source in #5786 or #5787 TotalStorage EXP24 Expansion Drawer/Tower
    • #0726 -- Remote Load Source in #5802 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF Disk
    • #0727 -- Remote Load Source in #5886 EXP 12S Expansion Drawer
    • #0837 -- SAN Load Source Specify (Boot from SAN)

  • If IBM i (#2145) is selected, one of the following system console specify codes must be selected:
    • #5550 -- System Console on HMC
    • #5553 -- System Console - Internal LAN

Processor modules

  • A minimum of one processor module is required on an order with four, six, or eight processor cores on the processor module. A maximum of one processor module is allowed on an order.

  • All processors must be activated.

    • The 4-core 3.0 GHz processor module (#8350) requires that four processor activation codes be ordered. A maximum of four processor activation code features (4 x #8360, or 2 x #8360 and 2 x #8363) are allowed per processor module.

    • The 6-core 3.0 GHz processor module (#8351) requires that six processor activation codes be ordered. A maximum of six processor activation code features (6 x #8361, or 3 x #8361 and 3 x #8364) are allowed per processor module.

    • The 8-core 3.0 GHz processor module (#8352) requires that eight processor activation codes be ordered. A maximum of eight processor activation code features (8 x #8362, or 4 x #8362 and 4 x #8365) are allowed per processor module.

Power supply

  • The base machine contains one 1725 watt AC power supply.

  • A second 1725 watt AC power supply (#5603) is available for redundant power.

    • A second power supply (#5603) will be added to the order when feature #1890, #1909, or #2053 is on the order and is to be placed in the CEC. The second power supply may be removed from the order by the customer but removing the second power supply from the configuration may impact system reliability and acoustic performance.

Redundant fans

  • Redundant fans standard

Power cords

One power cord is required for each power supply installed in the system. A maximum of 2 x #6665 are allowed on the system unless a valid I/O drawer or tower is attached to the system.

The Power 720 supports 110-127V ac and 200-240V ac.

System memory

  • A minimum 8 GB or two DIMMs of memory is required on the Power 720 system.

  • A system with the 4-core processor module (#8350) does not support the 16 GB memory feature 4529. Maximum system memory with feature 8350 is 32 GB without feature 5604 and 64 GB with feature 5604.

  • The base machine contains one nonfeaturized memory riser card with eight DIMM sockets. Memory features consume two memory DIMM sockets.

  • An optional memory riser card feature (#5604) with an additional eight DIMM sockets is available. Maximum system memory is 64 GB without feature 5604 and 128 GB with feature 5604.

  • A system can be ordered with a single memory feature 4526. When adding additional memory to a system with 1 x feature 4526, a second 1 x feature 4526 must be ordered, and then all memory must be ordered in increments of 2 x feature 4526.

  • A system cannot be ordered with a single memory feature 4529. All 4529 memory must be ordered in a quantity of 2 x feature 4529.

  • Feature 4526 and feature 4529 are allowed on the same memory riser card as long as memory DIMMS are installed in quads (2 x feature 4526 or 2 x feature 4529).

  • It is generally recommended that memory be installed evenly across all memory riser cards in the system. Balancing memory across the installed memory riser cards allows memory access in a consistent manner and typically results in the best possible performance for your configuration. However, balancing memory fairly evenly across multiple memory riser cards, compared to balancing memory exactly evenly, typically has a very small performance difference.

Plans for future memory upgrades should be taken into account when deciding which memory feature size to use at the time of initial system order.

   Figure 1.  Memory features
 
                            Feature     Minimum    Maximum
       Feature              number      quantity   quantity
 
       8 GB 1066 Mhz        4526          0          8
         (2 x 4 GB RDIMMs)
 
       16 GB 1066 Mhz       4529          0          8
         (2 x 8 GB RDIMMs)
 

Drawer/Tower attachment:

  • 7314-G30 (#5796) PCIX Expansion Drawer
    • Maximum of four drawers per GX++ adapter (#5615 or follow-ons) or per 12X loop
    • Maximum of one GX++ adapter on the Power 720
    • Not orderable on a 4-core system (#8350).

  • 7031-D24/T24 (#5786/#5787) EXP4 SCSI HDD or SSD Drawer/Tower
    • EXP24 drawers/towers are attached to a PCI-X SCSI adapter via one or more SCSI cables.
    • The system maximum is 14.
    • Not orderable on a 4-core system (#8350).

  • Feature number 5886 EXP12S SAS HDD or SSD Expansion Drawer

    • Feature number 5630 supports one feature number 5886 drawer directly off the system unit's SAS port.

    • EXP12S drawers are attached to a PCI-X or PCIe SAS adapter via SAS cables.

    • The system maximum is 28.

    • Not orderable on a 4-core system (#8350).

  • Feature number 5802 12X I/O Drawer PCIe SFF Disk and feature number 5877 12X I/O Drawer PCIe No Disks
    • A maximum of two per 12X loop is allowed.
    • A maximum of two is supported on the Power 720.
    • No mixing of features 5802 and 5877 is allowed with other drawers on the same loop.
    • Not orderable on a 4-core system (#8350).

The following list shows I/O drawers that are supported or available on the 8202 machine type and the correct interface to use for each of the drawers.

                                          Order
Feature description                       status     Interface
--------------------------------------    ---------  --------
5786    EXP24 SCSI Disk Drawer            Supported  SCSI
5787    EXP24 SCSI Disk Tower             Supported  SCSI
5796    PCI-X DDR 12X Exp Drawer          Available  12X
5802    PCIe 12X I/O Drawer (W/Disk Bays) Available  12X
5877    PCIe 12X I/O Drawer (No Disk Bays)Available  12X
5886    Exp 12S SAS Disk Drawer           Available  SAS
7031-D24/T24 EXP24 SCSI Disk Drawer/Tower Supported  SCSI
7214-1U2 Tape and DVD Enclosure           Supported  SAS/USB
7216-1U2 Tape and DVD Enclosure           Available  SAS
7314-G30 PCI-X DDR 12X I/O Drawer         Supported  12X
 

Maximum number of attached I/O drawers per system:

              Power 720
Feature   (6-core or 8-core)
-------    -----------------
      O/S  AIX  Linux  IBM i
 
5786       14    14     14
5787       14    14     14
5796        4     4      4
5802        2     2      2
5877        2     2      2
5886       28    28     28
7031-D24   14    14     14
7031-T24   14    14     14
7214-1U2    6     6      6
7314-G30    4     4      4
 

I/O drawers are connected to the adapters in the CEC with the following cables:

  • Data transfer cables:
    • 12X DDR cables for the feature 5802 and 5877 I/O drawers
    • 12X SDR or DDR cables for the feature 5796 and 7314-G30 I/O drawers

  • Power control cables

12X I/O drawer cable connections are always made in loops to help protect against a single point-of-failure resulting from an open, missing, or disconnected cable. A system with nonlooped configurations could experience degraded performance and serviceability. If a nonloop connection is detected, a problem is reported.

The first 12X I/O drawer attached in any I/O drawer loop requires two data transfer cables. Each additional drawer in the loop (up to the maximum allowed) requires one additional data transfer cable.

The first 12X I/O drawer attached to a system unit requires two power control cables. Each additional I/O drawer added to a system requires one additional power control cable. Each system has one power control loop. All I/O drawers attached to a system are included in the same power control loop. Power control cable loops are different in this regard from data transfer cable loops.

Dual-Port 12X Adapter Options

Dual-Port 12X Channel Attach Adapter (#6446): Use the short run adapter for feature 5796 or 7314-G30 expansion I/O drawers located in close proximity to the host system or to other drawers in the I/O expansion loop. This adapter does not include signal repeaters.

Dual-Port 12X Channel Attach Adapter (#6457): Use the long run adapter for feature 5796 or 7314-G30 expansion I/O drawers located farther from the host system or other I/O drawers in the I/O expansion loop. This adapter includes signal repeaters to accommodate the longer cable lengths.

12X Cable Choice

Each feature 5796 or 7314-G30 12X drawer requires one Dual-Port 12X Channel Adapter, either Short Run (#6446) or Long Run (#6457). The choice of adapters is dependent on the distance to the next 12X Channel connection in the loop, either to another I/O drawer or the system unit. The following table identifies the supported cable lengths for each 12X Channel adapter. I/O drawers containing the Short Run adapter can be mixed in a single loop with I/O drawers containing the Long Run adapter. In this table, a "Yes" indicates that the 12X cable identified in that column can be used to connect the drawer configuration identified to the left. A "No" means it cannot be used. The 12X DDR or SDR cables can be used with the feature 5796 or 7314-G30.

                               12X Cable Options
                         0.6 M     1.5 M    3.0 M      8.0 M
                        ---------- -------- ---------- ----------
                        (#1829)(1)(#1830)(1)(#1840)(2) (#1834)(3)
 
             12X DDR    (#1861)(1)(#1862)(1)(#1865)(2) (#1864)(3)
 
    5796 to 5796 w/12X
    Short Run adapter
    (#6446) in both
    drawers               Yes       Yes      No         No
 
    5796 w/ 12X Short
    Run adapter (#6446)
    to 5796 w/ 12X Long
    Run adapter (#6457)   Yes       Yes      Yes        No
 
    5796 to 5796  w/12X
    Long Run adapter
    (#6457) in both
    drawers               Yes       Yes      Yes        Yes
 
    5796 w/12X Short
    Run adapter (#6446)
    to system unit        No        Yes      Yes        No
 
    5796 w/12X Long
    Run adapter (#6457)
    to system unit        No        Yes      Yes        Yes
 

Note: 1 The 0.6M and 1.5M 12X cables (#1829/#1830 or #1861/#1862) have very limited use due to their short length. They cannot be used to connect to a system drawer because of the short length. They are intended for use between two feature 5796 or 7314-G30 drawers mounted side by side in the same enclosure (#7314). They can also be used to connect between two modules located one beneath the other in a 19-inch rack.

Note: 2 It is possible in some limited configurations to use the 3.0 M, 12X cable (#1840 or #1865) to locate 5796 modules in adjacent racks. The cable length requires careful management of each drawer location within the rack. The best choice for connecting a feature 5796 or G30 I/O Drawer in an adjacent rack is the 8.0 M, 12X cable (#1834 or #1864).

Note: 3 The 8M 12X cable (#1834 or #1864) is intended for use when connecting between two modules that are located in adjacent racks. This cable may not be connected to the 12X Short Run adapter (#6446).

PCI card slots

The Power 720 contains four full-height, short, 8x, PCIe slots. An optional PCIe Adapter Riser Card feature #5610 (Gen1) or #5685 (Gen2) adds four short, 8x, PCIe Low Profile slots. One GX++ slot is available. When feature #5610 or #5685 is installed in the system, the GX++ slot is unavailable. Feature 5615 can be installed in the GX++ slot. #5610 and #5685 are not allowed in a tower configuration, indicated by #7567 or #7568. These features, when used in a tower configuration, will produce configurations that exceed office environments acoustic targets.

Note: Internal PCI card slots are not hot-swap.

Note: Optional 12X GX++ adapter is used for attaching I/O expansion drawers with PCI slots and, optionally, disk/SSD bays.

Note: Full-height PCIe adapters and low-profile PCIe adapters are not interchangeable. Even if the card was designed with low profile dimensions, the tail stock at the end of the adapter is specific to either low-profile or full-height PCIe slots.

Graphics adapters

  • A graphics adapter, keyboard, and mouse are not required in the minimum configuration.

  • The maximum number of graphics adapters supported in the Power 720 CEC is four. Not supported under IBM i.

I/O adapters

  • Host Ethernet Adapter features (#1824, #1825, and #1826), are not plugged into a slot, leaving the slots available for PCIe adapters and GX++ adapter.

  • All Low Profile adapters can be installed in PCIe Adapter Riser Card feature #5610 or #5685.

  • Refer to Figure 2 for additional I/O adapter information.
Figure 2.  I/O adapter features
 
                                   Orderable  Supported CEC Sys
                                   feature    feature   Max Max
 I/O Adapter                       number     number    qty qty  Size
 -----------                       ---------  --------- --- ---  -----
 PCIe LP RAID & SSD SAS A          2053                  2   2   Short
 PCIe RAID & SSD SAS               2054                  2   2   Short
 PCIe RAID & SSD SAS w/ BSC        2055                  0  10   Short
 4-port USB PCIe                   2728                  4  24   Short
 2-port USB PCI                               2738       0  24   Short
 8-port Asynchronous EIA-232                  2943       0  24   Short
 4-port ARTIC960Hx                            2947       0  24   Long
 2-port Multiprotocol                         2962       0  24   Short
 GXT135P Graphics Accelerator                 2849/1980  0   8   Short
 PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem           2893                  4  24   Short
 PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem CIM       2894                  4  24   Short
 PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor   4764                  0  24   Long
 PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC    4807                  2   2   Short
 PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC  4808                  0   8   Short
 PCIe LP POWER GXT145 Graphics Acc 5269                  4   4   LP
 PCIe LP 10Gb FCoE 2-port Adapter  5270                  4   4   LP
 PCIe LP 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-T 5271                  4   4   LP
 PCIe LP 10GbE CX4 1-port Adapter  5272                  4   4   LP
 PCIe LP 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel  5273                  4   4   LP
 PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE SX Adapter    5274                  4   4   LP
 PCIe LP 10GbE SR 1-port Adapter   5275                  4   4   LP
 PCIe LP 4Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel  5276                  4   4   LP
 PCIe LP 4-Port Async EIA-232 Adap 5277                  4   4   LP
 PCIe LP 2-x4-port SAS Adapter 3Gb 5278                  4   4   LP
 GX++ Dual-port 12x Channel Attach 5615                  1   1   GX++
 Gigabit Ethernet                             5700/1978  0  24   Short
 10/100/1000 Ethernet                         5701/1979  0  24   Short
 2-port 10/100/1000 Ethernet       5706       1983       0  24   Short
 10 Gigabit FCoE PCIe Dual Port    5708                  4  24   Short
 ISCI TOE Gb Ethernet (Copper)     5713            1986  0  24   Short
 ISCI TOE Gb Ethernet (Fiber)                 5714/1987  0  24   Short
 2 Gb Fibre Channel PCI-X                     5716/1977  0  24   Short
 4-port 1 Gb Ethernet PCI-e 4x     5717                  4  24   Short
 10 Gb Ethernet - Short Reach                 5721       0  24   Short
 10 Gb Ethernet - Long Reach                  5722       0  24   Short
 2-port Asynchronous EIA-232                  5723       0  24   Short
 10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Exp.  5732                  4  24   Short
 8 Gb Dual-port Fibre Channel      5735                  4  24   Short
 PCI-X Ultra320 SCSI DDR           5736       1912       0  24   Short
 4-port 10/100/1000 Ethernet       5740       1954      24  24   Short
 GXT145 PCIe Graphics Accelerator  5748                  4   8   Short
 2-port 4 Gbps Fibre Channel       5749                  0  24   Short
 1-port 4 Gb Fibre Channel                    5758/1905  0  24   Short
 2-port 4 Gb Fibre Channel         5759       1910       0  24   Short
 2-port 1 Gb Ethernet (UTP) PCIe   5767                  4  24   Short
 2-port 1 Gb Ethernet (Fiber) PCIe 5768                  4  24   Short
 10 Gb Ethernet-SR                 5769                  4  24   Short
 10 Gb Ethernet-LR                 5772                  4  24   Short
 1-port 4 Gb Fibre Channel                    5773       4  24   Short
 2-port 4 Gb Fibre Channel         5774                  4  24   Short
 PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOP                 5782       0   8   Short
 4-port Asynch EIA-232 PCIe        5785                  4  24   Short
 PCIe 380MB Cache Dual SAS RAID    5805                  4  24   Short
 SAS Controller PCI-X 2.0                     5900       0  24   Short
 PCIe Dual-x4 SAS                  5901                  4  24   Short
 PCI-X DDR Dual-x4 SAS RAID                   5902       0  24   Long
 PCI-X DDR SAS RAID Adapter (BSC)  5908                  0   8   Long
 PCI-X DDR Dual-x4 SAS             5912                  0  24   Short
 PCI 2-line WAN IOA, no IOP                   6805       0  24   Short
 PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA, no IOP                  6808       0  24   Short
 PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA, no IOP, CIM             6809       0  24   Short
 PCI 2-line WAN w/Modem, no IOP               6833       0  24   Short
 PCI 2-line WAN w/Modem, no IOP, CIM          6834       0  24   Short
 

Note: All Low Profile (LP) Adapter cards require feature number 5610 or 5685.

Note: Feature numbers 5284 and 5286 require feature number 5685.

Storage devices/bays

  • The Power 720 has a slim media bay that can contain an optional DVD-ROM (#5743, or follow-on) or DVD-RAM (#5762 or follow-on) and a half-high bay that can contain a tape drive or removable disk drive.

  • Either feature number 5618 or 5630 must be selected.
    • Feature number 5618 supports six small form-factor (SFF) disk units, either HDD or SSD. Split (3x3) drive bays supported with feature #5631. No RAID 5/6 support. No IBM i support.
    • Feature number 5630 supports eight SFF disk units, either HDD or SSD. RAID 5/6 support. No split backplane.
    • One of feature numbers 1882, 1883, 1884, 1885, 1886, 1888, 1890, 1909, or 1911 must be selected (no HDDs/SSDs are required in the CEC if feature number 0837 is selected).
    • If tape device feature 5619, 5638, 5746, or 5661 is installed in the half-high media bay, feature 3656 must be selected.
    • Disk units can be placed in any slot at any time with or without a split backplane.
    • A half-high tape feature and a feature 1103 Removable USB Disk Drive Docking Station are mutually exclusive. One or the other can be in the half-high bay in on the system but not both. Feature 3656 is not required with feature 1103.

  • Split storage backplane drive bay support requirements:
    • Storage backplane feature 5618 with feature 5631 supports 3 x 3 split drive bays.

  • SAS-bay-based Solid State Drive (SSDs)(#1890, #1909, #3586, #3587) support restrictions:
    • SFF features 1890 and 1909 are supported in the Power 720 CEC.
    • 3.5-inch features 3586 and 3587 are not supported in the Power 720 CEC.
    • SSDs and disk drives (HDDs) are not allowed to mirror each other.
    • SSDs are not supported by features 5278, 5900, 5901, 5902, and 5912.
    • A maximum of eight per feature 5886 drawer is allowed. No mixing of SSDs and HDDs is allowed in a feature 5886. A maximum of one feature 5886 EXP12S drawer containing SSDs attached to a single controller or pair of controllers is allowed. A feature 5886 containing SSD drives cannot be connected to other feature 5886's. A feature 5886 containing SSD drives cannot be attached to the CEC external SAS port on the Power 720.
    • In a Power 720 with a split backplane, SSDs and HDDs may be placed in either "split" but no mixing of SSDs and HDDs within a split is allowed. IBM i does not support split backplane.
    • In a Power 720 without a split backplane, SSDs and HDDs may be mixed in any combination. However, they cannot be in the same RAID array.

  • HDD/SSD Data Protection -- if IBM i (#2145) is selected, one of the following is required:
    • Disk mirroring (default) -- requires feature 0040, 0043, or 0308
    • SAN boot (#0837)
    • RAID -- requires feature 5630
    • Mixed Data Protection (#0296)
Figure 3. Storage device features
 
                                               Orderable Supported
                         Maximum               feature   feature
 Device                  quantity   Bay        number    number
 ------                  --------   ---------  ------    ------
DVD-ROM (SATA)               1      Slim                 5743
DVD-RAM (SATA)               1      Slim        5762
 
 80/160GB DAT160 Tape-SAS    1      Half high   5619
 1.5TB/3.0TB LTO-5 Tape-SAS  1      Half high   5638
 800GB/1.6TB LTO4 Tape-SAS   1      Half high   5746
 DAT320 160/320GB Tape-SAS   1      Half high   5661
 DAT320 160 GB Tape-USB      1      Half high   5673
Internal Docking Station
   for Removable Disk Drive  1      Half high   1103
External Docking Station
   for Removable Disk Drive  1      USB Port    1104
 
                                                   Orderable Supported
                       Maximum                     feature   feature
 Device                quantity         Bay        number    number
 ------                ---------------  ---------  ------    ------
                       AIX IBM i Linux
 
 146.8 GB 15K,         44    0      44  SFF 1-8,              1882
   SAS, SFF                             36 in 2 x #5802
 73.4 GB 15K,          44    0      44  SFF 1-8,    1883
   SAS, SFF                             36 in 2 x #5802
 69.7 GB 15K,           0   44       0  SFF 1-8,    1884
   SAS, SFF                             36 in 2 x #5802
 300 GB 10K,           44    0      44  SFF 1-8,    1885
   SAS, SFF                             36 in 2 x #5802
 146.8 GB 15K,         44    0      44  SFF 1-8,    1886
   SAS, SFF                             36 in 2 x #5802
 139.5 GB 15K,          0   44       0  SFF 1-8,    1888
   SAS, SFF                             36 in 2 x #5802
 283 GB 10K             0   44       0  SFF 1-8,    1911
       SAS, SFF                         36 in 2 x #5802
 
 69 GB SAS, SFF,       44    0      44  SFF 1-8,    1890
   Solid-state                          36 in 2 x #5802
 69 GB SAS, SFF,        0   44       0  SFF 1-8,    1909
   Solid-state                          36 in 2 x #5802
 
 69 GB SAS, SFF,      192    0     192              3586
   Solid-state                          192 in 24 x #5886
 69 GB SAS, SFF,        0   96       0              3587
   Solid-state                           96 in 12 x #5886
 

Note: Eight disks or solid-state drives maximum can be installed internally; 36 disks or solid-state drives maximum can be installed in 2 x #5802. #3586 and #3587 cannot be installed internally. 8 x #3586 or #3587 can be placed in each #5886.

                                               Orderable Supported
                     Maximum                   feature   feature
Device               quantity        Bay       number    number
----------------   --------------- ----------  --------- ---------
                   AIX IBM i Linux
73.4 GB 15K,RPM    336  0      336 28 x #5886            3646
  SAS
146.8 GB 15K RPM,  336  0      336 28 x #5886   3647
  SAS
300 GB 15K RPM,    336  0      336 28 x #5886   3648
  SAS
450 GB 15K RPM,    336  0      336 28 x #5886   3649
  SAS
69.8 GB 15K RPM,     0  336      0 28 x #5886            3676
  SAS
139.6 GB 15K RPM,    0  336      0 28 x #5886   3677
  SAS
283.8 GB 15K RPM,    0  336      0 28 x #5886   3678
  SAS
428.4 GB 15K RPM,    0  336      0 28 x #5886   3658
  SAS
 

Note: 3.5-inch DASD are not supported in the 8202-E4B CEC.

                                             Orderable Supported
                  Maximum                    feature   feature
Device            quantity         Bay       number    number
----------------  ---------------  --------- --------- ----------
                  AIX IBM i Linux
 
73.4 GB 15K RPM,  336    0   336   See note            3278/1971
SCSI
146.8 GB 15K RPM, 336    0   336   See note            3279/1972
SCSI
300 GB 15K RPM,   336    0   336   See note            3585
SCSI
70.56 GB 15K RPM,   0  336     0   See note            4327
SCSI
141.14 GB 15K RPM,  0  336     0   See note            4328
SCSI
282.25 GB 15K RPM,  0  336     0   See note            4329
SCSI
 
TotalStorage EXP24 14   14    14   See note            5786
Disk Drawer
TotalStorage EXP24 14   14    14   See note            5787
Disk Tower
 

Note: SCSI disks are not supported in the 8202-E4B CEC. The 336 system maximum is achieved with a maximum of 14 disks in a maximum of 24 Total Storage EXP 24-Disk Drawers (#5786) or 14 TotalStorage EXP2 4-Disk Towers (#5787).

Hardware requirements

Power 720 minimum system configuration: The Power 720 offers 4-, 6-, and 8-core configurations with one processor module. The system can contain up to 128 GB of system memory (64 GB maximum per memory riser card), four PCIe adapters in the base system with an additional four PCIe Low Profile adapters possible with the optional PCIe adapter riser card, and multiple media devices, as desired. This flexibility is made available through the many optional features for the Power 720.

Each Power 720 initial order must include a minimum of the following items:

  • One system Central Electronics Complex (CEC) enclosure with the following items:

    • One power cord (#6458, #6460, #6469-#6478, #6487-#6494, #6496, #6577, #6580, #6651, #6653-#6660, #6665, #6669, #6671, #6672, #6680)

    • One Language Group, Specify (#9300 or #97xx)

  • Choose one processor module from:
    • 4-core 3.0 GHz POWER7 processor module (#8350)
    • 6-core 3.0 GHz POWER7 processor module (#8351)
    • 8-core 3.0 GHz POWER7 processor module (#8352)

  • Choose processor activations from:
    • 4 x #8360, or 2 x #8360 and 2 x #8363 with processor module #8350
    • 6 x #8361, or 3 x #8361 and 3 x #8364 with processor module #8351
    • 8 x #8362, or 4 x #8362 and 4 x #8365 with processor module #8352

    Notes:

    • Features 8363, 8364, and 8365 are part of IBM Editions.
    • Processor activations are only available to SDIs as MES orders.

  • Choose 8 GB minimum memory from:
    • 8 GB (2 x 4 GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, DDR3 (#4526)
    • 16 GB (2 x 8 GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, DDR3 (#4529)

      Note: 16 GB memory feature 4529 is not orderable with 4-core processor module feature 8350.

  • Choose Storage Backplane from:

    • 6 x SFF HDD or SSD/SATA DVD/Media backplane (#5618)

    • 8 x SFF HDD or SSD/SATA DVD/Media backplane with Dual Write Cache RAID, and an external SAS port (#5630)

  • Choose Host Ethernet Adapter (HEA) daughter card from:
    • Quad-port RJ45 1 Gb HEA (Copper) (#1824)
    • Dual-port SFP+ 10 Gb HEA (Fiber SR) (#1825)
    • Dual-port SFP+ 10 Gb HEA (Copper TwinAx) (#1826)

  • Choose HDD/SSD from:
    • 73.4 GB SAS SFF HDD 15,000 RPM (#1883) (AIX/Linux/VIOS)
    • 146.8 GB SAS SFF HDD 15,000 RPM (#1886) (AIX/Linux/VIOS)
    • 300 GB SAS SFF HDD 15,000 RPM (#1885) (AIX/Linux/VIOS)
    • 69.7 GB SAS SFF HDD 15,000 RPM (#1884) (IBM i)
    • 139.5 GB SAS SFF HDD 15,000 RPM (#1888) (IBM i)
    • 283 GB SAS SFF HDD 10,000 RPM (#1911) (IBM i)
    • 69 GB SAS SFF Solid State Drive (#1890) (AIX/Linux/VIOS)
    • 69 GB SAS SFF Solid State Drive (#1909) (IBM i)
    • 177 GB SAS 1.8" Solid State Drive (#1995) (AIX/Linux/VIOS)
    • 177 GB SAS 1.8" Solid State Drive (#1996) (IBM i)

    Notes:

    • Features 1995 and 1996 require feature 2053, 2054, or 2055.

    • When feature 2145, IBM i operating system, is selected, a minimum of two HDD/SSD is required.

    • No internal HDD/SSD is required if feature 0837 (Boot from SAN) is selected. In this case, a Fibre Channel or Fibre Channel over Ethernet adapter must also be ordered.

  • One 1725 watt AC Power Supply (#5603)

  • Choose cover set from:
    • IBM Tower cover set (#7567)
    • OEM Tower cover set (#7568)
    • IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware (#7134)
    • OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware (#7135)

  • Choose Primary Operating System Indicator from:
    • IBM i (#2145 -- requires #0566 or #0567, and #0040)
    • AIX (#2146)
    • Linux (#2147)

Note: One nonfeaturized memory riser card is included in the base system. A second memory riser card feature (#5604) can be ordered.

RAID

Multiple protection options exist for HDD/SSD drives in the SAS SFF bays in Power 720 system unit or drives in 12X attached I/O drawers or drives in disk-only I/O drawers. Although protecting drives is always recommended, AIX/Linux users may choose to leave some or all drives unprotected at their own risk and IBM supports these configurations. IBM i configuration rules differ in this regard, and IBM supports IBM i partition configurations only when HDD/SSD drives are protected.

This HDD/SSD drive protection can be provided by AIX/IBM i/Linux software or by the HDD/SSD hardware controllers. Mirroring of drives is provided by AIX/IBM i/Linux software. In addition, AIX/Linux supports controllers providing RAID 0, 5, 6, or 10. IBM i integrated storage management already provides striping, so IBM i also supports controllers providing RAID 5 or 6. To further augment HDD/SSD protection, hot spare capability can be used for protected drives. Specific hot spare prerequisites apply.

An integrated SAS HDD/SSD controller is provided in the Power 720 system unit and is indicated by feature 5618 and provides support for JBOD and RAID 0. Feature 5618 is optionally augmented by RAID 10 when feature 5631 is added to the configuration. For even more function, feature 5630 can be used instead of feature 5618 or 5618+#5631. Feature 5630 provides RAID 0, 5, 6 and 10. In addition to these protection options, mirroring of drives by the operating system is supported. AIX or Linux supports all of these options. IBM i does not use JBOD and uses imbedded functions instead of RAID 10, but does leverage the RAID 5 or 6 function of the integrated controllers. Other disk/SSD controllers are provided as PCI adapters. PCI-X SCSI, PCI-X SAS, and PCIe SAS adapters are supported. PCI Controllers with and without write cache are supported. RAID 5 and RAID 6 on controllers with write cache are supported with one exception. The PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter has no write cache but supports RAID 5 and RAID 6.

AIX/Linux can use disk drives formatted with 512 byte blocks when being mirrored by the operating system. These disk drives must be reformatted to 528 byte sectors when used in RAID arrays. Although a small percentage of the drive's capacity is lost, additional data protection such as ECC and bad block detection is gained in this reformatting. For example, a 300 GB disk drive when reformatted provides around 283 GB. IBM i always uses drives formatted to 528 byte. IBM Power SSDs are formatted to 528 byte.

Software requirements

If installing the AIX operating system (one of these):

  • AIX Version 7.1, or later

  • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, or later

  • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and SP 3, or later

  • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and SP 7, or later

  • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and SP 7, or later

  • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 1, or later

  • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later (planned availability: September 30, 2010)

  • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later (planned availability: September 30, 2010)

Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2, or later.

If installing the IBM i operating system:

  • IBM i 6.1 with i 6.1.1 machine code, or later
  • IBM i 7.1, or later

If installing the Linux operating system (one of these):

  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 1 for the Power 720 Express Server, or later, with current maintenance updates available from Novell to enable all planned functionality

  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 for the Power 720 Express Server, or later, with current maintenance updates available from Novell to enable all planned functionality

  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 5.5 for Power, or later Users should also update their systems with the latest Linux for Power service and productivity tools available at:
    http://www14.software.ibm.com/webapp/set2/sas/f/lopdiags/home.html

  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 6 for Power, or later Users should also update their systems with the latest Linux for Power service and productivity tools available at:
    http://www14.software.ibm.com/webapp/set2/sas/f/lopdiags/home.html

If installing VIOS:

  • VIOS 2.2, or later

If installing IBM Systems Director:

  • IBM Systems Director Editions for Power Servers 6.2.0.1 or later

Java 1.4.2 on POWER7

There are unique considerations when running Java 1.4.2 on POWER7. For best exploitation of the outstanding performance capabilities and most recent improvements of POWER7, IBM recommends upgrading Java-based applications to Java 6 or Java 5 whenever possible.

For more information, visit:

http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/java/jdk/aix/service.html

Refer to the IBM Prerequisite website for software requirements for each feature number:

https://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eServerPrereq.nsf


Back to topBack to top
 
Publications

IBM Power Systems hardware documentation provides you with the following topical information:

  • System overview
  • Planning for the system
  • Installing and configuring the system
  • Working with consoles, terminals, and interfaces
  • Managing system resources
  • Working with operating systems and software applications
  • Troubleshooting, service, and support

You can access the product documentation at:

http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/systems/scope/hw/index.jsp

Product documentation is also available on DVD (SK5T-7087).

The following information is shipped with the 8202-E4B.

       8202-E4B Service DVD         SK5T-7087-04
       Installation Road Map
       Safety Information
       Statement of Warranty
 

Hardware documentation such as installation instructions, user's information, and service information is available to download or view at:

http://www.ibm.com/systems/support

AIX documentation can be found at the IBM AIX Information Center:

http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/pseries/index.jsp

Visit the IBM System Support Site, which contains the documentation for the hardware:

http://www.ibm.com/systems/support

The IBM Systems Information Center provides you with a single information center where you can access product documentation for IBM systems hardware, operating systems, and server software. Through a consistent framework, you can efficiently find information and personalize your access. The IBM Systems Information Center:

http://publib14.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/systems


Back to topBack to top
 
Features
TOC Link Features - No charge TOC Link Features - Chargeable TOC Link Feature descriptions


Features - No charge

  • Specify Codes
    • (#9633) -Power 520 1-core Entry Express Edition for IBM i
    • (#9634) -Power 520 1-core Growth Express Edition for IBM i
    • (#9635) -Power 520 2-Core Solution Edition for IBM i
    • (#9636) -Power 520 2-Core Express Edition for IBM i (30 user)
    • (#9637) -Power 520 2-Core Express Edition for IBM i (150 user)
    • (#9638) -Power 520 2-Core Express Edition for IBM i (Unlimited user)
    • (#9639) -Power 520 4-Core Express Edition for IBM i (50 user)
    • (#9640) -Power 520 4-Core Express Edition for IBM i (150 user)
    • (#9643) -Power 520 4-Core Express Edition for IBM i (Unlimited user)

Features - Chargeable

Special Features - Initial Orders

  • Administrative
    • (#0463) -SSD Placement Indicator (5802/5803)
    • (#0464) -SSD Placement Indicator - 5886
    • (#0465) -SSD Placement Indicator - 5887

  • Languages
    • (#9300) -Language Group Specify - US English
    • (#9700) -Language Group Specify - Dutch
    • (#9703) -Language Group Specify - French
    • (#9704) -Language Group Specify - German
    • (#9705) -Language Group Specify - Polish
    • (#9706) -Language Group Specify - Norwegian
    • (#9707) -Language Group Specify - Portuguese
    • (#9708) -Language Group Specify - Spanish
    • (#9711) -Language Group Specify - Italian
    • (#9712) -Language Group Specify - Canadian French
    • (#9714) -Language Group Specify - Japanese
    • (#9715) -Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
    • (#9716) -Language Group Specify - Korean
    • (#9718) -Language Group Specify - Turkish
    • (#9719) -Language Group Specify - Hungarian
    • (#9720) -Language Group Specify - Slovakian
    • (#9721) -Language Group Specify - Russian
    • (#9722) -Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
    • (#9724) -Language Group Specify - Czech
    • (#9725) -Language Group Specify -- Romanian
    • (#9726) -Language Group Specify - Croatian
    • (#9727) -Language Group Specify -- Slovenian
    • (#9728) -Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese
    • (#9729) -Language Group Specify - Thai

  • Miscellaneous
    • (#0774) -Power 720 4-core Express Edition for IBM i
    • (#0778) -Power 720 6-, 8-core Express Edition for IBM i
    • (#0983) -US TAA Compliance Indicator
    • (#4971) -Power 720 Solution Edition for IBM i
    • (#4975) -Power 720 Solution Edition for IBM i
    • (#5000) -Software Preload Required
    • (#7305) -SDI Software Pre-Install Indicator
    • (#8143) -Linux Software Preinstall
    • (#8144) -Linux Software Preinstall (Business Partners)
    • (#9461) -Month Indicator
    • (#9462) -Day Indicator
    • (#9463) -Hour Indicator
    • (#9464) -Minute Indicator
    • (#9465) -Qty Indicator
    • (#9466) -Countable Member Indicator

  • Specify Codes
    • (#0205) -RISC-to-RISC Data Migration
    • (#0456) -Customer Specified Placement

      One and only one rack indicator features is required on

      all orders (#4650 to #4666).

    • (#4650) -Rack Indicator-Not Factory Integrated
    • (#4651) -Rack Indicator, Rack #1
    • (#4652) -Rack Indicator, Rack #2
    • (#4653) -Rack Indicator, Rack #3
    • (#4654) -Rack Indicator, Rack #4
    • (#4655) -Rack Indicator, Rack #5
    • (#4656) -Rack Indicator, Rack #6
    • (#4657) -Rack Indicator, Rack #7
    • (#4658) -Rack Indicator, Rack #8
    • (#4659) -Rack Indicator, Rack #9
    • (#4660) -Rack Indicator, Rack #10
    • (#4661) -Rack Indicator, Rack #11
    • (#4662) -Rack Indicator, Rack #12
    • (#4663) -Rack Indicator, Rack #13
    • (#4664) -Rack Indicator, Rack #14
    • (#4665) -Rack Indicator, Rack #15
    • (#4666) -Rack Indicator, Rack #16
    • (#5002) -Customer Solution Center - Rochester Mfg
    • (#9169) -Order Routing Indicator-System Plant
    • (#9440) -New AIX License Core Counter
    • (#9441) -New IBM i License Core Counter
    • (#9442) -New Red Hat License Core Counter
    • (#9443) -New SUSE License Core Counter
    • (#9444) -Other AIX License Core Counter
    • (#9445) -Other Linux License Core Counter
    • (#9446) -3rd Party Linux License Core Counter
    • (#9447) -VIOS Core Counter

Special Features - Plant and/or Field Installable

  • Adapters
    • (#1824) -Quad-port 1 Gb HEA Daughter Card
    • (#1825) -Dual-port 10 Gb HEA Daughter Card (Fiber)
    • (#1826) -Dual-port 10 Gb HEA Daughter Card (Copper)
    • (#1905) -4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#1910) -4 GB Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#1912) -PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
    • (#1954) -4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1977) -2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1978) -IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1979) -IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1980) -POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
    • (#1983) -IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1986) -1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
    • (#1987) -1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
    • (#2053) -PCIe LP RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb
    • (#2054) -PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb
    • (#2055) -PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb w/ Blind Swap Cassette
    • (#2728) -4 port USB PCIe Adapter
    • (#2738) -2-Port USB PCI Adapter
    • (#2849) -POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
    • (#2893) -PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem
    • (#2943) -8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
    • (#2947) -IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
    • (#2962) -2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
    • (#4764) -PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)
    • (#4807) -PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001
    • (#4808) -PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC 4765-001
    • (#5260) -PCIe2 LP 4-port 1GbE Adapter
    • (#5269) -PCIe LP POWER GXT145 Graphics Accelerator
    • (#5270) -PCIe LP 10Gb FCoE 2-port Adapter
    • (#5271) -PCIe LP 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet Adapter
    • (#5272) -PCIe LP 10GbE CX4 1-port Adapter
    • (#5273) -PCIe LP 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5274) -PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE SX Adapter
    • (#5275) -PCIe LP 10GbE SR 1-port Adapter
    • (#5276) -PCIe LP 4Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5277) -PCIe LP 4-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter
    • (#5278) -PCIe LP 2-x4-port SAS Adapter 3Gb
    • (#5279) -PCIe2 LP 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SFP+ Copper&RJ45
    • (#5280) -PCIe2 LP 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SR&RJ45 Adapter
    • (#5281) -PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE TX Adapter
    • (#5283) -PCIe2 LP 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb
    • (#5284) -PCIe2 LP 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter
    • (#5286) -PCIe2 LP 2-Port 10GbE SFP+ Copper Adapter
    • (#5289) -2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
    • (#5290) -PCIe LP 2-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter
    • (#5615) -GX++ Dual-port 12x Channel Attach
    • (#5631) -Split Drive Bay Capability for #5618
    • (#5700) -IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5701) -IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5706) -IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5708) -10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter
    • (#5713) -1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
    • (#5714) -1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
    • (#5716) -2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5717) -4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5721) -10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5722) -10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5723) -2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter
    • (#5732) -10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5735) -8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5736) -PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
    • (#5740) -4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5741) -IBM Single Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
    • (#5742) -IBM Dual Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
    • (#5748) -POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator
    • (#5749) -4Gbps Fibre Channel (2-Port)
    • (#5758) -4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5759) -4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5767) -2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5768) -2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5769) -10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5772) -10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI Express Adapter
    • (#5773) -4 Gigabit PCI Express Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5774) -4 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5782) -PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOP
    • (#5785) -4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
    • (#5805) -PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
    • (#5899) -PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter
    • (#5900) -PCI-X DDR Dual -x4 SAS Adapter
    • (#5901) -PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter
    • (#5902) -PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
    • (#5908) -PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter (BSC)
    • (#5912) -PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 SAS Adapter
    • (#5913) -PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb
    • (#5924) -Non-paired Indicator 5913 PCIe SAS RAID Adapter
    • (#5922) -Non-paired SAS RAID indicator
    • (#5923) -Non-paired PCIe SAS RAID Indicator
    • (#6446) -Dual-port 12X Channel Interface Attach - Short Run
    • (#6457) -Dual-port 12X Channel Interface Attach-Long Run
    • (#6805) -PCI 2-Line WAN IOA No IOP
    • (#6808) -PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA No IOP
    • (#6833) -PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem NoIOP
    • (#EJ27) -PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001
    • (#EJ28) -PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC 4765-001
    • (#EN13) -PCIe 1-port Bisync Adapter
    • (#EN27) -2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
    • (#EN28) -PCIe LP 2-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter
    • (#EN0Y) -PCIe2 LP 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#ESA3) -PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb CR

  • Administrative
    • (#0462) -SSD Placement Indicator - CEC
    • (#0719) -Load Source Not in CEC
    • (#ESC0) -S&H - No Charge
    • (#ESC6) -S&H-b

  • Cable
    • (#0348) -V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0349) -V.24/EIA232 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0353) -V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0354) -V.35 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0356) -V.36 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0359) -X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0360) -X.21 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0365) -V.24/EIA232 (80-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#1025) -Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use
    • (#1111) -3m, Blue Cat5e Cable
    • (#1112) -10m, Blue Cat5e Cable
    • (#1113) -25m, Blue Cat5e Cable
    • (#1827) -System port/UPS Conversion Cable
    • (#1828) -1.5 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
    • (#1829) -0.6 Meter 12X Cable
    • (#1830) -1.5 Meter 12X cable
    • (#1834) -8.0 Meter 12X Cable
    • (#1840) -3.0 Meter 12X Cable
    • (#1841) -3 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
    • (#1854) -10 Meter 12X to 4X Enhanced Channel Conversion Cable
    • (#1861) -0.6 Meter 12X DDR Cable
    • (#1862) -1.5 Meter 12X DDR Cable
    • (#1864) -8.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable
    • (#1865) -3.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable
    • (#2118) -Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M
    • (#2124) -Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 1 Meter
    • (#2125) -Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 3 Meter
    • (#2126) -Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 5 Meter
    • (#2127) -Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 10 Meter
    • (#2128) -Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 20 Meter
    • (#2138) -0.55 Meter Ultra 320 SCSI Cable
    • (#2456) -2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
    • (#2459) -2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
    • (#2861) -ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
    • (#2863) -ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
    • (#2864) -ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
    • (#2934) -3M Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
    • (#2936) -Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 3M
    • (#2951) -Cable, V.24 / EIA-232
    • (#2952) -Cable, V.35
    • (#2953) -Cable, V.36 / EIA-499
    • (#2954) -Cable, X.21
    • (#3124) -Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer-3.7M
    • (#3125) -Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack-8M
    • (#3287) -1m (3.3-ft) IB/E'Net 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
    • (#3288) -3m (9.8-ft.) IB/E'Net 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
    • (#3289) -5m QDR IB/E'Net Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
    • (#3290) -10 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/ QSFP
    • (#3293) -30 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/ QSFP
    • (#3450) -SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3451) -SAS YO Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3452) -SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3453) -SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3454) -SAS X Cable 3m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3455) -SAS X Cable 6m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3456) -SAS X Cable 10m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3457) -SAS YO Cable 15m - HD 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3458) -SAS X Cable 15m - HD 3Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#3652) -SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M
    • (#3653) -SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M
    • (#3654) -SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M
    • (#3656) -SAS SFF Cable
    • (#3661) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 3M:
    • (#3662) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 6M:
    • (#3663) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 15M:
    • (#3679) -SAS Cable (AI)-Adapter to Internal drive 1M
    • (#3681) -3M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)
    • (#3682) -6M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)
    • (#3684) -SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/ single path 3M
    • (#3685) -SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/ single path 6M
    • (#3686) -SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5M
    • (#3687) -SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3M
    • (#3688) -SAS Cable (AT) 0.6 Meter
    • (#3689) -SAS AT Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to 12X Enclosure (AT)
    • (#3691) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5 M
    • (#3692) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3 M
    • (#3693) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 6 M
    • (#3694) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 15 M
    • (#3925) -0.3M Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
    • (#3926) -Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
    • (#3927) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
    • (#3928) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
    • (#3930) -System Serial Port Converter Cable
    • (#4242) -1.8 M (6-ft) Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)
    • (#4256) -Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 1.8M
    • (#4276) -VGA to DVI Connection Converter
    • (#5915) -SAS AA Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#5916) -SAS AA Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#5917) -SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#5918) -SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#6001) -Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 2 meter
    • (#6006) -Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 3 meter
    • (#6007) -Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 15 meter
    • (#6008) -Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 6 meter
    • (#6029) -Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 30 meter
    • (#7204) -Quantity 150 of #2124
    • (#7205) -Quantity 150 of #2125
    • (#7206) -Quantity 150 of #2126
    • (#7207) -Quantity 150 of #2127
    • (#7208) -Quantity 150 of #2128
    • (#7213) -Quantity 150 of #2138
    • (#7801) -Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit
    • (#7802) -Ethernet Cable, 15m, Hardware Management Console to System Unit
    • (#ECB0) -0.6m (2.0-ft), Blue CAT5 Ethernet Cable
    • (#ECB2) -1.5m (4.9-ft), Blue CAT5 Ethernet Cable
    • (#EN01) -1m (3.3-ft), 10GbE'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
    • (#EN02) -3m (9.8-ft) 10GbE'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
    • (#EN03) -5m (16.4-ft) 10GbE'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
    • (#EQ02) -Quanity 150 of #3452 SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#EQ03) -Quantity 150 of #3453 SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

  • Disk
    • (#1738) -856GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1752) -900GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1790) -600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1817) -Quantity 150 of #1962
    • (#1818) -Quantity 150 of #1964
    • (#1844) -Quantity 150 of #1956
    • (#1866) -Quantity 150 of #1917
    • (#1868) -Quantity 150 of #1947
    • (#1869) -Quantity 150 of #1925
    • (#1879) -283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1880) -300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1882) -146.8GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
    • (#1883) -73.4 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
    • (#1884) -69.7 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
    • (#1885) -300GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1886) -146GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1888) -139GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1890) -69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive
    • (#1909) -69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive
    • (#1911) -283GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1916) -571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1917) -146GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1925) -300GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1927) -Quantity 150 of #1948
    • (#1929) -Quantity 150 of #1953
    • (#1947) -139GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1948) -283GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1953) -300GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1956) -283GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1962) -571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1964) -600GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1971) -73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#1972) -146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#1995) -177GB SSD Module with eMLC (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1996) -177GB SSD Module with eMLC (IBM i)
    • (#3278) -73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3279) -146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3585) -300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#3586) -69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive
    • (#3587) -69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive
    • (#3646) -73GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
    • (#3647) -146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#3648) -300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#3649) -450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#3658) -428GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#3676) -69.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive
    • (#3677) -139.5GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#3678) -283.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#4327) -70.56GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
    • (#4328) -141.12GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
    • (#4329) -282.25GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
    • (#7509) -Quantity 150 of #4327
    • (#7510) -Quantity 150 of #4328
    • (#7511) -Quantity 150 of #4329
    • (#7517) -Quantity 150 of #3676
    • (#7518) -Quantity 150 of #3677
    • (#7519) -Quantity 150 of #3678
    • (#7535) -Quantity 150 of #3586
    • (#7536) -Quantity 150 of #3587
    • (#7538) -Quantity 150 of #3658
    • (#7549) -Quantity 150 of #3647
    • (#7564) -Quantity 150 of #3648
    • (#7565) -Quantity 150 of #3649
    • (#ELS1) -#ES11 Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-1)
    • (#ELS9) -#ES1A Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#EQ38) -Quantity 150 of #1738 (856GB SFF-2 disk)
    • (#EQ52) -Quantity 150 of #1752 (900GB SFF-2 disk)
    • (#EQD2) -Quantity 150 of #ESD2 (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#EQD3) -Quantity 150 of #ESD3 (1.2TB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#ESD0) -1.1TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-1 Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#ESD1) -1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-1 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#ESD2) -1.1TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBMi)
    • (#ESD3) -1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

  • Display
    • (#3632) -Widescreen LCD Monitor
    • (#3637) -IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor
    • (#3639) -IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3640) -ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3641) -IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3642) -ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3643) -IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3644) -IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3645) -IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor

  • Drive
    • (#1103) -USB Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive
    • (#1104) -USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive
    • (#1106) -USB 160 GB Removable Disk Drive
    • (#1107) -USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive
    • (#EU01) -1TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
    • (#EU03) -RDX USB Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk Cartridge
    • (#EU04) -RDX USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk Cartridge
    • (#EU08) -RDX 320 GB Removable Disk Drive
    • (#EU15) -1.5TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
    • (#EU2T) -2TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge (RDX)

  • Keyboards
    • (#5951) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
    • (#5952) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
    • (#5953) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
    • (#5954) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#5955) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
    • (#5956) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
    • (#5957) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
    • (#5958) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
    • (#5959) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
    • (#5960) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
    • (#5961) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
    • (#5962) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
    • (#5964) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
    • (#5965) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
    • (#5966) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
    • (#5967) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
    • (#5968) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
    • (#5969) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
    • (#5970) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
    • (#5971) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
    • (#5972) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
    • (#5973) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
    • (#5974) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
    • (#5975) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
    • (#5976) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
    • (#5977) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
    • (#5978) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#5979) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
    • (#5980) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
    • (#5981) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
    • (#5982) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
    • (#5983) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P
    • (#EK51) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
    • (#EK52) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
    • (#EK53) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
    • (#EK54) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#EK55) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
    • (#EK56) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
    • (#EK57) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
    • (#EK58) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
    • (#EK59) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
    • (#EK60) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
    • (#EK61) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
    • (#EK62) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
    • (#EK64) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
    • (#EK65) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
    • (#EK66) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
    • (#EK67) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
    • (#EK68) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
    • (#EK69) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
    • (#EK70) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
    • (#EK71) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
    • (#EK72) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
    • (#EK73) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
    • (#EK74) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
    • (#EK75) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
    • (#EK76) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
    • (#EK77) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
    • (#EK78) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#EK79) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
    • (#EK80) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
    • (#EK81) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
    • (#EK82) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
    • (#EK83) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P

  • Linecords
    • (#1406) -200V 16A 4.3m (14-Ft) TL Line Cord
    • (#1413) -125V 4.3m (14-Ft) Line Cord
    • (#1414) -200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Locking Line Cord
    • (#1415) -200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Watertight Line Cord
    • (#1416) -200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Locking Line Cord
    • (#1417) -200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Watertight Line Cord
    • (#1418) -4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord S. Africa
    • (#1419) -4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord Israel
    • (#1420) -4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU/Asia
    • (#1421) -4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord CH/DK
    • (#1424) -200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Locking Line Cord
    • (#1425) -200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Watertight Line Cord
    • (#1426) -200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Locking Line Cord
    • (#1427) -200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Watertight Line Cord
    • (#1439) -4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord EU/Asia
    • (#1440) -4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Denmark
    • (#1441) -4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord S. Africa
    • (#1442) -4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Swiss
    • (#1443) -4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord UK
    • (#1445) -4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Israel
    • (#1449) -4.3m 200V/32A Power Cord EU 1-PH
    • (#1450) -4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU 2-PH
    • (#1451) -200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Line Cord
    • (#1452) -200V (14-Ft) 4.3m Line Cord
    • (#1453) -200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Locking Line Cord
    • (#1454) -200V 12A (14-Ft) 4.3m TL Line Cord
    • (#1455) -200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Watertight Line Cord
    • (#1456) -200V (14-Ft) 4.3m Watertight Line Cord
    • (#1457) -200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Upper Line Cord
    • (#1458) -200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Upper Locking Cord
    • (#1459) -200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Upper Locking Cord
    • (#1476) -4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK
    • (#1477) -4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd
    • (#6458) -Power Cable -- Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A
    • (#6460) -Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
    • (#6469)-Power Cord 4.3m(14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), US
    • (#6470) -Power Cord 1.8m(6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A)
    • (#6471) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
    • (#6472) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
    • (#6473) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#6474) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A)
    • (#6475) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
    • (#6476) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#6477) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
    • (#6478) -Power Cord 2.7 M(9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
    • (#6479) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#6487) -Power Cord 1.8M (6-foot),To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States
    • (#6488) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or 250V, 10A )
    • (#6489) -4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/24A Power Cord
    • (#6491) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48A Pwr Cord
    • (#6492) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48-60A Pwr Cord
    • (#6493) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#6494) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#6495) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#6496) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#6497) -Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#6498) -Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
    • (#6577) -Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A
    • (#6651) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
    • (#6654) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A Pwr Cord
    • (#6655) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A WR Pwr Cord
    • (#6656) -4.3m (14-Ft)1PH/24A Power Cord
    • (#6659) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
    • (#6660) -Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
    • (#6665) -Power Cord 3 M (10 ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
    • (#6669) -Power Cord 4.3M (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
    • (#6670) -Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A),
    • (#6671) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
    • (#6672) -Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
    • (#6680) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#6687) -Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A)
    • (#ELC0) -PDU Access Cord 0.38m

  • Manufacturing Instruction
    • (#9359) -specify mode-1 1(1)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9360) -Specify mode-1 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9361) -Specify mode-2 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9365) -Specify mode-4 1(4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9366) -Specify mode-2 1(4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9367) -Specify mode-1 1(2)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9368) -Specify mode-2 1(4)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9382) -Specify mode-1 1(1)5904/6/8 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9383) -Specify mode-1 1(2) 5904/6/8 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9384) -Specify mode-1 & CEC SAS port for EXP24 #5887
    • (#9385) -Specify mode-1 1(2) 5913 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#9386) -Specify mode-2 1(4) 5913 for EXP24S #5887
    • (#EJS1) -Non-paired Indicator ESA3 PCIe SAS RAID Adapter
    • (#EJS2) -Specify Mode-2 1(2)ESA3 for EXP24S (#5887/#EL1S)
    • (#EJS3) -Specify Mode-1 1(2)ESA3 for EXP24S (#5887/#EL1S)
    • (#EJS4) -Specify Mode-2 1(4)ESA3 for EXP24S (#5887/#EL1S)
    • (#EJS5) -Specify Left Half 12X I/O Drawer to PCIe2 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter
    • (#EJS6) -Specify Right Half 12X I/O Drawer to PCIe2 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter

  • Media Devices
    • (#5618) -Storage Backplane -- 6 SFF Bays/ SATA DVD/HH Tape
    • (#5619) -80/160GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive
    • (#5630) -Storage Backplane -- 8 SFF Bays/175MB RAID/Dual IOA
    • (#5638) -1.5TB/3.0TB LTO-5 SAS Tape Drive
    • (#5661) -DAT320 160/320 GB Tape Drive
    • (#5673) -DAT320 160 GB USB Tape Drive
    • (#5743) -SATA Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
    • (#5746) -Half High 800GB/1.6TB LTO4 SAS Tape Drive
    • (#5762) -SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
    • (#EU07) -RDX SATA Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk Cartridge
    • (#EU16) -80/160GB DAT160 USB Tape Drive

  • Media Supplies
    • (#5689) -DAT160 Data Cartridge
    • (#5747) -IBM LTO Ultrium 4 800 GB Data Cartridge

  • Memory
    • (#4526) -8GB (2x4GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
    • (#4529) -16GB (2x8GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
    • (#4793) -Power Active Memory Expansion Enablement
    • (#5604) -Memory Riser Card

  • Miscellaneous
    • (#0032) -Specify Code for External High Speed Modem
    • (#0444) -CBU Specify
    • (#1140) -Custom Service Specify, Rochester Minn, USA
    • (#2145) -Primary OS - IBM i
    • (#2146) -Primary OS - AIX
    • (#2147) -Primary OS - Linux
    • (#4367) -Package 5X #2055 & 20X #1995 (AIX/Linux)
    • (#4377) -Package 5X #2055 & 20X #1996 (IBM i)
    • (#5610) -PCIe Riser Card (Gen1)
    • (#5685) -PCIe Riser Card (Gen2)
    • (#6586) -Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack
    • (#7567) -IBM Tower Cover Set
    • (#7568) -OEM Tower Cover Set

  • Pointing Device
    • (#8841) -Mouse - USB, with Keyboard Attachment Cable
    • (#8845) -USB Mouse

  • Power
    • (#5160) -Power Dist Unit 1 Phase NEMA
    • (#5161) -Power Dist Unit 1 Phase IEC
    • (#5162) -Power Dist Unit 2 of 3 Phase
    • (#5163) -Power Dist Unit - 3 Phase
    • (#5603) -System AC Power Supply, 1725 W
    • (#7109) -Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector
    • (#7188) -Power Distribution Unit

  • Processor
    • (#2319) -Factory deconfiguration of 1-core
    • (#8350) -4-core 3.0 GHz POWER7 Processor Module
    • (#8351) -6-core 3.0 GHz POWER7 Processor Module
    • (#8352) -8-core 3.0 GHz POWER7 Processor Module
    • (#8360) -One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #8350
    • (#8361) -One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #8351
    • (#8362) -One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #8352
    • (#8363) -Zero-priced Processor Activation for #8350
    • (#8364) -Zero-priced Processor Activation for #8351
    • (#8365) -Zero-priced Processor Activation for #8352

  • Rack Related
    • (#0551) -19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack
    • (#0553) -19 inch, 2.0 meter high rack
    • (#0555) -19 inch, 1.3 meter high rack
    • (#0599) -Rack Filler Panel Kit
    • (#5786) -TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Dwr
    • (#5787) -TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Twr
    • (#5796) -PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer
    • (#5802) -12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk
    • (#5877) -12X I/O Drawer PCIe, No Disk
    • (#5886) -EXP 12S Expansion Drawer
    • (#5887) -EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer
    • (#6068) -Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack
    • (#6069) -Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack
    • (#6246) -1.8m Rack Trim Kit
    • (#6247) -2.0m Rack Trim Kit
    • (#6248) -1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors
    • (#6249) -2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors
    • (#6263) -1.8m Rack Trim Kit
    • (#6272) -2.0m Rack Trim Kit
    • (#6580) -Optional Rack Security Kit
    • (#7118) -Environmental Monitoring Probe
    • (#7134) -IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
    • (#7135) -OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
    • (#7145) -IBM/OEM Rack-mount Drawer Rail Kit
    • (#7311) -Dual I/O Unit Enclosure
    • (#7314) -I/O Drawer Mounting Enclosure
    • (#7780) -2.0m Rack Side Attach Kit
    • (#7840) -Side-by-Side for 1.8m Racks
    • (#7841) -Ruggedize Rack Kit
    • (#EC01) -Rack Front Door (Black)
    • (#EC02) -Rack Rear Door
    • (#EC03) -Rack Side Cover
    • (#EC04) -Rack Suite Attachment Kit
    • (#EC15) -Rear Door Heat Exchanger for 2.0 Meter Slim Rack
    • (#ER05) -42U Slim Rack

  • Services
    • (#0010) -One CSC Billing Unit
    • (#0011) -Ten CSC Billing Units
    • (#5524) -RFID TAGS FOR SERVERS, BLADES, BLADECENTERS, RACKS, AND HMCS

  • Solid State Drive
    • (#0893) -#ES0B Load Source Specify
    • (#0894) -#ES0D Load Source Specify
    • (#1775) -177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1787) -177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i)
    • (#1793) -177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1794) -177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i)
    • (#1887) -Quantity 150 of #1793
    • (#1958) -Quantity 150 of #1794
    • (#EH14) -GEN2-S Conversion Carrier for Feature ES0C 387GB SSD
    • (#EH16) -GEN2-S Conversion Carrier for Feature ES0D 387GB SSD (IBM i)
    • (#ELSF) -#ES0F Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-1)
    • (#ELSH) -#ES0H Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#EQ0G) -Quantity 150 of #ES0G (775GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#EQ0H) -Quantity 150 of #ES0H (775GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#EQ1A) -Quantity 150 of #ES1A (387GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ES0A) -387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
    • (#ES0B) -387GB SFF-1 SSD for IBM i with eMLC
    • (#ES0C) -387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
    • (#ES0D) -387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i with eMLC
    • (#ES0E) -775GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES0F) -775GB SFF-1 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ES0G) -775GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES0H) -775GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ES10) -387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES11) -387GB SFF-1 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ES19) -387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES1A) -387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i

  • Specify Codes
    • (#0040) -Mirrored System Disk Level, Specify Code
    • (#0041) -Device Parity Protection-All, Specify Code
    • (#0043) -Mirrored System Bus Level, Specify Code
    • (#0047) -Device Parity RAID-6 All, Specify Code
    • (#0265) -AIX Partition Specify
    • (#0266) -Linux Partition Specify
    • (#0267) -IBM i Operating System Partition Specify
    • (#0275) -CSC Specify
    • (#0296) -Specify Custom Data Protection
    • (#0308) -Mirrored Level System Specify Code
    • (#0347) -RAID Hot Spare Specify
    • (#0566) -IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 Machine Code Specify Code
    • (#0567) -IBM i 7.1 Specify Code
    • (#0722) -#1787 Load Source Specify
    • (#0724) -#1996 Load Source Specify
    • (#0725) -Specify Load Source in #5786
    • (#0726) -Specify Load Source in #5802/5803
    • (#0727) -Specify #5886 Load Source placement
    • (#0728) -Specify #5887 Load Source placement
    • (#0834) -#4326 Load Source Specify
    • (#0835) -#4327 Load Source Specify
    • (#0836) -#4328 Load Source Specify
    • (#0837) -SAN Load Source Specify
    • (#0838) -#3676 Load Source Specify
    • (#0839) -#3677 Load Source Specify
    • (#0840) -#3678 Load Source Specify
    • (#0841) -#4329 Load Source Specify
    • (#0844) -#3658 Load Source Specify
    • (#0851) -#1884 Load Source Specify
    • (#0853) -#1888 Load Source Specify
    • (#0854) -#1909 Load Source Specify
    • (#0855) -#3587 Load Source Specify
    • (#0856) -#1911 Load Source Specify
    • (#0857) -#1916 Load Source Specify
    • (#0870) -#1879 Load Source Specify
    • (#0871) -#1947 Load Source Specify
    • (#0872) -#1948 Load Source Specify
    • (#0874) -#1956 Load Source Specify
    • (#0875) -#1962 Load Source Specify
    • (#0876) -#1794 Load Source Specify
    • (#0880) -#1738 Load Source Specify (856GB SFF-2 disk)
    • (#0907) -#ESD0 Load Source Specify (1.1TB 10k SFF-1)
    • (#0911) -#ESD2 Load Souce Specify (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#5550) -Sys Console On HMC
    • (#5553) -Sys Console-Ethernet No IOP
    • (#EB72) -IBM i 7.2 Indicator

  • Virtualization Engine
    • (#5225) -PowerVM Express Edition
    • (#5227) -PowerVM Standard Edition
    • (#5228) -PowerVM Enterprise Edition
    • (#ELPM) -Trial PowerVM Live Partition Mobility

Feature Availability Matrix

The following feature availability matrix for MT 8202 uses the letter "A" to indicate features that are available and orderable on the specified models. "S" indicates a feature that is supported on the new model during a model conversion; these features will work on the new model, but additional quantities of these features cannot be ordered on the new model; they can only be removed. "N" indicates that the feature is not supported on the new model and must be removed during the model conversion. As additional features are announced, supported, or withdrawn, this list will be updated. Contact your Marketing Representative for additional information.

        |E| A = AVAILABLE  S = SUPPORTED
        |4| N = NOT SUPPORTED, MUST BE REMOVED
        |B|
        | |
FEAT/PN | |        DESCRIPTION
--------|-|----------------------------------------------------------
0010    |A| One CSC Billing Unit
0011    |A| Ten CSC Billing Units
0032    |S| Specify Code for External High Speed Modem
0040    |A| Mirrored System Disk Level, Specify Code
0041    |A| Device Parity Protection-All, Specify Code
0042    |N| Mirrored System IOP Level Specify Code
0043    |A| Mirrored System Bus Level, Specify Code
0047    |A| Device Parity RAID-6 All, Specify Code
0205    |S| RISC-to-RISC Data Migration
0265    |A| AIX Partition Specify
0266    |A| Linux Partition Specify
0267    |A| IBM i Operating System Partition Specify
0275    |S| CSC Specify
0290    |N| Ext Tape Attached via #5736
0296    |A| Specify Custom Data Protection
0302    |N| Specify EXP24 Attach via Existing Controller
0308    |A| Mirrored Level System Specify Code
0325    |N| IPCS Extension Cables for NT
0347    |A| RAID Hot Spare Specify
0348    |A| V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0349    |S| V.24/EIA232 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
0353    |A| V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0354    |S| V.35 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
0356    |S| V.36 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0359    |A| X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0360    |S| X.21 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
0365    |S| V.24/EIA232 (80-Ft) PCI Cable
0367    |N| V.24/EIA232 6.1M (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0373    |N| UPS Factory Integration Specify
0374    |N| HMC Factory Integration Specify
0375    |N| Display Factory Integration Specify
0376    |N| Reserve Rack Space for UPS
0377    |N| Reserve Rack Space for HMC
0378    |N| Reserve Rack Space for Display
0444    |A| CBU Specify
0446    |N| 512MB DDR Server Memory
0447    |N| 1GB DDR Server Memory
0456    |S| Customer Specified Placement
0462    |A| SSD Placement Indicator - CEC
0463    |S| SSD Placement Indicator (5802/5803)
0464    |S| SSD Placement Indicator - 5886
0465    |S| SSD Placement Indicator - 5887
0533    |N| IBM i 5.4 w/ V5R4M5 Specify Code
0534    |N| IBM i 6.1 Specify Code
0551    |A| 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack
0553    |A| 19 inch, 2.0 meter high rack
0555    |S| 19 inch, 1.3 meter high rack
0566    |A| IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 Machine Code Specify Code
0567    |A| IBM i 7.1 Specify Code
0588    |N| PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack
0595    |N| PCI/SCSI Disk Expansion Drawer
0599    |A| Rack Filler Panel Kit
0694    |N| #5094 Equivalent
0696    |N| #5096 Equivalent
0719    |A| Load Source Not in CEC
0720    |N| Load Source in #0595
0721    |N| Load Source in #5094/5294
0722    |A| #1787 Load Source Specify
0724    |A| #1996 Load Source Specify
0725    |S| Specify Load Source in #5786
0726    |A| Specify Load Source in #5802/5803
0727    |A| Specify #5886 Load Source placement
0728    |A| Specify #5887 Load Source placement
0774    |S| Power 720 4-core Express Edition for IBM i
0778    |S| Power 720 6-, 8-core Express Edition for IBM i
0830    |N| #4319 Load Source Specify
0834    |S| #4326 Load Source Specify
0835    |S| #4327 Load Source Specify
0836    |S| #4328 Load Source Specify
0837    |A| SAN Load Source Specify
0838    |S| #3676 Load Source Specify
0839    |A| #3677 Load Source Specify
0840    |A| #3678 Load Source Specify
0841    |S| #4329 Load Source Specify
0844    |A| #3658 Load Source Specify
0851    |S| #1884 Load Source Specify
0853    |A| #1888 Load Source Specify
0854    |S| #1909 Load Source Specify
0855    |S| #3587 Load Source Specify
0856    |A| #1911 Load Source Specify
0857    |A| #1916 Load Source Specify
0870    |A| #1879 Load Source Specify
0871    |A| #1947 Load Source Specify
0872    |A| #1948 Load Source Specify
0874    |A| #1956 Load Source Specify
0875    |A| #1962 Load Source Specify
0876    |A| #1794 Load Source Specify
0880    |A| #1738 Load Source Specify (856GB SFF-2 disk)
0893    |A| #ES0B Load Source Specify
0894    |A| #ES0D Load Source Specify
0907    |A| #ESD0 Load Source Specify (1.1TB 10k SFF-1)
0911    |A| #ESD2 Load Souce Specify (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)
0983    |A| US TAA Compliance Indicator
1025    |A| Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use
1103    |S| USB Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive
1104    |S| USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive
1106    |S| USB 160 GB Removable Disk Drive
1107    |A| USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive
1111    |A| 3m, Blue Cat5e Cable
1112    |A| 10m, Blue Cat5e Cable
1113    |A| 25m, Blue Cat5e Cable
1140    |A| Custom Service Specify, Rochester Minn, USA
1311    |N| System Unique Identifier
1406    |S| 200V 16A 4.3m (14-Ft) TL Line Cord
1413    |S| 125V 4.3m (14-Ft) Line Cord
1414    |S| 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Locking Line Cord
1415    |S| 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Watertight Line Cord
1416    |S| 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Locking Line Cord
1417    |S| 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Watertight Line Cord
1418    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord S. Africa
1419    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord Israel
1420    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU/Asia
1421    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord CH/DK
1424    |S| 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Locking Line Cord
1425    |S| 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Watertight Line Cord
1426    |S| 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Locking Line Cord
1427    |S| 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Watertight Line Cord
1439    |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord EU/Asia
1440    |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Denmark
1441    |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord S. Africa
1442    |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Swiss
1443    |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord UK
1445    |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Israel
1449    |S| 4.3m 200V/32A Power Cord EU 1-PH
1450    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU 2-PH
1451    |S| 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Line Cord
1452    |S| 200V (14-Ft) 4.3m Line Cord
1453    |S| 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Locking Line Cord
1454    |S| 200V 12A (14-Ft) 4.3m TL Line Cord
1455    |S| 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Watertight Line Cord
1456    |S| 200V (14-Ft) 4.3m Watertight Line Cord
1457    |S| 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Upper Line Cord
1458    |S| 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Upper Locking Cord
1459    |S| 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Upper Locking Cord
1460    |N| 3m Copper RIO Cable
1461    |N| 6m Copper RIO Cable
1462    |N| 15m RIO Cable
1466    |N| 30m SPCN Cable
1474    |N| 6m RIO to RIO-2 Cable
1475    |N| 10m RIO to RIO-2 Cable
1476    |S| 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK
1477    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd
1485    |N| Remote I/O Cable, 15M
1487    |N| 3m RIO to RIO-2 Cable
1700    |N| IPCS Keyboard/Mouse for NT
1738    |A| 856GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1752    |A| 900GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1775    |S| 177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)
1787    |S| 177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i)
1790    |A| 600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1793    |S| 177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)
1794    |S| 177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i)
1817    |A| Quantity 150 of #1962
1818    |A| Quantity 150 of #1964
1824    |A| Quad-port 1 Gb HEA Daughter Card
1825    |A| Dual-port 10 Gb HEA Daughter Card (Fiber)
1826    |A| Dual-port 10 Gb HEA Daughter Card (Copper)
1827    |A| System port/UPS Conversion Cable
1828    |A| 1.5 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
1829    |S| 0.6 Meter 12X Cable
1830    |S| 1.5 Meter 12X cable
1834    |S| 8.0 Meter 12X Cable
1840    |S| 3.0 Meter 12X Cable
1841    |A| 3 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
1842    |N| 10 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
1843    |N| Op Panel Cable for Deskside System w/3.5" DASD
1844    |A| Quantity 150 of #1956
1854    |A| 10 Meter 12X to 4X Enhanced Channel Conversion Cable
1856    |N| Op Panel Cable for Deskside System w/2.5" DASD
1861    |A| 0.6 Meter 12X DDR Cable
1862    |A| 1.5 Meter 12X DDR Cable
1864    |A| 8.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable
1865    |A| 3.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable
1866    |A| Quantity 150 of #1917
1868    |A| Quantity 150 of #1947
1869    |A| Quantity 150 of #1925
1877    |N| Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/3.5" DASD
1878    |N| Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/2.5" DASD
1879    |A| 283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)
1880    |A| 300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1882    |S| 146.8GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
1883    |S| 73.4 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
1884    |S| 69.7 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
1885    |A| 300GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1886    |A| 146GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1887    |S| Quantity 150 of #1793
1888    |A| 139GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
1890    |S| 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive
1905    |S| 4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
1909    |S| 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive
1910    |S| 4 GB Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
1911    |A| 283GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
1912    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
1916    |A| 571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)
1917    |A| 146GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1925    |A| 300GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1927    |A| Quantity 150 of #1948
1929    |A| Quantity 150 of #1953
1947    |A| 139GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1948    |A| 283GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1953    |A| 300GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1954    |S| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
1956    |A| 283GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1958    |A| Quantity 150 of #1794
1962    |A| 571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1964    |A| 600GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1968    |N| 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1969    |N| 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1970    |N| 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1971    |S| 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1972    |S| 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1973    |N| 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1977    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
1978    |S| IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
1979    |S| IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
1980    |S| POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
1981    |N| 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter
1982    |N| IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
1983    |S| IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
1984    |N| IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
1986    |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
1987    |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
1995    |S| 177GB SSD Module with eMLC (AIX/Linux)
1996    |A| 177GB SSD Module with eMLC (IBM i)
2053    |A| PCIe LP RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb
2054    |A| PCIe RAID & SSD SAS .2.1 has the Adapter 3Gb
2055    |A| PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb w/ Blind Swap Cassette
2114    |N| PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable
2118    |S| Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M
2124    |S| Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 1 Meter
2125    |S| Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 3 Meter
2126    |S| Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 5 Meter
2127    |S| Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 10 Meter
2128    |S| Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 20 Meter
2138    |S| 0.55 Meter Ultra 320 SCSI Cable
2145    |A| Primary OS - IBM i
2146    |A| Primary OS - AIX
2147    |A| Primary OS - Linux
2319    |A| Factory Deconfiguration of 1-core
2424    |N| 0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable
2425    |N| 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable
2456    |A| 2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2459    |A| 2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2728    |A| 4 port USB PCIe Adapter
2738    |S| 2-Port USB PCI Adapter
2749    |N| PCI Ultra Mag Media Controller
2757    |N| PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller
2780    |N| PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller
2787    |N| PCI-X Fibre Chan Disk Controller
2844    |N| PCI IOP
2847    |N| PCI IOP for SAN Load Source
2849    |S| POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
2861    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
2863    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
2864    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
2877    |N| IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable
2893    |S| PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem
2934    |A| 3M Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
2936    |A| Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 3M
2943    |S| 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
2947    |S| IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
2951    |S| Cable, V.24 / EIA-232
2952    |S| Cable, V.35
2953    |S| Cable, V.36 / EIA-499
2954    |S| Cable, X.21
2962    |S| 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
3124    |A| Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer- 3.7M
3125    |A| Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack- 8M
3146    |N| RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 1.2M
3147    |N| RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 3.5M
3148    |N| RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 10M
3156    |N| RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 1.75M
3168    |N| RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cbl, 2.5M
3273    |N| 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3274    |N| 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3275    |N| 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3277    |N| 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3278    |S| 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3279    |S| 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3287    |A| 1m (3.3-ft) IB/E'Net 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
3288    |A| 3m (9.8-ft.) IB/E'Net 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
3289    |A| 5m QDR IB/E'Net Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
3290    |A| 10 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP
3293    |A| 30 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP
3450    |A| SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3451    |A| SAS YO Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3452    |A| SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3453    |A| SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3454    |A| SAS X Cable 3m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
3455    |A| SAS X Cable 6m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
3456    |A| SAS X Cable 10m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
3457    |A| SAS YO Cable 15m - HD 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3458    |A| SAS X Cable 15m - HD 3Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
3578    |N| 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3585    |S| 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
3586    |S| 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive
3587    |S| 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive
3632    |A| Widescreen LCD Monitor
3636    |N| L200P Flat Panel Monitor
3637    |S| IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor
3639    |S| IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor
3640    |S| ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor
3641    |S| IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor
3642    |S| ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor
3643    |S| IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor
3644    |S| IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor
3645    |S| IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor
3646    |S| 73GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
3647    |S| 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
3648    |S| 300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
3649    |S| 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
3652    |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M
3653    |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M
3654    |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M
3655    |N| SAS HH Cable
3656    |A| SAS SFF Cable
3657    |N| Right Angle SAS Tape Drive Cable
3658    |S| 428GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
3661    |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 3M:
3662    |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 6M:
3663    |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 15M:
3670    |N| SAS Cable, Storage Backplane (Split) to Rear Bulkhead
3674    |N| SAS Cable, Storage Backplane to Rear Bulkhead
3676    |S| 69.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive
3677    |S| 139.5GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
3678    |S| 283.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
3679    |S| SAS Cable (AI)- Adapter to Internal drive 1M
3681    |A| 3M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)
3682    |A| 6M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)
3684    |A| SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/
        | |single path 3M
3685    |A| SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/
        | |single path 6M
3686    |S| SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 1.5M
3687    |A| SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 3M
3688    |A| SAS Cable (AT) 0.6 Meter
3689    |A| SAS AT Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to 12X Enclosure (AT)
3691    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 1.5 M
3692    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 3 M
3693    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 6 M
3694    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 15 M
3704    |N| External xSeries Attach
3705    |N| PCI IOP
3706    |N| DVD-ROM
3707    |N| 30GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape
3708    |N| 50GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape
3742    |N| Hardcopy Publications
3925    |A| 0.3M Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
3926    |S| Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
3927    |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
3928    |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
3930    |A| System Serial Port Converter Cable
4242    |A| 1.8 M (6-ft) Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell
        | |to 15-pin D-shell)
4256    |A| Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 1.8M
4276    |A| VGA to DVI Connection Converter
4287    |N| Memory Offering, 32GB (Multiples of 4 of 2x4GB DIMMs)
4288    |N| Memory Offering, 64GB (Multiples of 4 of 2x8GB DIMMs)
4319    |N| 35.16GB 10k rpm Disk Unit
4326    |N| 35.16GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
4327    |S| 70.56GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
4328    |S| 141.12GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
4329    |S| 282.25GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
4367    |S| Package 5X #2055 & 20X #1995 (AIX/Linux)
4377    |S| Package 5X #2055 & 20X #1996 (IBM i)
4430    |N| DVD-RAM
4487    |N| 50GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape
4520    |N| 1024MB (2x512MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM
4521    |N| 2048MB (2x1024MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM
4522    |N| 4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM
4523    |N| 8192MB (2x4096MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb Stacked DRAM
4524    |N| 16384MB (2x8192MB) RDIMMs, 400 MHz, 1Gb Stacked DRAM
4526    |A| 8GB (2x4GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
4529    |A| 16GB (2x8GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
4532    |N| 4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 1Gb DRAM
4630    |N| DVD-RAM
4633    |N| DVD-RAM
One and only one rack indicator features is required on
all orders (#4650 to #4666).
4650    |S| Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated
4651    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #1
4652    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #2
4653    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #3
4654    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #4
4655    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #5
4656    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #6
4657    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #7
4658    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #8
4659    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #9
4660    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #10
4661    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #11
4662    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #12
4663    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #13
4664    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #14
4665    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #15
4666    |S| Rack Indicator, Rack #16
4746    |N| PCI Twinaxial Workstn IOA
4764    |S| PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)
4793    |A| Power Active Memory Expansion Enablement
4801    |N| PCI Crypto Coprocessor
4805    |N| PCI Crypto Accelerator
4807    |A| PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001
4808    |A| PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC 4765-001
4812    |N| PCI Integ xSeries Server
4813    |N| PCI Integ xSeries Server
4971    |S| Power 720 Solution Edition for IBM i
4975    |S| Power 720 Solution Edition for IBM i
5000    |A| Software Preload Required
5001    |N| Custom Service Specify, Off-Site
5002    |S| Customer Solution Center - Rochester Mfg
5005    |N| Software Preinstall
5088    |N| PCI-X Expansion Unit
5094    |N| PCI-X Expansion Tower
5095    |N| PCI-X Expansion Tower
5096    |N| PCI-X Exp Tower (no disk)
5108    |N| 30-Disk Expansion Feature
5115    |N| Dual Line Cords - Tower
5116    |N| Dual Line Cords - 5294 Tower
5138    |N| Redundant Power and Cooling
5160    |S| Power Dist Unit 1 Phase NEMA
5161    |S| Power Dist Unit 1 Phase IEC
5162    |S| Power Dist Unit 2 of 3 Phase
5163    |S| Power Dist Unit - 3 Phase
5225    |S| PowerVM Express Edition
5227    |A| PowerVM Standard Edition
5228    |A| PowerVM Enterprise Edition
5260    |A| PCIe2 LP 4-port 1GbE Adapter
5269    |A| PCIe LP POWER GXT145 Graphics Accelerator
5270    |A| PCIe LP 10Gb FCoE 2-port Adapter
5271    |S| PCIe LP 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet Adapter
5272    |S| PCIe LP 10GbE CX4 1-port Adapter
5273    |A| PCIe LP 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5274    |A| PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE SX Adapter
5275    |A| PCIe LP 10GbE SR 1-port Adapter
5276    |A| PCIe LP 4Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5277    |A| PCIe LP 4-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter
5278    |A| PCIe LP 2-x4-port SAS Adapter 3Gb
5279    |A| PCIe2 LP 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SFP+ Copper&RJ45
5280    |A| PCIe2 LP 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SR&RJ45 Adapter
5281    |S| PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE TX Adapter
5283    |A| PCIe2 LP 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb
5284    |A| PCIe2 LP 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter
5286    |A| PCIe2 LP 2-Port 10GbE SFP+ Copper Adapter
5289    |A| 2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
5290    |A| PCIe LP 2-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter
5294    |N| 1.8m I/O Tower
5296    |N| 1.8m I/O Tower (no disk)
5524    |A| RFID TAGS FOR SERVERS, BLADES, BLADECENTERS, RACKS, AND
        | |HMCS
5544    |N| Sys Console on OP Console
5548    |N| Sys Console 100Mbps Ethernet
5550    |A| Sys Console On HMC
5553    |A| Sys Console-Ethernet No IOP
5554    |N| Mirror 35GB Disk/Controller Pkg
5555    |N| Mirror 70GB Disk/Controller Pkg
5556    |N| Mirror 141GB Disk/Controller Pkg
5577    |N| 2-core 4.7 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots
5578    |N| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5577
5579    |N| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5577/9495
5580    |N| 2780 Controller w/Aux Write Cache
5581    |N| 2757 Controller w/Aux Write Cache
5583    |N| 5777 Controller w/Aux Write Cache
5587    |N| 4-core 4.7 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 8 Memory DIMM Slots
5588    |N| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5587
5589    |N| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5587
5590    |N| 2780 Controller w/Aux Write Cache
5591    |N| 2757 Controller w/Aux Write Cache
5603    |A| System AC Power Supply, 1725 W
5604    |A| Memory Riser Card
5608    |N| GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach (DDR)
5609    |N| GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach (GX++)
5610    |S| PCIe Riser Card (Gen1)
5613    |N| Dual Port (SR) Integrated Virtual Ethernet 10Gb Daughter
        | |Card
5614    |N| Dual Port RIO-2 I/O Hub
5615    |A| GX++ Dual-port 12x Channel Attach
5616    |N| GX Dual-port 12x Channel Attach (GX+)
5618    |A| Storage Backplane -- 6 SFF Bays/ SATA DVD/HH Tape
5619    |S| 80/160GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive
5623    |N| Dual Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card
5624    |N| 4-Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card
5630    |A| Storage Backplane -- 8 SFF Bays/175MB RAID/Dual IOA
5631    |A| Split Drive Bay Capability for #5618
5633    |N| 1-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots
5634    |N| 2-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots
5635    |N| 4-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 8 Memory DIMM Slots
5638    |A| 1.5TB/3.0TB LTO-5 SAS Tape Drive
5646    |N| Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCIe, Short Slot
5647    |N| Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCI-X or PCIe, Standard Slot
5651    |N| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5633
5654    |N| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5634
5655    |N| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5635
5661    |S| DAT320 160/320 GB Tape Drive
5673    |S| DAT320 160 GB USB Tape Drive
5676    |N| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5633/#9680
5677    |N| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5634
5678    |N| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5635
5679    |N| SAS RAID Enablement
5685    |A| PCIe Riser Card (Gen2)
5689    |S| DAT160 Data Cartridge
5700    |S| IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
5701    |S| IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
5702    |N| PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller
5704    |N| PCI-X Fibre Channel Tape Controller
5706    |A| IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
5707    |N| IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
5708    |A| 10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter
5712    |N| PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
5713    |A| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
5714    |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
5716    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
5717    |S| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter
5718    |N| 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter
5719    |N| IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
5721    |S| 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5722    |S| 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5723    |S| 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter
5732    |S| 10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter
5735    |A| 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5736    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
5740    |S| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
5741    |S| IBM Single Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
5742    |S| IBM Dual Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
5743    |S| SATA Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
5746    |S| Half High 800GB/1.6TB LTO4 SAS Tape Drive
5747    |A| IBM LTO Ultrium 4 800 GB Data Cartridge
5748    |A| POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator
5749    |A| 4Gbps Fibre Channel (2-Port)
5756    |N| IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
5757    |N| IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
5758    |S| 4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5759    |S| 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5760    |N| PCI-X Fibre Chan Disk Controller
5761    |N| PCI-X Fibre Chan Tape Controller
5762    |S| SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
5767    |A| 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter
5768    |A| 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter
5769    |A| 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter
5772    |A| 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI Express Adapter
5773    |S| 4 Gigabit PCI Express Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5774    |A| 4 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5776    |N| PCI-X Disk Controller-90MB No IOP
5777    |N| PCI-X Disk Controller-1.5GB No IOP
5778    |N| PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOP
5782    |S| PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOP
5785    |A| 4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
5786    |S| TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Dwr
5787    |S| TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Twr
5790    |N| PCI Expansion Drawer
5796    |S| PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer
5802    |A| 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk
5805    |A| PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
5806    |N| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
5877    |A| 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, No Disk
5886    |S| EXP 12S Expansion Drawer
5887    |A| EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer
5899    |A| PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter
5900    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual -x4 SAS Adapter
5901    |A| PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter
5902    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
5903    |N| PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
5904    |N| PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter
5907    |N| 36/72GB 4mm DAT72 SAS Tape Drive
5908    |S| PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter (BSC)
5912    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 SAS Adapter
5913    |A| PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb
5915    |A| SAS AA Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
5916    |A| SAS AA Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
5917    |A| SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
5918    |A| SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
5921    |N| Non-paired PCIx SAS RAID Indicator
5922    |S| Non-paired SAS RAID indicator
5923    |A| Non-paired PCIe SAS RAID Indicator
5924    |A| Non-paired Indicator 5913 PCIe SAS RAID Adapter
5951    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
5952    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
5953    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
5954    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
5955    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
5956    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
5957    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
5958    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
5959    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
5960    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
5961    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
5962    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
5963    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058
5964    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
5965    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
5966    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
5967    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
5968    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
5969    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
5970    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
5971    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
5972    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
5973    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
5974    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
5975    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
5976    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
5977    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
5978    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
5979    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
5980    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
5981    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
5982    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
5983    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P
6001    |S| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 2 meter
6006    |A| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 3 meter
6007    |A| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 15 meter
6008    |S| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 6 meter
6029    |S| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 30 meter
6068    |A| Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack
6069    |A| Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack
6246    |S| 1.8m Rack Trim Kit
6247    |S| 2.0m Rack Trim Kit
6248    |A| 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors
6249    |A| 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors
6263    |A| 1.8m Rack Trim Kit
6272    |A| 2.0m Rack Trim Kit
6312    |N| Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapter
6417    |N| RIO-2 Bus Adapter
6438    |N| RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter for #5790
6446    |S| Dual-port 12X Channel Interface Attach - Short Run
6451    |N| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6455    |N| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6457    |S| Dual-port 12X Channel Interface Attach- Long Run
6458    |A| Power Cable -- Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A
6459    |N| 3.7m (12-Ft) 250V/10A RA Pwr Cd
6460    |A| Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
6461    |N| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6462    |N| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6463    |N| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6464    |N| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6465    |N| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6466    |N| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6467    |N| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6469    |A| Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V,15A),
        | |  US
6470    |A| Power Cord 1.8m(6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A)
6471    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
6472    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
6473    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6474    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A)
6475    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
6476    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6477    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
6478    |A| Power Cord 2.7 M(9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
6479    |S| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6487    |S| Power Cord 1.8M (6-foot),To Wall, (250V, 15A), United
        | |States
6488    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or
        | |250V, 10A )
6489    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/24A Power Cord
6491    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48A Pwr Cord
6492    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48-60A Pwr Cord
6493    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6494    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6495    |S| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6496    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6497    |S| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6498    |S| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
6577    |A| Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A
6580    |A| Optional Rack Security Kit
6586    |A| Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack
6651    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
6654    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A Pwr Cord
6655    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A WR Pwr Cord
6656    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft)1PH/24A Power Cord
6659    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
6660    |A| Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
6665    |A| Power Cord 3 M (10 ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6669    |A| Power Cord 4.3M (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
6670    |S| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A),
6671    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6672    |A| Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6680    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6687    |S| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A)
6699    |N| RIO-2 Bus Adapter
6805    |S| PCI 2-Line WAN IOA No IOP
6808    |S| PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA No IOP
6833    |S| PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem NoIOP
7109    |A| Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector
7112    |N| IBM Deskside Cover Set (With door)
7113    |N| OEM Deskside Cover Set (With door)
7114    |N| IBM/OEM Rack-Mount Drawer Rail Kit
7118    |A| Environmental Monitoring Probe
7134    |A| IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
7135    |A| OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
7145    |A| IBM/OEM Rack-mount Drawer Rail Kit
7188    |A| Power Distribution Unit
7200    |N| IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
7201    |N| OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
7204    |S| Quantity 150 of #2124
7205    |S| Quantity 150 of #2125
7206    |S| Quantity 150 of #2126
7207    |S| Quantity 150 of #2127
7208    |S| Quantity 150 of #2128
7213    |S| Quantity 150 of #2138
7305    |S| SDI Software Pre-Install Indicator
7307    |N| Dual I/O Unit Enclosure
7311    |S| Dual I/O Unit Enclosure
7314    |S| I/O Drawer Mounting Enclosure
7504    |N| Quantity 150 of #4319
7508    |N| Quantity 150 of #4326
7509    |S| Quantity 150 of #4327
7510    |S| Quantity 150 of #4328
7511    |S| Quantity 150 of #4329
7514    |N| Quantity 150 of #5741
7517    |S| Quantity 150 of #3676
7518    |S| Quantity 150 of #3677
7519    |S| Quantity 150 of #3678
7535    |S| Quantity 150 of #3586
7536    |S| Quantity 150 of #3587
7538    |S| Quantity 150 of #3658
7549    |S| Quantity 150 of #3647
7564    |S| Quantity 150 of #3648
7565    |S| Quantity 150 of #3649
7567    |A| IBM Tower Cover Set
7568    |A| OEM Tower Cover Set
7703    |N| Power Supply, 950 Watt AC, Hot-swap, Base and Redundant
7780    |S| 2.0m Rack Side Attach Kit
7801    |S| Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System
        | |Unit
7802    |A| Ethernet Cable, 15m, Hardware Management Console to System
        | |Unit
7840    |S| Side-by-Side for 1.8m Racks
7841    |S| Ruggedize Rack Kit
7863    |N| PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Double Wide Adapters, Type III
7983    |N| PowerVM Express
8143    |A| Linux Software Preinstall
8144    |S| Linux Software Preinstall (Business Partners)
8308    |N| DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape
8310    |N| DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape with
        | |External SAS Port
8340    |N| Enhanced DASD/Media Backplane for 2.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape
        | |with External SAS Port
8341    |N| DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/DVD/Tape
8345    |N| DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/DVD/Tape; with External
        | |SAS Port
8346    |N| DASD/Media Backplane for 2.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape with
        | |External SAS Port
8350    |S| 4-core 3.0 GHz POWER7 Processor Module
8351    |A| 6-core 3.0 GHz POWER7 Processor Module
8352    |A| 8-core 3.0 GHz POWER7 Processor Module
8360    |A| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #8350
8361    |A| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #8351
8362    |A| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #8352
8363    |A| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #8350
8364    |A| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #8351
8365    |A| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #8352
8497    |N| Half High 800GB/1.6TB LTO4 SAS Tape Drive
8498    |N| Half High 800GB/1.6TB LTO4 SAS Tape Drive
8506    |N| PowerVM Standard
8507    |N| PowerVM Enterprise
8790    |N| DAT320 160/320 GB Tape Drive
8800    |N| Keyboard - USB, US English, #103P
8801    |N| Keyboard - USB, French, #189
8802    |N| Keyboard - USB, Italian, #142
8803    |N| Keyboard - USB, German/Austrian, #129
8804    |N| Keyboard - USB, UK English, #166
8805    |N| Keyboard - USB, Spanish, #172
8806    |N| Keyboard - USB, Japanese, #194
8807    |N| Keyboard - USB, Brazilian/Portuguese, #275
8808    |N| Keyboard - USB, Canadian French, #058
8810    |N| Keyboard - USB, Belgium/UK, #120
8811    |N| Keyboard - USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
8812    |N| Keyboard - USB, Danish, #159
8813    |N| Keyboard - USB, Bulgarian, #442
8814    |N| Keyboard - USB, Swiss/French/German, #150F/G
8816    |N| Keyboard - USB, Norwegian, #155
8817    |N| Keyboard - USB, Dutch, #143
8818    |N| Keyboard - USB, Portuguese, #163
8819    |N| Keyboard - USB, Greek, #319
8820    |N| Keyboard - USB, Hebrew, #212
8821    |N| Keyboard - USB, Hungarian, #208
8823    |N| Keyboard - USB, Polish, #214
8825    |N| Keyboard - USB, Slovakian, #245
8826    |N| Keyboard - USB, Czech, #243
8827    |N| Keyboard - USB, Turkish, #179
8829    |N| Keyboard - USB, LA Spanish, #171
8830    |N| Keyboard - USB, Arabic, #253
8833    |N| Keyboard - USB, Korean, #413
8834    |N| Keyboard - USB, Chinese/US, #467
8835    |N| Keyboard - USB, French Canadian, #445
8836    |N| Keyboard - USB, Thai, #191
8838    |N| Keyboard - USB, Russian, #443
8839    |N| Keyboard - USB, Yugoslavian/Latin, #105
8840    |N| Keyboard - USB, US English (EMEA), #103P
8841    |S| Mouse - USB, with Keyboard Attachment Cable
8845    |A| USB Mouse
9169    |S| Order Routing Indicator- System Plant
9300    |S| Language Group Specify - US English
9359    |A| specify mode-1 1(1)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
9360    |A| Specify mode-1 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
9361    |A| Specify mode-2 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
9365    |A| Specify mode-4 1(4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
9366    |A| Specify mode-2 1(4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
9367    |A| Specify mode-1 1(2)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887
9368    |A| Specify mode-2 1(4)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887
9382    |A| Specify mode-1 1(1)5904/6/8 for EXP24S #5887
9383    |A| Specify mode-1 1(2) 5904/6/8 for EXP24S #5887
9384    |A| Specify mode-1 & CEC SAS port for EXP24 #5887
9385    |A| Specify mode-1 1(2) 5913 for EXP24S #5887
9386    |A| Specify mode-2 1(4) 5913 for EXP24S #5887
9440    |S| New AIX License Core Counter
9441    |S| New IBM i License Core Counter
9442    |S| New Red Hat License Core Counter
9443    |S| New SUSE License Core Counter
9444    |S| Other AIX License Core Counter
9445    |S| Other Linux License Core Counter
9446    |S| 3rd Party Linux License Core Counter
9447    |S| VIOS Core Counter
9461    |S| Month Indicator
9462    |S| Day Indicator
9463    |S| Hour Indicator
9464    |S| Minute Indicator
9465    |S| Qty Indicator
9466    |S| Countable Member Indicator
9467    |N| Power Supply, 950 Watt AC, Hot-swap, Base and Redundant
9468    |N| System port/UPS Conversion Cable
9469    |N| V.24/EIA232 24.4m (80-Ft) PCI Cable
9470    |N| Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use
9471    |N| Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/3.5" DASD
9472    |N| SAS HH Cable
9473    |N| Power Cable -- Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A
9474    |N| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
9475    |N| IBM/OEM Rack-Mount Drawer Rail Kit
9476    |N| IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
9477    |N| EXP 12S Expansion Drawer
9478    |N| SAS Cable, DASD Backplane to Rear Bulkhead
9479    |N| SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 3M
9481    |N| Dual Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card
9482    |N| SAS RAID Enablement
9483    |N| PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem
9484    |N| 4-Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card
9485    |N| GX Dual-port 12x Channel Attach
9486    |N| IBM Deskside Cover Set (With door)
9487    |N| Power Cord 1.8m(6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A)
9488    |N| Op Panel Cable for Deskside System w/3.5" DASD
9489    |N| SATA Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
9490    |N| DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape with
        | |External SAS Port
9495    |N| 2-core 4.7 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots
9497    |N| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #9495
9498    |N| 4-core 4.7 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 8 Memory DIMM Slots
9499    |N| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #9498
9506    |N| 4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 1Gb DRAM
9633    |N| Power 520 1-core Entry Express Edition for IBM i
9634    |N| Power 520 1-core Growth Express Edition for IBM i
9635    |N| Power 520 2-Core Solution Edition for IBM i
9636    |N| Power 520 2-Core Express Edition for IBM i (30 user)
9637    |N| Power 520 2-Core Express Edition for IBM i (150 user)
9638    |N| Power 520 2-Core Express Edition for IBM i (Unlimited user)
9639    |N| Power 520 4-Core Express Edition for IBM i (50 user)
9640    |N| Power 520 4-Core Express Edition for IBM i (150 user)
9643    |N| Power 520 4-Core Express Edition for IBM i (Unlimited user)
9647    |N| DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/DVD/Tape; with External
        | |SAS Port
9676    |N| 4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM
9677    |N| 8192MB (2x4096MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb Stacked DRAM
9678    |N| 16384MB (2x8192MB) RDIMMs, 400 MHz, 1Gb Stacked DRAM
9679    |N| SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
9680    |N| 1-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots
9681    |N| 2-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots
9682    |N| 4-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 8 Memory DIMM Slots
9683    |N| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5634
9684    |N| IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
9685    |N| 139.5GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive
9686    |N| 80/160GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive
9688    |N| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5635
9690    |N| DAT320 160/320 GB Tape Drive
9692    |N| 283.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive
9697    |N| Half High 800GB/1.6TB LTO4 SAS Tape Drive
9698    |N| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
9700    |S| Language Group Specify - Dutch
9703    |S| Language Group Specify - French
9704    |S| Language Group Specify - German
9705    |S| Language Group Specify - Polish
9706    |S| Language Group Specify - Norwegian
9707    |S| Language Group Specify - Portuguese
9708    |S| Language Group Specify - Spanish
9711    |S| Language Group Specify - Italian
9712    |S| Language Group Specify - Canadian French
9714    |S| Language Group Specify - Japanese
9715    |S| Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
9716    |S| Language Group Specify - Korean
9718    |S| Language Group Specify - Turkish
9719    |S| Language Group Specify - Hungarian
9720    |S| Language Group Specify - Slovakian
9721    |S| Language Group Specify - Russian
9722    |S| Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
9724    |S| Language Group Specify - Czech
9725    |S| Language Group Specify -- Romanian
9726    |S| Language Group Specify - Croatian
9727    |S| Language Group Specify -- Slovenian
9728    |S| Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese
9729    |S| Language Group Specify - Thai
EB72    |A| IBM i 7.2 Indicator
ECB0    |A| 0.6m (2.0-ft), Blue CAT5 Ethernet Cable
ECB2    |A| 1.5m (4.9-ft), Blue CAT5 Ethernet Cable
EC01    |A| Rack Front Door (Black)
EC02    |A| Rack Rear Door
EC03    |A| Rack Side Cover
EC04    |A| Rack Suite Attachment Kit
EC15    |A| Rear Door Heat Exchanger for 2.0 Meter Slim Rack
EH14    |A| GEN2-S Conversion Carrier for Feature ES0C 387GB SSD
EH16    |A| GEN2-S Conversion Carrier for Feature ES0D 387GB SSD
EJ27    |A| PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001
EJ28    |A| PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC 4765-001
EJS1    |A| Non-paired Indicator ESA3 PCIe SAS RAID Adapter
EJS2    |A| Specify Mode-2 1(2)ESA3 for EXP24S (#5887/#EL1S)
EJS3    |A| Specify Mode-1 1(2)ESA3 for EXP24S (#5887/#EL1S)
EJS4    |A| Specify Mode-2 1(4)ESA3 for EXP24S (#5887/#EL1S)
EJS5    |A| Specify Left Half 12X I/O Drawer to PCIe2 1.8GB RAID SAS
        | |Adapter
EJS6    |A| Specify Right Half 12X I/O Drawer to PCIe2 1.8GB RAID
        | |SAS Adapter
EK51    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
EK52    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
EK53    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
EK54    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
EK55    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
EK56    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
EK57    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
EK58    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
EK59    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
EK60    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
EK61    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
EK62    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
EK64    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
EK65    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
EK66    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
EK67    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
EK68    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
EK69    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
EK70    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
EK71    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
EK72    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
EK73    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
EK74    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
EK75    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
EK76    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
EK77    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
EK78    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
EK79    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
EK80    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
EK81    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
EK82    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
EK83    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P
ELC0    |A| PDU Access Cord 0.38m
ELPM    |A| Trial PowerVM Live Partition Mobility
ELS1    |A| #ES11 Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-1)
ELS9    |A| #ES1A Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)
ELSF    |A| #ES0F Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-1)
ELSH    |A| #ES0H Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
EN01    |A| 1m (3.3-ft), 10GbE'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
EN02    |A| 3m (9.8-ft) 10GbE'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
EN03    |A| 5m (16.4-ft) 10GbE'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
EN13    |A| PCIe 1-port Bisync Adapter
EN27    |A| 2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
EN28    |A| PCIe LP 2-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter
EN0Y    |A| PCIe2 LP 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EQ0H    |A| Quantity 150 of #ES0H (775GB SSD SFF-2)
EQ02    |A| Quanity 150 of #3452 SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to
        | |Enclosure
EQ03    |A| Quantity 150 of #3453 SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter
        | |to Enclosure
EQ1A    |A| Quantity 150 of #ES1A (387GB SSD SFF-2)
EQ38    |A| Quantity 150 of #1738 (856GB SFF-2 disk)
EQ52    |A| Quantity 150 of #1752 (900GB SFF-2 disk)
EQD2    |A| Quantity 150 of #ESD2 (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)
EQD3    |A| Quantity 150 of #ESD3 (1.2TB 10k SFF-2)
ER05    |A| 42U Slim Rack
ESC0    |A| S&H - No Charge
ESC6    |A| S&H-b
ES0A    |S| 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
ES0B    |S| 387GB SFF-1 SSD for IBM i with eMLC
ES0C    |S| 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
ES0D    |A| 387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i with eMLC
ES0E    |A| 775GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES0F    |A| 775GB SFF-1 SSD for IBM i
ES0G    |A| 775GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES0H    |A| 775GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ES10    |A| 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES11    |A| 387GB SFF-1 SSD for IBM i
ES19    |A| 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES1A    |A| 387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESA3    |A| PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb CR
ESD0    |A| 1.1TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-1 Disk Drive (IBM i)
ESD1    |A| 1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-1 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
ESD2    |A| 1.1TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBMi)
ESD3    |A| 1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
EU01    |A| 1TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
EU03    |A| RDX USB Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk
        | |Cartridge
EU04    |A| RDX USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk
        | |Cartridge
EU07    |A| RDX SATA Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk
        | |Cartridge
EU08    |A| RDX 320 GB Removable Disk Drive
EU15    |A| 1.5TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
EU16    |S| 80/160GB DAT160 USB Tape Drive
EU2T    |A| 2TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge (RDX)
 

Feature descriptions

The following is a list of all feature codes in numeric order for the IBM Power Systems 8202 machine type.

Attributes, as defined in the following feature descriptions, state the interaction of requirements among features.

Minimums and maximums are the absolute limits for a single feature without regard to interaction with other features. The maximum valid quantity for MES orders may be different than for initial orders. The maximums listed below refer to the largest quantity of these two possibilities.

The order type defines if a feature is orderable only on initial orders, only on MES orders, on both initial and MES orders, or if a feature is supported on a model due to a model conversion. Supported features cannot be ordered on the converted model, only left on or removed from the converted model.

(#0010) - One CSC Billing Unit

One Billing Unit used by the Customer Solution Center.

  • Attributes provided: One CSC Billing Unit
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0010)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0011) - Ten CSC Billing Units

Ten Billing Units used by the Customer Solutions Center.

  • Attributes provided: Ten CSC Billing Units
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0011)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0032) - Specify Code for External High Speed Modem

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This specify feature is required if an external high speed modem is to be shipped with the system. The exact machine type-model of the modem shipped will vary based on what is currently stocked in manufacturing.

This feature code cannot be ordered in the following countries: Albania, Angola, Armenia, Bahamas, Belize, Brunei, Ghana, Kenya, Macedonia, Moldavia, Nigeria, Rep Dominica, Santa Lucia, Serbia, Trinidad & Tobago, Zambia.

  • Attributes provided: Attached Modem
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0032)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0040) - Mirrored System Disk Level, Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

  • Attributes provided: Device-level mirrored protection
  • Attributes required: Minimum of two (2) disk units
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0040)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0041) - Device Parity Protection-All, Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

  • Attributes provided: RAID Data Protection
  • Attributes required: RAID-capable disk unit controller
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0041)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0042) - Mirrored System IOP Level Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

  • Attributes provided: IOP-level mirrored protection
  • Attributes required: Minimum of 4 (four) disk units
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0042)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0043) - Mirrored System Bus Level, Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

For new systems: The marketing configurator will error on an order if sufficient disk units, and expansion units are not included on the order to support bus-level mirrored protection for all disk units. New, preloaded systems will be shipped with bus-level mirroring enabled.

  • Attributes provided: Bus-level mirrored protection
  • Attributes required: Minimum of 4 (four) disk units
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0043)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0047) - Device Parity RAID-6 All, Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

  • Attributes provided: RAID-6 Data Protection
  • Attributes required: RAID-6 capable disk unit controller
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0047)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0205) - RISC-to-RISC Data Migration

(No Longer Available as of Febrary 21, 2012)

#0205 is used on initial orders to designate that the new server should only recieve a partial load of IBM i in IBM Mfg.

When #0205 is on the order, manufacturing will only load SLIC and up through QSYS of IBM i. Ensure that enough storage is ordered to contain the additional OS code that will be loaded following installation of the system at the Client location. Specify code #0205 is mutually exclusive with #5000, SW Preload Required

The migration process requires that the installed model be at the same version and release level of IBM i and other licensed programs as the new server.

More information, and an updated IBM i Upgrade and Data Migration Road Map (RISC-RISC) are available at:

http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/iseries/

  • Attributes provided: Partial load of IBM i in IBM Mfg.
  • Attributes required: #2145 - Primary OS - IBM i and partition specify code #0267 and RISC to RISC Data Migration from Clients existing system
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0205)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0265) - AIX Partition Specify

This feature indicates customers intend to create a partition on the system that will use the AIX operating system. This feature should be included once for each intended AIX partition. This feature is an indicator and does not deliver parts, software, or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Customers intend to create a partition on the system that will run the AIX operating system.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0265)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0266) - Linux Partition Specify

This feature indicates customers intend to create a partition on the system that will use the Linux operating system. This feature should be included once for each intended Linux partition. This feature is an indicator and does not deliver parts, software, or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Customers intend to create a partition on the system that will run the Linux operating system.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0266)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
    • OS level required:
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0267) - IBM i Operating System Partition Specify

This feature indicates customers intend to create a partition on the system that will use the IBM i operating system. This feature should be included once for each intended IBM i partition. This feature is an indicator and does not deliver parts, software, or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Customers intend to create a partition on the system that will run the IBM i operating system.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0267)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0275) - CSC Specify

(No Longer Available as of October 12, 2010)

Having #0275 on the order, will cause the order content to be internally routed to the CSC build area in building 114 (Rochester).

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0275)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0290) - Ext Tape Attached via #5736

Each #0290 is used to indicate one external port of a #5736 will be used to control an external tape device.

  • Attributes provided: Placement code for IBM Configurator Tools
  • Attributes required: #5736 PCI-X Disk/Tape Controller
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0290)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0296) - Specify Custom Data Protection

#0296 specifies that a system has multiple IBM i partitions and that data protection schemes should be considered separately for each partition instead of only for an overall system level. Each partition's data protection scheme can be different or the same.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0296)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0302) - Specify EXP24 Attach via Existing Controller

This specify code is used to help IBM configuration tools. It is used on an EXP24 Disk Enclosure MES order to indicate that an already installed disk controller will be used to control an EXP24 6 pack or 12 pack of disk drives. Fewer disk controllers or disk controller ports are therefore required on the EXP24 MES order. The marketing configurator will determine the quantity (if any) of #0302 on a given EXP24 Disk Encloslure MES order.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Existing SCSI disk controller port being used to connect to an EXP24 enclosure
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0302)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0308) - Mirrored Level System Specify Code

This specify code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

For new systems, the marketing configurator will show an error if sufficient disk units and disk controllers are not included on the order to support IOA-level mirroring protection. #0308 causes all disk units to be placed into configurations capable of IOA-level mirroring. Each disk unit and its mirrored pair must be on a different disk controller.

Note that the load source disk unit in a new, preloaded system will be device-level mirrored (same protection as provided with feature #0040). This means that the load source is controlled by the first disk unit controller on the first system bus, and will be mirrored with a like disk unit that is also attached to the same first disk controller on the first system bus.

For upgrade orders, #0308 will cause the marketing configurator to show an error if sufficient disk units and disk controllers are not available to provide the capability to enable IOA-level mirrored protection for all DASD.

It is the client's responsibility to start mirroring on their system.

  • Attributes provided: IOA level system mirroring
  • Attributes required: A minimum of two disk controllers and an even number of disk units (with a minimum of four disk units on a system).
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0308)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0325) - IPCS Extension Cables for NT

(No Longer Available as of May 8, 2007)

This feature provides extension cables for the display, mouse and keyboard that are required when running an IXS with the NT operating system. This feature should be used when longer cables are required to attach the display, mouse, and keyboard to the IXS.

Note that the keyboard cable supplied with this feature is for a standard keyboard connection, not a USB attached keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Connectivity for keyboard, display and mouse
  • Attributes required: Integrated xSeries Server with NT OperatingSystem, keyboard, display and mouse.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0325)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0347) - RAID Hot Spare Specify

#0347 is a specify code that indicates to IBM configuration tools and to IBM Manufacturing that RAID-5 or RAID-6 disk arrays should be further protected using the IBM i function of RAID hot spare. If specified, IBM will ship a configuration which has at least one stand-by disk drive for each disk controller in the system or designated partition. The customer may alter the hot spare configuration selecting different options once the system is installed.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Existence of #0041 or #0047
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0347)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0348) - V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.24 or a EIA232 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0348)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 120 (Initial order maximum: 120)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0349) - V.24/EIA232 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002).

This feature provides a 50-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.24 or a EIA232 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0349)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0353) - V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.35 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0353)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0354) - V.35 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002).

This feature provides a 50-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.35 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0354)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0356) - V.36 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.36 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0356)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0359) - X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a X.21 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0359)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0360) - X.21 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002).

This feature provides a 50-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a X.21 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0360)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0365) - V.24/EIA232 (80-Ft) PCI Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002).

This feature provides a 80-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.24 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0365)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0367) - V.24/EIA232 6.1M (20-Ft) PCI Cable

A #0367 requires one RVX port (communications port, not modem port). A customer can select a #0367 for each IBM i partition. There is a max of one #0367 per card. If a card has two RVX ports, a #0367 can connect to one port and the other port can be used for other comm support. Features supporting the #0367 cable are #6833, #6834. If a system has #5544, then at a minimum, one #0367 is required.

This feature ships a PCI card compatible Operations Console cable. This cable ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0367)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0373) - UPS Factory Integration Specify

Used in manufacturing to ensure that a UPS ordered from IBM under a separate machine type/model, is associated with the system order, and is shipped concurrently.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Ordered machine type-model UPS.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0373)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0374) - HMC Factory Integration Specify

Used in manufacturing to ensure that an HMC ordered from IBM under a separate machine type/model is associated with the system order and is shipped concurrently.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Ordered machine type-model HMC.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0374)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0375) - Display Factory Integration Specify

Used in manufacturing to ensure that a display ordered from IBM under a separate machine type/model, is associated with the system order, and is shipped concurrently.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Ordered machine type-model display.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0375)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0376) - Reserve Rack Space for UPS

Used in manufacturing to reserve 1 EIA of rack space in the bottom of the rack for later client installation of a UPS.

  • Attributes provided: 1 EIA rack space reserved.
  • Attributes required: Ordered rack feature.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0376)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0377) - Reserve Rack Space for HMC

Used in manufacturing to reserve 1 EIA of rack space in the middle of the rack for later client installation of a rack-mounted HMC.

  • Attributes provided: 1 EIA rack space reserved.
  • Attributes required: Ordered rack feature.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0377)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0378) - Reserve Rack Space for Display

Used in manufacturing to reserve 1 EIA of rack space in the middle of the rack for later client installation of an HMC rack-mounted display such as the 7316.

  • Attributes provided: 1 EIA rack space reserved.
  • Attributes required: Ordered rack feature.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0378)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0444) - CBU Specify

This specify code indicates this system has been properly registered as a Capacity BackUp system and has, through that registration been authorized to temporarily receive IBM i Operating System License Entitlements and either 5250 Processor Enablement entitlements or IBM i user entitlements, from a primary system under the conditions specified at the time the system was registered. This feature is an indicator only, authorization to use this system as a backup is obtained only by registering the system with IBM on the CBU website at:

www.ibm.com/systems/power/hardware/cbu
  • Attributes provided: Indicates the system has been registered for use as a CBU system for IBM i License entitlement purposes.
  • Attributes required: # 2145 Primary OS - IBM i or #0267 IBM i Operating System Partition Specify
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0444)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0446) - 512MB DDR Server Memory

512 MB DDR memory for an Integrated xSeries Server.

  • Attributes provided: 512MB memory for Integrated xSeries Server
  • Attributes required: One memory slot on Integrated xSeries Server
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0446)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0447) - 1GB DDR Server Memory

1 GB DDR memory for an Integrated xSeries Server.

  • Attributes provided: 1GB memory for Integrated xSeries Server
  • Attributes required: One memory slot on Integrated xSeries Server
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0447)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0456) - Customer Specified Placement

(No Longer Available as of Febrary 21, 2012)

  1. Requests that IBM deliver the system to the customer according to the slot in drawer hardware placement defined by the account team.

  2. Eliminates the need to have these parts relocated in the customers environment as may happen if the order is placed without this feature code.

  3. Client placement specifications are collected using the System Planning Tool (SPT) and processed through the marketing configurator. (Use of the SPT is not required).

  4. Requires account team to submit the output of the marketing configurator into IBM manufacturing via the CSP website http://www.ibm.com/eserver/power/csp (US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass this step.)

  5. Requires account team to assure that the marketing configurator output submitted reflects the actual order placed.
  • Attributes provided: I/O component placement
  • Attributes required: Marketing Configurator output submitted to the CSP website. (US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass this step.)
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0456)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0462) - SSD Placement Indicator - CEC

This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0462)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0463) - SSD Placement Indicator (5802/5803)

(No Longer Available as of Febrary 21, 2012)

This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0463)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0464) - SSD Placement Indicator - 5886

(No Longer Available as of Febrary 21, 2012)

This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0464)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0465) - SSD Placement Indicator - 5887

(No Longer Available as of Febrary 21, 2012)

This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0465)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Maximum (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0533) - IBM i 5.4 w/ V5R4M5 Specify Code

This feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM i operating system is specified.

  • Attributes provided: IBM i 5.4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code Indicator
  • Attributes required: IBM i operating system
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0533)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0534) - IBM i 6.1 Specify Code

This feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM i is specified.

  • Attributes provided: IBM i 6.1 indicator
  • Attributes required: IBM i operating system
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0534)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0551) - 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack

Provides a 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack with 36 EIA units of total space for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. One of the following features are required on the #0551:

  • #6068 - Optional Front Door for 1.8m Rack
  • #6246 - 1.8m Rack Trim Kit
  • #6248 - 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors

The following features are also orderable on the #0551:

  • #0599 - Rack Filler Panel Kit
  • #6580 - Optional Rack Security Kit
  • #7840 - Side-By-Side for 1.8m Racks
  • #7841 - Ruggedize Rack Kit

The #0551 can support up to eight PDUs, four mounted vertically and four mounted horizontally. Each PDU mounted horizontally takes up 1 EIA of rack space. The following PDUs are supported:

  • #7188 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C-13 sockets)
  • #7109 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C-13 sockets)
  • Attributes provided: 19 inch, 1.8M, 36 EIA Rack
  • Attributes required: #6068 or #6246 or #6248.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0551)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0553) - 19 inch, 2.0 meter high rack

Provides a 19-inch, 2.0 meter high rack with 42 EIA units of total space for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. One of the following features are required on the #0553:

  • #6069 - Optional Front Door for 2.0m Rack
  • #6247 - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit (w/d 5/28/2010)
  • #6272 - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit
  • #6249 - 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors

The #0553 can support up to nine power distribution units (PDU), four mounted vertically and five mounted horizontally. Each PDU mounted horizontally takes up 1 EIA of rack space. The following PDUs are supported:

  • #7188 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C13 sockets)
  • #7109 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C13 sockets)
  • Attributes provided: 19 inch, 2.0M, 42 EIA Rack
  • Attributes required: #6069 or #6247 or #6272 or #6249
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0553)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0555) - 19 inch, 1.3 meter high rack

Provides a 19-inch, 1.3 meter (49-inch) high rack with 25 EIA units of total space for installing rack-mounted CECs and/or expansion units. The #0555 includes lockable front and rear doors. Filler panels and perforated doors are included to help provide proper airflow and cooling.

PDU and power cord features are available for ordering with the rack. This rack does not feature side pockets for PDU mounting. All PDUs must mount horizontally in EIA space.

  • Attributes provided: 19 inch, 1.3M, 25 EIA Rack
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0555)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0566) - IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 Machine Code Specify Code

This feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM i is specified.

  • Attributes provided: IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 Machine Code Indicator
  • Attributes required: IBM i operating system
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0566)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: One Per Order

(#0567) - IBM i 7.1 Specify Code

This feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM i is specified.

  • Attributes provided: IBM i 7.1 indicator
  • Attributes required: IBM i operating system
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0567)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - not supported
      • IBM i 7.1.0 or later
      • Linux - not supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0588) - PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack

(No Longer Available as of June 1, 2006)

#0588 is the equivalent of a #5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit, but the #0588 is a rack mounted unit. An #0588 is eight EIA units high and has 14 PCI-X slots for PCI IOPs and IOAs. Disk units and removable media are not supported in the #0588. The #0588 cannot be converted to a #5088. A #5088 cannot be converted to a #0588.

PCI IOAs are supported by feature #3705/#2844 PCI IOPs. A #2844 may be used in a #0588.

The #0588 has two redundant 575W power supplies and two integrated PDU compatible line cords. Both line cords may be connected to the same PDU or to separate PDUs in a rack. When the line cords are connected to separate PDUs, and those PDUs are connected to two different power sources, the #0588 has dual line cord capability.

A bus adapter to provide the RIO-2 interface to the system is included.

Cables must be ordered to attach to the RIO-2 ports.

Select the appropriate cable(s) based on desired cable length.

  • #3156 - 1.75m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3168 - 2.5m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3146 - 1m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3147 - 3.5m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3148 - 10m RIO-2 Cable
  • #1485 - 15m RIO-2 Cable

For each I/O tower/unit select one of the following SPCN cables:

  • #1466 - 30m SPCN Cable -supported only
  • #6001 - 2m SPCN Cable - supported only
  • #6006 - 3m SPCN Cable
  • #6007 - 15m SPCN Cable
  • #6008 - 6m SPCN Cable
  • #6029 - 30m SPCN Cable
  • Attributes provided: 14 PCI-X slots
  • Attributes required: RIO-2 cables, SPCN cables
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0588)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0595) - PCI/SCSI Disk Expansion Drawer

Feature #0595 is a rack mounted Remote I/O drawer. The #0595 has seven PCI-X IOP/IOA slots and supports up to 12 SCSI disk units. #0595 uses five EIA units of space in a 19 inch rack.

  • Attributes provided: 7 PCI slots and 12 disk positions
  • Attributes required: RIO-2 interface
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0595)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0599) - Rack Filler Panel Kit

Provides rack filler panels for IBM 19-inch racks. The #0599 provides three 1-EIA -unit filler panels and one 3-EIA-unit filler panel. These are snap-on panels.

  • Attributes provided: Snap on rack filler panels
  • Attributes required: 19-inch rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0599)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0694) - #5094 Equivalent

A #0694 is used by the marketing configurator to keep track of which units within a #5294 are connected to this system.

For each #5294 ordered, the marketing configurator adds two #0694 specify codes. #0694s maybe added to, or deleted from, system inventory records, but at least one #0694 must exist for each #5294 on the inventory records. If an existing #5294 is to be shared between two systems, one #0694 must be removed from the system that the #5294 was ordered against, and one #0694 must be added to the other sharing system. The adds and deletes are done as record purpose only (RPO) changes.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: At least one #5294 or the sharing of a#5294/#8094(top unit) with another system.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0694)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0696) - #5096 Equivalent

#0696 is used by the marketing configurator to keep track of which units within a #5296 are connected to this system.

For each #5296 ordered, the marketing configurator will add two #0696 specify codes. #0696s maybe added to, or deleted from system inventory records, but at least one #0696 must exist for each #5296 on the inventory records. If an existing #5296 is to be shared between two systems, one #0696 must be removed from the system that the #5296 was ordered against, and one #0696 must be added to the other sharing system. These adds and deletes are done as record purpose only (RPO) changes.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: At least one #5296, or the sharing of a #5296 with another system
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0696)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0719) - Load Source Not in CEC

This specify feature indicates to the IBM Marketing configurator tools and IBM manufacturing that disk drives will not be placed in the system unit, but will be placed in I/O drawers or in external SAN attached disk.

  • Attributes provided: System unit(s) are shipped with no disk units placed inside.
  • Attributes required: Alternate load source specified
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0719)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0720) - Load Source in #0595

#0720 Specifies that i5/OS load source disk drive is placed in a #0595 I/O Expansion Unit.

  • Attributes provided: External load source placement capability
  • Attributes required: DASD Slot 1 open in #0595 drawer
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0720)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0721) - Load Source in #5094/5294

#0721 Specifies that i5/OS load source disk drive is placed in a #5094 or #5294 I/O Expansion Unit.

  • Attributes provided: External load source placement capability
  • Attributes required: DASD Slot 1 open in #5094/#5294 tower
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0721)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0722) - #1787 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1787 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Load source specified
  • Attributes required: #1787
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0722)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0724) - #1996 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1996 SSD is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: #1996
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0724)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0725) - Specify Load Source in #5786

#0725 Specifies that load source disk drive is placed in a #5786 Disk Enclosure.

  • Attributes provided: External load source placement specify
  • Attributes required: DASD Slot 1 open in #5786 Disk Enclosure
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0725)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0726) - Load Source 5802/3/77

#0726 Specifies that load source HDD is placed in a #5802/#5803 or SSD (#2055) placed in #5802/#5877 I/O expansion unit.

  • Attributes provided: External load source placement capability
  • Attributes required: Available SAS drive bay in #5802/#5803 or a SSD (#2055)in #5802/#5877 I/O expansion unit.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0726)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0727) - Specify #5886 Load Source placement

#0727 Specifies that Load/Source DASD are placed in an EXP 12S SAS DASD drawer.

  • Attributes provided: External load source placement specify
  • Attributes required: DASD Slot 1 open in drawer
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0727)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0728) - Specify #5887 Load Source placement

#0728 Specifies that Load/Source DASD are placed in an EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer.

  • Attributes provided: External load source placement specify
  • Attributes required: DASD Slot 1 open in drawer
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0728)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0774) - Power 720 4-core Express Edition for IBM i

(No Longer Available as of Febrary 21, 2012)

This feature defines to the configurator a select minimum configuration for the 8202-E4B.

  • Attributes provided: Indicator that minimum system configuration requirements have been met
  • Attributes required: Minimum system configuration
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0774)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0778) - Power 720 6-, 8-core Express Edition for IBM i

(No Longer Available as of Febrary 21, 2012)

This feature defines to the configurator a select minimum configuration for an 8202-E4B.

  • Attributes provided: Indicator that minimum system configuration requirements have been met
  • Attributes required: Minimum system configuration
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0778)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0830) - #4319 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #4319 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0830)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0834) - #4326 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #4326 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0834)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 with Service Pack 1, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0835) - #4327 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #4327 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0835)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0836) - #4328 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #4328 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Load source disk identify
  • Attributes required: #4328 Disk
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0836)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0837) - SAN Load Source Specify

Indicates that a SAN drive is being used as the Load Source for the operating system.

  • Attributes provided: SAN load source placement specify
  • Attributes required: Fiber Channel adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0837)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0838) - #3676 Load Source Specify

Indicates that a #3676 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: feature #3676
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0838)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0839) - #3677 Load Source Specify

Indicates that a #3677 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: feature #3677
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0839)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0840) - #3678 Load Source Specify

Indicates that a #3678 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: feature #3678
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0840)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0841) - #4329 Load Source Specify

Indicates that a #4329 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0841)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0844) - #3658 Load Source Specify

Indicates that a #3658 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: feature #3658
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0844)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0851) - #1884 Load Source Specify

(No Longer Available as of April 29, 2011)

This specify code indicates that a #1884 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1884
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0851)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0853) - #1888 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1888 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: #1888
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0853)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0854) - #1909 Load Source Specify

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This specify code indicates that a #1909 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1909
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0854)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0855) - #3587 Load Source Specify

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #3587
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0855)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0856) - #1911 Load Source Specify

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1911
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0856)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0857) - #1916 Load Source Specify

The specify code indicates that a #1916 571GB SAS SFF disk drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes required: #1916
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0857)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0870) - #1879 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1879 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1879
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0870)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0871) - #1947 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1947 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1947
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0871)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0872) - #1948 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1948 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1948
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0872)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0874) - #1956 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1956 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1956
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0874)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0875) - #1962 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1962 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1962
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0875)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0876) - #1794 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1794 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1794
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0876)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0880) - #1738 Load Source Specify (856GB SFF-2 disk)

This specify code indicates that a #1738 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1738
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0880)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0893) - #ES0B Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #ES0B Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Feature ES0B
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0893)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - not supported
      • Linux - not supported
      • IBM i 7.1, or later
      • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0894) - #ES0D Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #ES0D Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Feature ES0D
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0894)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - not supported
      • Linux - not supported
      • IBM i 7.1, or later
      • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0907) - #ESD0 Load Source Specify (1.1TB 10k SFF-1)

Indicates that a #ESD0 (1.1 TB 10k rpm SFF-1 disk drive) is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: ESD0
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0907)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 with machine code 6.1.1, or later
      • IBM i IBM i 7.1, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0911) - #ESD2 Load Souce Specify (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)

Indicates that a #ESD2 (1.1 TB 10k rpm SFF-2 disk drive) is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: ESD2
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0911)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 with machine code 6.1.1, or later
      • IBM i 7.1, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0983) - US TAA Compliance Indicator

This feature indicates that the product was assembled in a manufacturing plant in the USA or in a country approved under the US Trade Agreement Act.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#0983)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1025) - Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use

Modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter. Select this cable for use with your modem if there is not another cable feature that is identified as specific to your country.

  • For 8202-E4B: (#1025)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1103) - USB Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of December 28, 2012)

USB Internal Docking Station accommodates a removable RDX disk cartridge. The disks are in a protective rugged enclosure that plug into the docking station. Docking station holds one removable rugged disk drive/cartridge at a time. The rugged removable disk cartridge and docking station backs up similar to tape drive. This can be an excellent alternative to DAT72, DAT160, 8mm, and VXA-2 and VXA-320 tapes.

Highlights

  • USB 2.0
  • RDX docking station
  • Suitable for backup and restore as an alternative to using tape drives
  • Attributes provided: USB Internal Docking Station
  • Attributes required: One internal USB port and at least one RDX disk cartridge such as #1106, #1107 or #EU01. Requires HH bay in system unit. Cannot be installed concurrently with a tape drive in the HH bay.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1103)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1104) - USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of December 28, 2012)

USB external Docking Station accommodates a removable RDX disk drive/cartridge. The disks are in a protective rugged enclosure that plug into the docking station. Docking station holds one removable rugged disk cartridge at a time. The rugged removable disk cartridge and docking station backs up similar to tape drive. This can be an excellent alternative to DAT72, DAT160, 8mm, and VXA-2 and VXA-320 tapes.

Highlights

  • USB 2.0
  • RDX docking station
  • Suitable for backup and restore as an alternative to using tape drives
  • Attributes provided: USB External Docking Station, 1.8M USB cable, and 1.8M power cord. Universal Adapter 100-240 VAC, 50-60Hz input providing 15W DC output to the docking station.
  • Attributes required: One USB port and at least one RDX disk cartridge such as #1106, #1107 or #EU01.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1104)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS - Not Supported

(#1106) - USB 160 GB Removable Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

Provides a RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in a #1103 or #1104 docking station. 160 GB is uncompressed. With typical 2X compression, capacity would be 320 GB. Compression/decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature 1106 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.

  • Attributes provided: 160 GB RDX rugged disk/cartridge
  • Attributes required: One #1103 or #1104
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1106)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • See RDX Docking Station
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1107) - USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive

Provides a RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in a #1103 or #1104 docking station. 500 GB is uncompressed. With typical 2X compression, capacity would be 1000 GB. Compression/decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature 1107 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.

  • Attributes provided: 500 GB RDX rugged disk/cartridge
  • Attributes required: One #1103 or #1104
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1107)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • See RDX Docking Station
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1111) - 3m, Blue Cat5e Cable

This 3m Cat5e cable is used with ports/transceivers that have RJ-45 connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 3m Cat5e Ethernet Cable
  • Attributes required: RJ45 ports/transceivers.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1111)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1112) - 10m, Blue Cat5e Cable

This 10m Cat5e cable is used with ports/transceivers that have RJ-45 connectors..

  • Attributes provided: 10m Cat5e Ethernet Cable
  • Attributes required: RJ45 ports/transceivers.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1112)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1113) - 25m, Blue Cat5e Cable

This 25m Cat5e cable is used with ports/transceivers that have RJ-45 connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 25m Cat5e Ethernet Cable
  • Attributes required: RJ45 ports/transceivers.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1113)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1140) - Custom Service Specify, Rochester Minn, USA

Having #1140 on the order, will cause the order to be routed to Rochester and the machine to be internally routed to the CSC build area in building 114 (Rochester).

  • Attributes provided: Customization
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1140)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1311) - System Unique Identifier

After 255 scratch installs, the system ID counter wraps and a new system ID must be created. Feature #1311 can be ordered as an MES to regenerate a customer's system ID.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1311)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1406) - 200V 16A 4.3m (14-Ft) TL Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1406)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1413) - 125V 4.3m (14-Ft) Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of April 15, 2005)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1413)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1414) - 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Locking Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1414)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1415) - 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Watertight Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1415)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1416) - 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Locking Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of January 15, 2003)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1416)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1417) - 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Watertight Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of January 15, 2003)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1417)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1418) - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord S. Africa

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1418)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1419) - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord Israel

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1419)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1420) - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU/Asia

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1420)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1421) - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord CH/DK

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1421)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1424) - 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Locking Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002).

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1424)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1425) - 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Watertight Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002).

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1425)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1426) - 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Locking Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of January 15, 2005)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1426)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1427) - 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Watertight Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of January 15, 2005)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1427)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1439) - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord EU/Asia

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1439)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1440) - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Denmark

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1440)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1441) - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord S. Africa

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1441)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1442) - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Swiss

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1442)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1443) - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord UK

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1443)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1445) - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Israel

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1445)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1449) - 4.3m 200V/32A Power Cord EU 1-PH

(No Longer Available as of January 15, 2005)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1449)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1450) - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU 2-PH

(No Longer Available as of October 15, 2004)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1450)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1451) - 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Line Cord

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1451)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1452) - 200V (14-Ft) 4.3m Line Cord

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1452)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1453) - 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Locking Line Cord

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1453)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1454) - 200V 12A (14-Ft) 4.3m TL Line Cord

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1454)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1455) - 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Watertight Line Cord

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1455)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1456) - 200V (14-Ft) 4.3m Watertight Line Cord

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1456)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1457) - 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Upper Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1457)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1458) - 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Upper Locking Cord

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1458)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1459) - 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Upper Locking Cord

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1459)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1460) - 3m Copper RIO Cable

This feature provides a 3m RIO cable for use in connecting a tower/CEC unit with a RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with a RIO port.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1460)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1461) - 6m Copper RIO Cable

This feature provides a 6m RIO cable for use in connecting a tower/CEC unit with a RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with a RIO port.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1461)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1462) - 15m RIO Cable

This feature provides a 15m RIO cable for use in connecting a tower/CEC unit with an RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with an RIO port.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1462)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1466) - 30m SPCN Cable

This feature provides a 30m SPCN cable for use in daisy chain connecting a tower/CEC unit to a tower unit as part of the System Power Control Network.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1466)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1474) - 6m RIO to RIO-2 Cable

This feature provides a 6m RIO to RIO-2 Cable for use in connecting a tower/CEC unit with an RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with an RIO-2 port.

  • Attributes provided: One RIO to RIO-2 cable
  • Attributes required: One RIO port and one RIO-2 port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1474)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1475) - 10m RIO to RIO-2 Cable

This feature provides a 10m RIO to RIO-2 Cable for use in connecting a tower/CEC unit with an RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with an RIO-2 port.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1475)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1476) - 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1476)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1477) - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1477)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1485) - Remote I/O Cable, 15M

This 15-meter RIO-2 cable is available to connect the processor complex and the I/O drawers. It can also be utilized to connect I/O drawers mounted in separate racks.

  • Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1485)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1487) - 3m RIO to RIO-2 Cable

A 3m RIO to RIO-2 Cable to connect a tower/CEC unit with a RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with an RIO-2 port.

  • Attributes provided: One RIO to RIO-2 cable
  • Attributes required: One RIO port and one RIO-2 port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1487)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1700) - IPCS Keyboard/Mouse for NT

This feature provides a keyboard and mouse for use on the IXS which is required for running the Windows operating system. Note some IXS can support USB keyboards, the keyboard provided with this feature is a standard attached keyboard, not a USB attached keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard/Mouse for IXS-standard attach
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1700)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1738) - 856GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)

856GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in gen 2 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors.

The drive can be reformatted to 512 byte sectors and used by AIX/ Linux/VIOS

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 856GB of Disk Storage mounted in a Gen2 carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF SAS disk drive bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1738)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.
      • AIX - no supported
      • IBM i 7.1 or later
      • Linux - not supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1752) - 900GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

900GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in Gen-2 carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

The drive can be reformatted to 528 byte sectors and then used by IBM i/AIX/Linux/VIOS

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC SFF bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 900GB of Disk Storage mounted in a Gen2 carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF (SFF-2) SAS GEN2 drive bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1752)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - supported
      • IBM i - not supported
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 1, or later, with current maintenance updates available from SUSE to enable all planned functionality
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 4, or later, with current maintenance updates available from SUSE to enable all planned functionality
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.7 for POWER, or later

      Users should also update their systems with the latest Linux for Power service and productivity tools available at:

      http://www.ibm.com/support/customercare/sas/f/lopdiags/home.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.1.0, or later.

(#1775) - 177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

The 177GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 177 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm.

The drive is formatted to 528 byte sectors providing 177 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1775) and IBM i (#1787). #1775 and #1787 are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. The drive is supported in SFF SAS bays in the #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or system unit SAS bays. CCIN is 58B3.

Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)
  • Attributes required: One SFF-1 SAS bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1775)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 with Service Pack 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and Service Pack 6, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 10, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
      • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 Service Pack 3, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.6 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 for POWER, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02, or later.

(#1787) - 177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

The 177GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 177 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm.

The drive is formatted to 528 byte sectors providing 177 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1775) and IBM i (#1787). #1775 and #1787 are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. The drive is supported in SFF SAS bays in the #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or system unit SAS bays. CCIN is 58B3.

Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i)
  • Attributes required: One SFF-1 SAS bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1787)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - not supported
      • IBM i 6.1 with machine code 6.1.1, or later
      • IBM i 7.1 or later
      • SUSE - not supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux - not supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1790) - 600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

600GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in gen-1 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in most POWER7 system units or the #5802/5803 I/O drawers. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 600GB of disk storage mounted in a Gen-1 carrier.
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1790)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and SP 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 1, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 Service Pack 3, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.6 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 for POWER, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02 or later

(#1793) - 177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

The 177GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 177 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm.

The drive is formatted to 528 byte sectors providing 177 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1793) and IBM i (#1794). #1793 and #1794 are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. The drive is supported in SFF-2 or gen2 SAS bays such as provided in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer. CCIN is 58B4.

Limitation: can not be used in Gen1 Bays such as the #5802/5803 12X PCIe I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 177 GB of formatted drive storage mounted in a SFF Gen2 carrier
  • Attributes required: One Gen2 SFF SAS drive bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1793)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 216 (Initial order maximum: 216)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 with Service Pack 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and Service Pack 6, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 10, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
      • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 Service Pack 3, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.6 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 for POWER, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02, or later

(#1794) - 177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

The 177GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 177 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm.

The drive is formatted to 528 byte sectors providing 177 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1793) and IBM i (#1794). #1793 and #1794 are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. The drive is supported in SFF-2 or gen2 SAS bays such as provided in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer. CCIN is 58B4.

Limitation: can not be used in Gen1 Bays such as the #5802/5803 12X PCIe I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 177 GB of formatted drive storage mounted in a SFF Gen2 carrier
  • Attributes required: One Gen2 SFF SAS drive bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1794)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 216 (Initial order maximum: 216)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - not supported
      • IBM i 6.1 with machine code 6.1.1, or later
      • IBM i 7.1, or later
      • SUSE - not supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux - not supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02, or later

(#1817) - Quantity 150 of #1962

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1962 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1962
  • Attributes required: see feature #1962
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1817)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - not supported
      • IBM i 6.1 with i 6.1.1 machine code, or later
      • IBM i 7.1, or later
      • Linux - not supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1818) - Quantity 150 of #1964

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1964 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1964
  • Attributes required: see feature #1964
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1818)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and SP 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 1, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 1
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 5.5 for Power,
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02, or later

(#1824) - Quad-port 1 Gb HEA Daughter Card

Integrated I/O connectors for a CEC enclosure. Provides four 1 Gb Host Ethernet Adapter (HEA) copper RJ45 connections that can be virtualized into the system LPARs. All of the connectors are on the rear bulkhead of the CEC enclosure. One of the features #1824, #1825 and #1826 may be mixed in multi-enclosure systems.

  • Attributes provided: Four 1 Gb Host Ethernet Adapter (HEA) connections
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1824)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Not available in Haiti.

(#1825) - Dual-port 10 Gb HEA Daughter Card (Fiber)

Integrated I/O connectors for a CEC enclosure. Provides two 10 Gb Host Ethernet Adapter (HEA) fiber SFP+ connections that can be virtualized into the system LPARs. All of the connectors are on the rear bulkhead of the CEC enclosure. This product is not intended to be connected directly or indirectly by any means whatsover to interfaces of public telecommunications networks. One of the features #1824, #1825 and #1826 may be mixed in multi-enclosure systems.

  • Attributes provided: Two 10 Gb Host Ethernet Adapter (HEA) connections
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1825)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Not available in Haiti.

(#1826) - Dual-port 10 Gb HEA Daughter Card (Copper)

Integrated I/O connectors for a CEC enclosure. Provides two 10 Gb Host Ethernet Adapter (HEA) copper SFP+ connections that can be virtualized into the system LPARs. All of the connectors are on the rear bulkhead of the CEC enclosure. This product is not intended to be connected directly or indirectly by any means whatsover to interfaces of public telecommunications networks. One of the features #1824, #1825 and #1826 may be mixed in multi-enclosure systems.

  • Attributes provided: Two 10 Gb Host Ethernet Adapter (HEA) connections
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1826)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Not available in Haiti.

(#1827) - System port/UPS Conversion Cable

This cable has 9 pin D-shell receptacle connectors on both ends. Its purpose is to convert an integrated system (serial) port to a UPS attach port. This cable is 0.14m (5.5 inches) long.

  • Attributes provided: System (serial) port conversion for UPS attachment
  • Attributes required: Integrated CEC system (serial) port or #3930 cable
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1827)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1828) - 1.5 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable

This cable is a 12X channel to 4X channel converter. It supports attaching a 4X Infiniband switch to a 12X channel adapter. It is a 1.5 meter long copper cable. This cable has one 4X channel connector and one 12X channel connector.

  • Attributes provided: 12X channel to 4X channel conversion cable
  • Attributes required: 12X channel adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1828)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1829) - 0.6 Meter 12X Cable

When used with a 19-inch rack mount I/O drawer, this 0.6 Meter cable is used in a 12X channel external I/O Drawer attachment loop between two 12X channel I/O drawers in the same loop.

When used with a 24-inch rack mount I/O drawer, this 0.6 Meter cable is used as a jumper between the two halves of the I/O Drawer when both halves are included in the same 12X loop.

  • Attributes provided: 0.6 Meter 12X cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1829)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Substitute appropriate cable length SDR/DDR feature 1861, 1862, 1864, or 1865 after October 30, 2009)

(#1830) - 1.5 Meter 12X cable

This 1.5 Meter cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop.

Select the 12X cable length, from those offered that best meets your cabling needs. This cable can be attached to I/O Drawer adapters with or without repeaters.

  • Attributes provided: 1.5 Meter 12X cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1830)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Substitute appropriate cable length SDR/DDR feature 1861, 1862, 1864, or 1865 after October 30, 2009)

(#1834) - 8.0 Meter 12X Cable

This 8 Meter cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop.

Select the 12X cable length from those offered that best meets your cabling needs and the cable length restrictions for your application.

  • Attributes provided: 8.0 Meter 12X Cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1834)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Substitute appropriate cable length SDR/DDR feature 1861, 1862, 1864, or 1865 after October 30, 2009)

(#1840) - 3.0 Meter 12X Cable

This 3 Meter cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop.

Select the 12X cable length, from those offered that best meets your cabling needs.

  • Attributes provided: 3.0 Meter 12x Cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1840)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Substitute appropriate cable length SDR/DDR feature 1861, 1862, 1864, or 1865 after October 30, 2009)

(#1841) - 3 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable

This cable is a 12X channel to 4X channel converter. It supports attaching a 4X Infiniband switch to a 12X channel adapter. It is a 3 meter long copper cable. This cable has one 4X channel connector and one 12X channel connector.

  • Attributes provided: 12X channel to 4X channel conversion cable
  • Attributes required: 12X channel adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1841)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 9999)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1842) - 10 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable

This cable is a 12X channel to 4X channel converter. It supports attaching a 4X Infiniband switch to a 12X channel adapter. It is a 10 meter long copper cable. This cable has one 4X channel connector and one 12X channel connector.

  • Attributes provided: 12X channel to 4X channel conversion cable
  • Attributes required: 12X channel adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1842)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1843) - Op Panel Cable for Deskside System w/3.5" DASD

This feature provides a cable that connects the system's Operator Panel to the DASD backplane. Used on a Deskside system with 3.5" DASD.

  • Attributes provided: Cable connecting Op Panel to DASD Backplane
  • Attributes required: Feature number 3646, 3647, or 3648. Feature number 8341 or 8345.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1843)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1844) - Quantity 150 of #1956

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1956 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1956
  • Attributes required: see feature #1956
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1844)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - not supported
      • IBM i 6.1 with i 6.1.1 machine code, or later
      • IBM i 7.1, or later
      • Linux - not supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1854) - 10 Meter 12X to 4X Enhanced Channel Conversion Cable

This cable is an enhanced 12X channel to 4X channel converter. It supports attaching a 4X Infiniband switch to a 12X channel adapter. It is a 10 meter long copper cable. This cable has one 4X channel connector and one 12X channel connector.

  • Attributes provided: 12X channel to 4X channel conversion cable
  • Attributes required: 12X channel adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1854)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 9999)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1856) - Op Panel Cable for Deskside System w/2.5" DASD

This feature provides a cable that connects the system's operator panel to the DASD backplane. Used on a deskside system with 2.5" DASD.

  • Attributes provided: Cable connecting op panel to DASD backplane
  • Attributes required: Small Form Factor (2 1/2") disk drive. Feature number 8346.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1856)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1861) - 0.6 Meter 12X DDR Cable

When used with a 24-inch rack mount I/O drawer, this 0.6 Meter DDR cable is used as a jumper between the two halves of the I/O Drawer when both halves are included in the same 12X loop.

  • Attributes provided: 0.6 Meter 12X DDR cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1861)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 9999)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Use with #5796, Do not use for looping #5802

(#1862) - 1.5 Meter 12X DDR Cable

This 1.5 Meter DDR cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop.

  • Attributes provided: 1.5 Meter 12X DDR cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1862)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 9999)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1864) - 8.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable

This 8 Meter DDR cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop.

  • Attributes provided: 8 Meter 12X DDR Cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1864)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 9999)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1865) - 3.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable

This 3 Meter DDR cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop.

Select the 12X DDR cable length from those offered that best meets your cabling needs and the cable length restrictions for your application.

  • Attributes provided: 3 Meter 12X DDR Cable
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1865)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 9999)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1866) - Quantity 150 of #1917

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1917 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1917
  • Attributes required: see feature #1917
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1866)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and SP 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 1, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 1
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 5.5 for Power,
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS 2.2, or later

(#1868) - Quantity 150 of #1947

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1947 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1947
  • Attributes required: see feature #1947
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1868)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - not supported
      • IBM i 6.1 with Machine Code 6.1.1
      • IBM i 7.1 or later
      • SUSE Linux not - supported
      • Red Hat Linux not - supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1869) - Quantity 150 of #1925

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1925 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1925
  • Attributes required: see feature #1925
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1869)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and SP 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 1, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 Service Pack 3, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.6 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 for POWER, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02, or later

(#1877) - Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/3.5" DASD

This feature provides a cable that connects the system's Operator Panel to the DASD backplane. Used on a Rack-mount drawer with 3.5" DASD.

  • Attributes provided: Cable connecting Op Panel to DASD Backplane
  • Attributes required: Feature number 3646, 3647, or 3648. Feature number 8341 or 8345.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1877)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1878) - Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/2.5" DASD

This feature provides a cable that connects the system's operator panel to the DASD backplane. Used on a rack-mount drawer with 2.5" DASD.

  • Attributes provided: Cable connecting op panel to DASD backplane
  • Attributes required: SFF disk drive. DASD backplane with external SAS port.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1878)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1879) - 283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)

283 GB SFF 15k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-1 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as provided in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer or POWER7 system unit. Disk is formatted for 528 sectors as shipped from IBM Manufacturing. CCIN is 19A1.

Limitations: physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers prevent usage in SFF-2 bays such as used in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: 283GB of SFF (2.5-inch) SAS disk storage mounted in Gen-1 carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SFF-1 drive bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1879)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - not supported
      • IBM i 6.1 with machine code 6.1.1 or later
      • IBM i 7.1 or later.
      • Linux - not supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1880) - 300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

300 GB SFF 15k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-1 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as used in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer or POWER7 system unit. Disk is formatted for 512 sectors as shipped from IBM Manufacturing. CCIN is 19A1.

Limitations: physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers prevent usage in SFF-2 bays such as used in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: 300GB of SFF (2.5-inch) SAS disk storage mounted in Gen-1 carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SFF-1 drive bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1880)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1, with the 7100-01 Technology level or later
      • AIX Version 7.1, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1, with the 6100-07 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and SP 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 1, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • IBM i - not supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 6 for Power, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 5.5 for Power, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 8 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 44 with 8 in the CEC and 36 in 2 x #5802

(#1882) - 146.8GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive

146.8GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 146.8GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: SSF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
  • Cable included: None
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat.
  • Attributes provided: 146.8GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1882)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • 6 is the combined SFF SAS disk maximum in the CEC with #5618.
    • 8 is the combined SFF SAS disk maximum in the CEC with #5630.
    • Up to 18 SFF SAS disks per #5802

(#1883) - 73.4 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of April 29, 2011)

73.4 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: SFF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
  • Cable included: None
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector
  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1883)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • 6 is the combined SFF SAS disk maximum in the CEC with #5618.
    • 8 is the combined SFF SAS disk maximum in the CEC with #5630.
    • Up to 18 SFF SAS disks per #5802

(#1884) - 69.7 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of April 29, 2011)

69.7 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 69.7 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: SFF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
  • Cable included: None
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
  • Format: 528 Bytes/sector
  • Attributes provided: 69.7 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1884)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • 6 is the combined SFF SAS disk maximum in the CEC with #5618.
    • 8 is the combined SFF SAS disk maximum in the CEC with #5630.
    • Up to 18 SFF SAS disks per #5802

(#1885) 300GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

300GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. The disk supports the industry standard SAS interface. Systems that accept SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier accommodate this SAS disk.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: SSF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
  • Cable included: None
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat.
  • Attributes provided: 300GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1885)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • 6 is the combined SFF SAS disk maximum in the CEC with #5618.
    • 8 is the combined SFF SAS disk maximum in the CEC with #5630.
    • Up to 18 SFF SAS disks per #5802

(#1886) 146GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

146.8 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: SFF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
  • Cable included: None
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector
  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1886)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • 6 is the combined SFF SAS disk maximum in the CEC with #5618.
    • 8 is the combined SFF SAS disk maximum in the CEC with #5630.
    • Up to 18 SFF SAS disks per #5802

(#1887) - Quantity 150 of #1793

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1793 177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux) units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1793
  • Attributes required: see feature #1793
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1887)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and SP 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 1, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 1
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 5.5 for Power,
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02 or later

(#1888) 139GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)

139 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 139 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: SFF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
  • Cable included: None
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
  • Format: 528 Bytes/sector
  • Attributes provided: 139 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1888)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • 6 is the combined SFF SAS disk maximum in the CEC with #5618.
    • 8 is the combined SFF SAS disk maximum in the CEC with #5630.
    • Up to 18 SFF SAS disks per #5802

(#1890) - 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

The 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilization than spinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1890) and IBM i (#1909). Both are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used.

  • Connector - standard SAS dual port
  • 3Gb/sec SAS device (300 MB/sec)
  • 528 bytes sectors Power System
  • Attributes provided: 69.7 GB of formatted drive storage mounted in a SFF carrier
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS drive bay in the 8203-E4A or 8204-E8A CEC or available SFF SAS bay in 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk. SAS Disk and SSD on same backplane is not supported.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1890)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • 6 is the combined SFF SAS disk maximum in the CEC with #5618.
    • 8 is the combined SFF SAS disk maximum in the CEC with #5630.
    • Up to 18 SFF SAS disks per #5802

(#1905) - 4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 1.0 / 2.0 slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1905)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#1909) - 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

The 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilization than spinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1890) and IBM i (#1909). Both are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used.

  • Connector - standard SAS dual port
  • 3Gb/sec SAS device (300 MB/sec)
  • 528 bytes sectors Power System
  • Attributes provided: 69.7 GB of formatted drive storage mounted in a SFF carrier
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS drive bay in the 8203-E4A or 8204-E8A CEC or available SFF SAS bay in 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk. SAS Disk and SSD on same backplane is not supported.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1909)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • 6 is the combined SFF SAS disk maximum in the CEC with #5618.
    • 8 is the combined SFF SAS disk maximum in the CEC with #5630.
    • Up to 18 SFF SAS disks per #5802

(#1910) - 4 GB Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Between the adapter and an attaching device or switch, the distances supported are up to: 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 150 meters running at 4 Gbps data rate. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 2.0 slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1910)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

    Carefully consider the usage of this card. If placed in a PCI-X slot rated as SDR compatible and/or has the slot speed of 133 MHz, the AIX value of the max_xfer_size must be kept at the default setting of 0x100000 (1 megabyte) when both ports are in use. The architecture of the DMA buffer for these slots does not accommodate larger max_xfer_size settings.

(#1911) - 283GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)

283 GB SFF SAS disk in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 283 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

  • Attributes provided: 283 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1911)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • 6 is the combined SFF SAS disk maximum in the CEC with #5618.
    • 8 is the combined SFF SAS disk maximum in the CEC with #5630.
    • Up to 18 SFF SAS disks per #5802

(#1912) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#1912) is a 64-bit 3.3-volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.). Each SCSI bus can only support external attach SCSI devices.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To utilize the 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices; however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A 0.3-meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

Two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#1912) is a native boot adapter. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • The Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI nonRAID Adapter has ports that are capable at running at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s).
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of external SCSI devices only on Power7 Servers.
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot or PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1912)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#1916) - 571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)

571GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in Gen1 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in most POWER7 system units or the #5802/ 5803 I/O drawers. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors.

Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 571GB of Disk Storage mounted Gen-1 carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1916)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - not supported
      • IBM i 6.1 with Machine Code 6.1.1
      • IBM i 7.1, or later
      • SUSE Linux not - supported
      • Red Hat Linux not - supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1917) - 146GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

146GB SFF 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) mounted in Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 146GB of Disk Storage mounted in a Gen-2 carrier
  • Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1917)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and SP 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 1, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 Service Pack 3, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.6 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 for POWER, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02, or later

(#1925) - 300GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

300GB SFF 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux). Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 300GB SFF disk drive mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: One SFF Gen-2 bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1925)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and SP 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 1, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 Service Pack 3, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.6 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 for POWER, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02, or later

(#1927) - Quantity 150 of #1948

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1948 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1948
  • Attributes required: see feature #1948
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1927)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - not supported
      • IBM i 6.1 with machine code 6.1.1 or later
      • IBM i 7.1 or later.
      • Linux - not supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1929) - Quantity 150 of #1953

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1953 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1953
  • Attributes required: see feature #1953
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1929)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1, with the 7100-01 Technology level or later
      • AIX Version 7.1, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1, with the 6100-07 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and SP 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 1, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • IBM i - not supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 6 for Power, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 5.5 for Power, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1947) - 139GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)

139GB SFF 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i) Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors.

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 139GB SAS disk drive
  • Attributes required: One disk bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1947)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - not supported
      • IBM i 6.1 with Machine Code 6.1.1
      • IBM i 7.1, or later
      • SUSE Linux not - supported
      • Red Hat Linux not - supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1948) - 283GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)

283 GB SFF 15k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as provided in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 sectors as shipped from IBM Manufacturing. CCIN is 19B1.

Limitations: physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers prevent usage in SFF-1 bays such as used in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: 283GB of SFF (2.5-inch) SAS disk storage mounted in Gen-2 carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SFF-2 drive bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1948)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - not supported
      • IBM i 6.1 with machine code 6.1.1 or later
      • IBM i 7.1 or later.
      • Linux - not supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5887

(#1953) - 300GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

300 GB SFF 15k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as used in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 sectors as shipped from IBM Manufacturing. CCIN is 19B1.

Limitations: physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers prevent usage in SFF-1 bays such as used in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer

  • Attributes provided: 300GB of SFF (2.5-inch) SAS disk storage mounted in Gen-2 carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SFF-2 drive bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1953)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1, with the 7100-01 Technology level or later
      • AIX Version 7.1, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1, with the 6100-07 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and SP 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 1, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • IBM i - not supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 6 for Power, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 5.5 for Power, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5887

(#1954) - 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base -TX PCI-X adapter is a full height PCI-X 1.0a Ethernet adapter which supports four Gigabit ports on a single adapter, delivers increased bandwidth for slot-constrained servers, and is designed to provide high connectivity and reliability using two integrated, dual-port Gigabit Ethernet controllers.

  • Four RJ-45 ports
  • 3.3 volts, 64-bit 133 MHz with 64-bit Bus Mastering on the PCI-X bus
  • IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T compliant
  • IEEE 802.3u 100Base-T compliant
  • IEEE 802.3 10Base-T compliant
  • 802.1q VLAN tagging
  • Interrupt Moderation
  • TCP Segmentation offload and encapsulation in hardware
  • Checksum offloading of IP, TCP, and UDP frame
  • Increased connectivity while significantly reducing CPU utilization
  • Two LED adapter status indicators per port for link activity and speed
  • NIM is supported on all 4 ports
  • RoHS compliant

Limit Full bandwidth performance may not be achieved with more than one adapter per PCI Host Bridge (PHB) or more than one CPU.

  • Attributes provided: Four 10/100/1000 RJ-45 ports
  • Attributes required: One available PCI-X card slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1954)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#1956) - 283GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)

283GB SFF 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors.

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or CEC due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 283GB SAS disk drive
  • Attributes required: one drive bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1956)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - not supported
      • IBM i 6.1 with Machine Code 6.1.1
      • IBM i 7.1, or later
      • SUSE Linux not - supported
      • Red Hat Linux not - supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1958) - Quantity 150 of #1794

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1794 177GB SSF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i) units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1794
  • Attributes required: see feature #1794
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1958)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - not supported
      • IBM i 6.1 with machine code 6.1.1, or later
      • IBMi 7.1, or later
      • SUSE - not supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux - not supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1962) - 571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)

571GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in gen 1 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors.

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 571GB of Disk Storage mounted in a Gen2 carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF SAS disk drive bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1962)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - not supported
      • IBM i 6.1 with machine code 6.1.1
      • IBM i 7.1, or later
      • SUSE Linux not - supported
      • Red Hat Linux not - supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1964) - 600GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

600GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in Gen-2 carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC SFF bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 600GB of Disk Storage mounted in a Gen2 carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF (SFF-2) SAS GEN2 drive bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1964)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and SP 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 1, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • IBM i - not supported (see VIOS)
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 Service Pack 3, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.6 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 for POWER, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02, or later

(#1968) - 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1968)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1969) - 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.94 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1969)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1970) - 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1970)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: System maximum of 672 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#1971) - 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1971)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5786

(#1972) - 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1972)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5786

(#1973) - 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.9 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 88 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1973)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1977) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber onnector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1977)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#1978) - IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides a 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable which conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Note: The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#1978) incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1978)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#1979) - IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI-X bus and connects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1979)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#1980) - POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support

The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for RS/6000 workstations and pSeries servers. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. Its predecessor, Feature Number 2848, supported only analog monitors.

  • Hardware Description
    • 128-bit graphics processor
    • 8-bit CLUT or 24-bit true color
    • 16 MB SDRAM
    • 32-bit PCI interface
    • Universal PCI (5.0v or 3.3v)
    • 1 hardware color map
  • Features Supported
    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
    • Rectangular clipping
    • 2 analog monitor outputs at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
    • 1 analog monitor output at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
    • 1 digital monitor output at up to 1600 x 1200 resolution
    • 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)
  • APIs Supported
    • X-Windows and Motif
    • UMS 2.3.0 (no hardware scaling)
  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1980)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 8 in #5796

(#1981) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter

Provides 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections. Supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000MHz km minimum model bandwith at 850 nm. Adapter connector type is LC.

  • Attributes provided: Provides highend bandwith for networking
  • Attributes required: Supported on PCI-X slots only
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1981)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1982) - IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter

Offers 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections over a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector type for connecting into net-work infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1982)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1983) - IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCI or PCI-X bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#1983) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#1979) is the preferred solution.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1983)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#1984) - IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5707) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) is the preferred solution.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connections to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1984)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1986) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1986)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#1987) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses Small form factor LC type fiber optic connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1987)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#1995) - 177GB SSD Module with eMLC (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

The Solid State Drive (SSD) Module is a compact storage device about the size of a fat credit card which is placed in a socket of the #2053, #2054 or #2055 PCIe RAID & SAS Adapater. It is shipped from IBM with RAID formatting to provide 177 GB capacity for AIX/IBM i/Linux. Reformatted as JBOD under AIX/Linux provides 200 GB capacity but drops the extra protection RAID formatting provides.

Feature #1995 and #1996 are physically identical with CCIN = 58B2, but two features are used to allow IBM configurator tools to understand usage by either AIX/Linux or IBM i. #1995 indicates AIX/ Linux usage.

The #1995/1996 uses Enterprise Multi-Level Cell (eMLC) technology, to provide extremely reliable, cost effective, dense SSD storage. The 1.8" SSD module contains a NAND flash controller that provides a 3Gbit/sec SATA interface. Parallel access to 16 flash sites allows overlapped, multi-block access to complete data transfer requests rapidly. An embedded super capacitor ensures data integrity during power fail scenarios.

  • Attributes provided: 177GB (RAID) or 200GB(JBOD) formatted SSD Module
  • Attributes required: Available socket on the following controllers #2053, #2054 or #2055 PCIe RAID & SAS Adapter. Limit is 1, 2, 3 or 4 on each controller.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1995)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 48)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i not supported use #1996
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Requires available socket on a #2053, #2054 or #2055.
    • Max 4 per PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter
    • Minimum of 1, 2 or 4 is required
    • Supports VIOS attachment version 2.2 or later

(#1996) - 177GB SSD Module with eMLC (IBM i)

The Solid State Drive (SSD) Module is a compact storage device about the size of a fat credit card which is placed in a socket of the #2053, #2054 or #2055 PCIe RAID & SAS Adapater. It is shipped from IBM with RAID formatting to provide 177 GB capacity for AIX/IBM i/Linux. Reformatted as JBOD under AIX/Linux provides 200 GB capacity but drops the extra protection RAID formatting provides.

Feature #1995 and #1996 are physically identical with CCIN = 58B2, but two features are used to allow IBM configurator tools to understand usage by either AIX/Linux or IBM i. #1995 indicates AIX/ Linux usage.

The #1995/1996 uses Enterprise Multi-Level Cell (eMLC) technology, to provide extremely reliable, cost effective, dense SSD storage. The 1.8" SSD module contains a NAND flash controller that provides a 3Gbit/sec SATA interface. Parallel access to 16 flash sites allows overlapped, multi-block access to complete data transfer requests rapidly. An embedded super capacitor ensures data integrity during power fail scenarios.

  • Attributes provided: 177GB formatted SSD Module
  • Attributes required: Available socket on the following controllers #2053, #2054 or #2055 PCIe RAID & SAS Adapter. Limit is 1, 2, 3 or 4 on each controller.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#1996)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 48)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 7.1. supported
      • IBM i 6.1.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Requires available socket on a #2053, #2054 or #2055.
    • Max 4 per PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter
    • Minimum of 1, 2 or 4 is required
    • Supports VIOS attachment version 2.2 or later

(#2053) - PCIe LP RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb

PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3GB is a double-wide, short, PCIE-8x, Solid State Drive (SSD) module controller. Each adapter has four slots and each slot can hold a SSD feature modules. Two feature SDD modules are available. #1995 for AIX/Linux and #1996 for IBM i Initial orders require a minimum of 1 SSD feature module and can be increased to 2 or 4 modules. 3 SSD modules on one adapter is not supported. SSD modules must be either all #1995 or all #1996. There are no external ports and no cables of any type attach/connect to PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter.

The PCIe adapter provides RAID 0, 5 or 6 is for AIX and Linux for SSD modules on the PCIe adapter. It provides RAID 5 or 6 for IBM i. Mirroring is supported on all OS types. If RAID 0 is used, the modules must be mirrored. The PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter does not provide write cache.

SSD modules can not be added/removed/replaced until the PCIe adapter is removed from the PCIe slot.

Though the electronics are identical and there is one CCIN (57CD), there are three feature codes for the adapter: #2053 Low Profile non-cassette for use in CECs with low profile slots, #2054 non-cassette with tail stock for a full regular height PCIe slot, and #2055 with Blind Swap Cassette for use in #5802 or #5877 PCIe I/ O drawers. There are also #4367 and #4377 which are packages shipping five PCIe adapters and twenty SSD modules.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb with 4 SSD slots
  • Attributes required: Two adjacent PCIe slots, each #2053 requires 1, 2 or 4 SSD #1995 or #1996
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2053)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
      • IBM i 6.1.1 or later
      • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Only supported in the Rack-mount configuration VIOS attachment requires, version 2.2 or later

(#2054) - PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb

PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3GB is a double-wide, short, PCIE-8x, Solid State Drive (SSD) module controller. Each adapter has four slots and each slot can hold a SSD feature modules. Two feature SDD modules are available. #1995 for AIX/Linux and #1996 for IBM i Initial orders require a minimum of 1 SSD feature module and can be increased to 2 or 4 modules. 3 SSD modules on one adapter is not supported. SSD modules must be either all #1995 or all #1996. There are no external ports and no cables of any type attach/connect to PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter.

The PCIe adapter provides RAID 0, 5 or 6 is for AIX and Linux for SSD modules on the PCIe adapter. It provides RAID 5 or 6 for IBM i. Mirroring is supported on all OS types. If RAID 0 is used, the modules must be mirrored. The PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter does not provide write cache.

SSD modules can not be added/removed/replaced until the PCIe adapter is removed from the PCIe slot.

Though the electronics are identical and there is one CCIN (57CD), there are three feature codes for the adapter: #2053 Low Profile non-cassette for use in CECs with low profile slots, #2054 non-cassette with tail stock for a full regular height PCIe slot, and #2055 with Blind Swap Cassette for use in #5802 or #5877 PCIe I/ O drawers. There are also #4367 and #4377 which are packages shipping five PCIe adapters and twenty SSD modules.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb with 4 SSD slots
  • Attributes required: Two adjacent PCIe slots, each #2053 requires 1, 2 or 4 SSD #1995 or #1996
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2054)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
      • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Assignment of adapter to the VIOS requires VIOS 2.2 or later.

(#2055) - PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb w/ Blind Swap Cassette

PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3GB is a double-wide, short, PCIE-8x, Solid State Drive (SSD) module controller. Each adapter has four slots and each slot can hold a SSD feature modules. Two feature SDD modules are available. #1995 for AIX/Linux and #1996 for IBM i Initial orders require a minimum of 1 SSD feature module and can be increased to 2 or 4 modules. 3 SSD modules on one adapter is not supported. SSD modules must be either all #1995 or all #1996. There are no external ports and no cables of any type attach/connect to PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter.

The PCIe adapter provides RAID 0, 5 or 6 is for AIX and Linux for SSD modules on the PCIe adapter. It provides RAID 5 or 6 for IBM i. Mirroring is supported on all OS types. If RAID 0 is used, the modules must be mirrored. The PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter does not provide write cache.

SSD modules can not be added/removed/replaced until the PCIe adapter is removed from the PCIe slot.

Though the electronics are identical and there is one CCIN (57CD), there are three feature codes for the adapter: #2053 Low Profile non-cassette for use in CECs with low profile slots, #2054 non-cassette with tail stock for a full regular height PCIe slot, and #2055 with Blind Swap Cassette for use in #5802 or #5877 PCIe I/ O drawers. There are also #4367 and #4377 which are packages shipping five PCIe adapters and twenty SSD modules.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb with 4 SSD slots
  • Attributes required: Two adjacent PCIe slots, each #2053 requires 1, 2 or 4 SSD #1995 or #1996
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2055)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS attachment requires, version 2.2 or later Not supported in the CEC

(#2114) - PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of multiple hosts to the PCI SCSI-2 differential adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 external SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2114)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2118) - Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M

0.3M 16-bit SCSI cable used to convert from a Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector to a 68-pin P style connector. Cable has male Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector on one end and a female 68 pin P style connector on the other. Length = 0.3 meters.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of supported external sub-system to integrated SCSI port or SCSI adapter with VHDCI Mini-68 pin connector.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2118)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2124) - Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 1 Meter

Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 1 Meter for I/O drawer attachment.

  • Attributes provided: Interface to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2124)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 91 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2125) - Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 3 Meter

Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 3 Meter for I/O Drawer attachment.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeter Card
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2125)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 91 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2126) - Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 5 Meter

Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 5 meter for attachment to I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2126)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 91 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2127) - Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 10 Meter

Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 10 meters for attachment to I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2127)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 91 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2128) - Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 20 Meter

Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 20 meters for attachment to I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2128)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 91 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2138) - 0.55 Meter Ultra 320 SCSI Cable

Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 0.55 Meter for I/O Drawer attachment.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2138)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 91 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2145) - Primary OS - IBM i

Indicates clients intend to use the IBM i operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the IBM i operating system on the primary system partition.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2145)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2146) - Primary OS - AIX

Indicates clients intend to use the AIX operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the AIX operating system on the primary system partition.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2146)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2147) - Primary OS - Linux

Indicates clients intend to use the Linux operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the Linux operating system on the primary system partition.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2147)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2319) - Factory Deconfiguration of 1-core

Factory deconfiguration of 1 processor core to assist with optimization of software licensing. Only available on systems with either 4-, 6-, or 8-core configurations. The maximum number of this feature that can be ordered is one less than the number of cores on the system, e.g. 3 for a 4-core system, 5 for a 6-core system, and 7 for an 8-core system.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2319)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: This feature is MES-orderable only during a model upgrade from the 8203-E4A to the 8202-E4B.

(#2424) - 0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable

This cable provides a 16-bit connection between any two differential or single ended SCSI devices having 68-pin connectors. It can be used to attach an external SCSI device to a SCSI adapter card in an RS/6000 system.

  • Attributes provided: 0.6 meter SCSI cable with 68-pin connectors at each end
  • Attributes required: 68-pin SCSI Interface
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2424)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2425) - 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable

This cable provides a 16-bit connection between any two differential or single ended SCSI devices having 68-pin connectors. It can be used to attach an external SCSI device to a SCSI adapter card in an RS/6000 system.

  • Attributes provided: 2.5 meter SCSI cable with 68-pin connectors at each end
  • Attributes required: 68-pin SCSI Interface
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2425)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2456) - 2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

The 50 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Cable with (1X) LC type plug and (1X) SC type receptacle
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2456)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 9999)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2459) - 2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

The 62.5 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Cable with (1X) LC type plug and (1X) SC type receptacle
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2459)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 9999)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2728) - 4 port USB PCIe Adapter

The PCI-Express 4 port USB adapter provides support for USB devices. In applications that require the use of an USB extension cable, use one FC 4256 per port.

  • Attributes provided: Connectivity with USB 1.0 - 2.0 capable devices
  • Attributes required: One available PCI-Express slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2728)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 -- 4 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877

(#2738) - 2-Port USB PCI Adapter

The 2 Port USB PCI Adapter is a USB 2.0 capable adapter that provides for the connection of one USB keyboard and mouse.

Limitation: Limited to USB 1.1 support with AIX

  • Attributes provided: USB Keyboard/Mouse Attachment
  • Attributes required: One available PCI slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2738)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#2749) - PCI Ultra Mag Media Controller

#2749 provides Ultra SCSI attachment capability for an external tape device or an external optical device.

  • For 8202-E4B: (#2749)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2757) - PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller

This feature is a PCI-X SCSI controller with a maximum compressed write cache of 757MB. The #2757 provides RAID-5 protection for internal disks and also supports internal tape units, internal CD/ DVD-ROM and internal DVD-RAM units.

The #2757 has four LVD SCSI buses that support up to 20 internal disk units.

Hardware data compression is not supported.

In addition to providing RAID-5 protection for disks, the #2757 is also a high-performance controller for disks protected by system mirroring or disks with no data protection.

A minimum of three disk units of the same capacity are needed for a valid RAID-5 configuration. A maximum of six arrays are allowed per controller, with a maximum of 18 disk units allowed per array. All disk units in an array must be of the same capacity.

Parity is spread across either two, four, eight, or sixteen disk units in an array. If an array of three disk units is started, parity is spread across two disk units. If an array of four to seven disk units is started, parity is spread across four disk units. If an array of eight to fifteen disk units is started, parity is spread across eight disk units. If an array of sixteen to eighteen disk units is started, parity is spread across sixteen disk units.

The number of arrays and size of each array can be influenced by specifying an optimization of either balance, performance, or capacity in Operations Navigator when starting arrays. An optimization of balance is the default when starting arrays from the green screens. If disk units are included into an existing array, parity may be spread across less than the preferred number of disk units. In this case the RAID function must be stopped and started to redistribute the parity.

The #2757 can also control up to two internal removable media devices (tape, CD-ROM, DVD-ROM/RAM).

  • Attributes provided: Controller for up to 20 disk units and two internal removable media devices
  • Attributes required: One 3V PCI slot. This feature is only orderable as part of a feature conversion to #5581.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2757)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2780) - PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller

The #2780 is an Ultra4 (Ultra320) SCSI controller with a maximum compressed write cache of 757MB and a maximum compressed read cache size of 1GB, that provides RAID-5 protection for internal disks and also supports internal tape units, CD-ROM and DVD units. The #2780 has four Ultra4(Ultra320) SCSI buses.

In addition to providing RAID-5 protection for disks, #2780 is also designed to work as a high performance controller for disks protected by system mirroring or disks with no protection.

This controller also uses a Cache Battery Pack with can be replaced concurrent with system operation.

The #2780 controller supports a maximum of 20 disk units.

A minimum of three disk units of the same capacity are needed for a valid RAID-5 configuration. A maximum of six arrays are allowed per controller, with a maximum of 18 disk units allowed per array. All disk units in an array must be of the same capacity.

Parity is spread across either two, four, eight, or 16 disk units in an array. If an array of three disk units is started, parity is spread across two disk units. If an array of four to seven disk units is started, parity is spread across four disk units. If an array of 8-15 disk units is started, parity is spread across eight disk units. If an array of 16-18 disk units is started, parity is spread across 16 disk units.

The number of arrays and size of each array can be influenced by specifying an optimization of either "Balance", "Performance", or "Capacity" in Operations Navigator when starting arrays. An optimization of "Balance" will be used by default when starting arrays from the green screens. If disk units are included into an existing array, the number of parity drives does not increase, so parity may be spread across less than the preferred number of disk units. In this case the RAID function must be stopped and then started in order to redistribute the parity.

Note that this controller does not support DASD compression.

  • Attributes provided: SCSI Raid Controller
  • Attributes required: One 3V long PCI slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2780)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2787) - PCI-X Fibre Chan Disk Controller

Provides Fibre Channel attachment for external disk devices. #2787 supports point-to-point and arbitrated loop topologies and has an LC type cable connector. Each #2787 is shipped with a wrap connector (P/N 05N6767). This feature supports 64bit, 133MHz PCI-X bus speeds. #0626 is a Linux direct attach version of this adapter.

One of the following adapter kits is required when connecting SC type cables to the #2787:

  • #2456 -- LC-SC Adapter Kit (50um) can be ordered, both on initial, model upgrades, and simple MES orders. This optional kit is used to attach SC-type 50 micron fiber cables to a #2787. This kit contains a 2m LC-ST cable and ST-SC adapter for 50 micron fibre cables.
  • #2459 - LC-SC Adapter Kit (62.5um) can be ordered, both on initial, model upgrades, and simple MES orders. This optional kit is used to attach SC-type 62.5 micron fiber cables to a #2787. This kit contains a 2m LC-ST cable and ST-SC adapter for 62.5 micron fibre cables.

An optics cleaning kit and instruction sheet is shipped with the #2787. The customer must supply all Fibre Channel cables for this controller.

  • Attributes provided: Fiber attachment of external DASD
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2787)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2844) - PCI IOP

#2844 is a PCI I/O processor that drives PCI IOA adapters in RIO-2 attached PCI or PCI-X I/O expansion towers/units.

A #2844 can drive a maximum of four IOAs, subject to configuration restrictions.

  • Attributes provided: Support for up to four PCI adapters
  • Attributes required: One 3V PCI slot (either short or long)
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2844)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2847) - PCI IOP for SAN Load Source

Provides the specialized function required to attach IBM i operating system load source via a fibre channel adapter and boot from that load source. With IBM i 6.1, #2847 PCI IOP for SAN Load Source supports multipath for the i5/OS load source disk unit, along with supporting multipath for all other logical units (LUNs) attached to this IOP. A minimum of two IOPs are required for enabling redundancy. See the Redbook, "iSeries and TotalStorage: A Guide to Implementing external disk on IBM eServer i5 -SG24-7120", for more information.

  • Attributes provided: Load source support via fiber channel.
  • Attributes required: #0531 V5R3M5 Machine Code or later
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2847)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2849) - POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support

The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for Power servers. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. Its predecessor, Feature Number 2848, supported only analog monitors.

  • Hardware Description
    • 128-bit graphics processor
    • 8-bit CLUT or 24-bit true color
    • 16 MB SDRAM
    • 32-bit PCI interface
    • Universal PCI (5.0v or 3.3v)
    • 1 hardware color map
  • Features Supported
    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
    • Rectangular clipping
    • 2 analog monitor outputs at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
    • 1 analog monitor output at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
    • 1 digital monitor output at up to 1600 x 1200 resolution
    • 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)
  • APIs Supported
    • X-Windows and Motif
    • UMS 2.3.0 (no hardware scaling)
  • Software Requirements
    • The total number of Graphics Adapters in any one partition may not exceed four.
  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2849)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 8 in #5796

(#2861) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable

  • Attributes provided: 4-port EIA-232 cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2861)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2863) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable

  • Attributes provided: 4-port X.21 cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2863)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2864) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable

  • Attributes provided: 4-port X.35 (DTE) cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2864)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2877) - IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable

This cable provides the capability to interconnect adapters that provide H.100 bus connectors. This 4-position cable should be used when four or less adapters with H.100 connectors will be interconnected. When more than 4 and less than or equal to 8 adapters will be connected, the H.100 Bus 8-Drop Cable (#4353) should be used.

  • Attributes provided: H.100 bus connection between adapters
  • Attributes required: Two to Four H.100 adapters
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2877)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2893) - PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem

(No Longer Available as of July 11, 2014)

The #2893 is a 2-line/port WAN w/modem PCIe adapter. This feature is the non-CIM (Complex Impedance Matching) version offered in all countries except Australia and New Zealand.

Port 0 is the modem port and supports V.92 56K Async PPP, V.92 data modem, V.44 data compression, V.34 FAX modem and FAX functions, such as ECM and 2D/1D conversion.

Port 0 does not provide Sync modem capabilities (SDLC and Sync PPP). Port 1 is the RVX port and supports multiple communications protocols, including synchronous operations.

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 0(modem port):

  • #1010 Modem Cable - Austria
  • #1011 Modem Cable - Belgium
  • #1012 Modem Cable - Africa
  • #1013 Modem Cable - Israel (supported only, not orderable)
  • #1014 Modem Cable - Italy
  • #1015 Modem Cable - France
  • #1016 Modem Cable - Germany
  • #1017 Modem Cable - UK
  • #1018 Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden
  • #1020 Modem Cable - HK/NZ
  • #1021 Modem Cable - Fin/Nor
  • #1022 Modem Cable - Netherlands
  • #1023 Modem Cable - Swiss
  • #1024 Modem Cable - Denmark
  • #1025 Modem Cable - US/Canada

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 1(RVX port):

  • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0353 - V.35 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0359 - X.21 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0367 - Operations Console PCI Cable (ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter) Multiple #0367 cables can be ordered but only one per #2893) to serve as consoles for secondary partitions when Logical Partitioning is utilized. ECS is supported from both the modem port, and the RVX port.

The following cable is required to support ECS from the RVX port:

  • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable

The #2893 does not support the remote ring indicate function.

  • Attributes provided: One PCIe slot
  • Attributes required: Modem
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2893)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 -- 4 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877

(#2934) - 3M Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232

The Asynchronous Printer/Terminal Cable is used for attaching printers, plotters, and terminals that support the EIA-232 standard to any asynchronous adapter. This cable is the equivalent of the combination of FC 2936 (modem cable) and FC 2937 (printer/terminal interposer) and replaces this method of printer/terminal attachment.

This cable is 3m (9.8 feet) long, uses DB25 connectors and is supported on all RS/6000 systems using any asynchronous ports.

  • Attributes provided: EIA232 device attachment capability
  • Attributes required: Any Asynchronous port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2934)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 9999)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2936) - Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 3M

Used to attach a modem to the standard I/O ports with the 10-pin to 25-pin converter cable (#3925), 8-port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Cable Assembly. The cable is 3 meters (9.8 feet) in length.

  • Attributes provided: Modem attachment to async or serial port
  • Attributes required: Async or serial port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2936)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 9999)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2943) - 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus

For connection of up to 8 asynchronous EIA-232 or RS-422 devices. All eight ports are software programmable to support either EIA-232E or RS-422A protocols, at up to 230K baud.

  • Attributes provided: 8 Async ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2943)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#2947) - IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter

The IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Selectable PCI Adapter (#2947) is a one-slot, standard length, 32-bit PCI card. The adapter provides 4-Ports of: EIA-232, EIA530, RS-449, X.21, or V.35. Each port will support speeds of up 2.0M bps. Software support is provided by ARTIC960 Support for AIX Developer's Kit.

  • Attributes provided: One to four WAN connections at up to 2.0Mbps
  • Attributes required: One full length 32-bit PCI slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2947)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#2951) - Cable, V.24 / EIA-232

V.24 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • Attributes provided: V.24 Cable
  • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2951)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2952) - Cable, V.35

V.35 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • Attributes provided: V.35 Cable
  • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2952)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2953) - Cable, V.36 / EIA-499

V.36/EIA-499 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • Attributes provided: V.36 Cable
  • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2953)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2954) - Cable, X.21

X.21 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • Attributes provided: X.21 Cable
  • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2954)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2962) - 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter

This adapter provides high-speed connections between stand-alone system units on a WAN. To access WAN lines, the 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter connects via external communications equipment including Channel Service Units (CSU), Data Service Units (DSU), or through synchronous modems.

This adapter together with IBM AIXlink/X.25 provides a two-port connection to X.25 packet switched networks. IBM AIXlink/X.25 is a separately orderable LPP (5696-926).

2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter with an appropriate cable is compatible with:

  • X.21 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, X.21 (#2954)
    • CCITT X.21 Signalling
    • CCITT V.11 Electrical
    • CCITT X.27 Electrical
    • EIA-422-A Electrical
    • ISO 4903 Connector for DCE side of an X.21 VHSI Modem Cable
  • V.24 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.24/EIA-232 (#2951)
    • CCITT V.24 Signalling
    • CCITT V.28 Electrical
    • CCITT X.21bis Electrical and Signalling
    • EIA-232-C Electrical and Signalling
    • ISO 2110 Connector for DCE side of an V.24 VHSI Modem Cable
  • V.35 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.35 (#2952)
    • CCITT V.35 Some signals for signalling
    • CCITT V.28 Some signals for electrical and signalling
    • ISO 2593 Connector for DCE side of an V.35 VHSI Modem Cable
  • V.36 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.36/EIA-449 (#2953)
    • CCITT V.10 Electrical
    • CCITT V.11 Electrical
  • Attributes provided: Two high speed WAN connections
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#2962)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#3124) - Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer- 3.7M

This 3.7 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted within the same rack. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3124)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3125) - Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack- 8M

This 8 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted in separate racks. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3125)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3146) - RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 1.2M

This 1.2-meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable connects two RIO-2 based I/ O planars within an I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: 1.2M RIO-2 Cable
  • Attributes required: I/O Drawer and two RIO-2 I/O planars
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3146)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3147) - RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 3.5M

This 3 1/2 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2)cable is available to connect the processor complex and the I/O drawers. It can also be utilized to connect I/O drawers mounted in separate racks.

  • Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3147)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3148) - RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 10M

This 10 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable is available to connect the processor complex and the I/O drawers. It can also be utilized to connect I/O drawers mounted in separate racks.

  • Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3148)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3156) - RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 1.75M

This 1.75 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable is utilized to connect RIO-2 based I/O planars and I/O drawers to the system CEC.

  • Attributes provided: 1.75M RIO-2 Cable
  • Attributes required: I/O Drawer and two RIO-2 connectors on the system CEC.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3156)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3168) - RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cbl, 2.5M

This 2.5 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable is utilized to connect RIO-2 based I/O planars and I/O drawers to the system CEC.

  • Attributes provided: 2.5M RIO-2 Cable
  • Attributes required: I/O Drawer and two RIO-2 connectors on the system CEC.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3168)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3273) - 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3273)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3274) - 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3274)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3275) - 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.94 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3275)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3277) - 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3277)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3278) - 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3278)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5786

(#3279) - 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate:107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3279)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5786

(#3287) - 1m (3.3-ft) IB/E'Net 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP

This 1 meter (3.3 foot) copper cable provides a high bandwidth connection up to 40 Gb/s (Quad Data Rate). Both ends of the cable have a QFSP connector. The cable connectors can be described as QSFP+/QSFP+ as well as QSFP/QSFP. Usage examples include a) connecting a PCIe2 InfiniBand QDR Adapter to a QDR IB switch or b) connecting two 1455-64C IBM/BNT Rack Switch G8264 together using QSFP+ ports.

  • Attributes provided: 1 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand/Ethernet Copper Cable, QSFP/QSFP
  • Attributes required: QDR InfiniBand/Ethernet QSFP port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3287)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Maximum (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3288) - 3m (9.8-ft.) IB/E'Net 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP

This 3 meter (9.8 foot) copper cable provides a high bandwidth connection up to 40 Gb/s (Quad Data Rate). Both ends of the cable have a QFSP connector. The cable connectors can be described as QSFP+/QSFP+ as well as QSFP/QSFP. Usage examples include a) connecting a PCIe2 InfiniBand QDR Adapter to a QDR IB switch or b) connecting two 1455-64C IBM/BNT Rack Switch G8264 together using QSFP+ ports.

  • Attributes provided: 3 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand/Ethernet Copper Cable, QSFP/QSFP
  • Attributes required: QDR InfiniBand/Ethernet QSFP port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3288)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Maximum (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3289) - 5m QDR IB/E'Net Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP

This 5 meter Quad Data Rate (40Gb/s) InfinBand copper cable is used to connect the QDR Host Channel Adapter to QDR InfiniBand Switches.

  • Attributes provided: 5 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Copper Cable, QSFP/QSFP
  • Attributes required: QDR InfiniBand port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3289)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Maximum (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3290) - 10 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP

This 10 meter Quad Data Rate (40Gb/s) InfinBand optical cable is used to connect the QDR Host Channel Adapter to QDR InfiniBand Switches. It can also be used for QDR InfiniBand switch-to-switch applications.

  • Attributes provided: 10 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP
  • Attributes required: QDR InfiniBand port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3290)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Maximum (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3293) - 30 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP

This 30 meter Quad Data Rate (40Gb/s) InfinBand optical cable is used to connect the QDR Host Channel Adapter to QDR InfiniBand Switches. It can also be used for QDR InfiniBand switch-to-switch applications.

  • Attributes provided: 30 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP
  • Attributes required: QDR InfiniBand port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3293)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Maximum (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3450) - SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 1.5 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3450)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3451) - SAS YO Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 6 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3451)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3452) - SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 6 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3452)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3453) - SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 10 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3453)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3454) - SAS X Cable 3m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure

This 3 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3454)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3455) - SAS X Cable 6m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure

This 6 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3455)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3456) - SAS X Cable 10m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure

This 10 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3456)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3457) - SAS YO Cable 15m - HD 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 15 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter or #ESA1/ESA2 PCIe2 RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 3Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3457)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3458) - SAS X Cable 15m - HD 3Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure

This 15 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter or #ESA1/ESA2 PCIe2 RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 3Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3458)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3578) - 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.9 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 88 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3578)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3585) 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

The 300 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate:107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage
  • Attributes required: one disk drive bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3585)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in CEC.
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5786

(#3586) - 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

The 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilization than spinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#3586) and IBM i (#3587). Both are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used.

  • Connector - standard SAS dual port
  • 3Gb/sec SAS device (300 MB/sec)
  • 528 bytes sectors Power System
  • Attributes provided: 69.7GB of formatted drive storage mounted in a 3.5-inch carrier
  • Attributes required: One 3.5-inch SAS drive bay slot in the #5886 EXP 12S SAS Disk Drawer or 8234-EMA/9117-MMA CEC
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3586)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Not supported in CEC.
    • System maximum of 192 in 24 x #5886
    • Maximum of 8 SSDs per #5886

(#3587) - 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

The 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilization than spinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#3586) and IBM i (#3587). Both are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used.

  • Connector - standard SAS dual port
  • 3Gb/sec SAS device (300 MB/sec)
  • 528 bytes sectors Power System
  • Attributes provided: 69.7GB of formatted drive storage mounted in a 3.5-inch carrier
  • Attributes required: One 3.5-inch SAS drive bay slot in the #5886 EXP 12S SAS Disk Drawer or 8234-EMA/9117-MMA CEC
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3587) For feature number 3587:
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Not supported in CEC.
    • System maximum of 96 in 12 x #5886
    • Maximum of 8 SSDs per #5886

(#3632) - Widescreen LCD Monitor

The Widescreen LCD Monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Black color
  • Minimum 533mm (21 inch) diagonal LCD digital screen
  • Maximum native resolution of 1680 x 1050 (widescreen format 1.6:1)
  • Can display traditional resolutions (1024x768 and 1280x1024) without stretching
  • Tilt, swivel, and height stand adjustments
  • Industry standard analog input (15-pin D) and a DVI to VGA converter
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3632)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3636) - L200P Flat Panel Monitor

The L200p flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 20.1-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 510 mm (20.1 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.255 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 pels at 75Hz in analog mode and 1600 x 1200 pels at 60Hz in digital mode.
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3636)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3637) - IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor

Both the T541H and L150p monitors have the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color
  • 15-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 pels at 75Hz in analog mode and 1024 x 768 pels at 60Hz in digital mode.
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Supports 2D Graphics Adapters only
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: 2D Graphics Adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3637)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3639) - IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor

The IBM ThinkVision L170p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.)
  • Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.)
  • Viewing angle: Vertical 170 degrees; horizontal 170 degrees
  • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3639)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3640) - ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor

The ThinkVision L171p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.280mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.)
  • Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.)
  • Viewing angle: Vertical 170 degrees; horizontal 170 degrees
  • Contrast ratio: 800:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
  • RoHS compliant
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3640)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3641) - IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor

The IBM T115 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 15.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 (XGA)
  • Tilt adjustable stand
  • Analog connection
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 144 mm (6.67 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 361 mm (14.2 inches
  • Width: 362 mm (14.2 inches)
  • Weight: 2.9 kg (6.4 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 400:1 (typical)
  • Brightness: 250cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 130 degrees/100 degree
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3641)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3642) - ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor

The ThinkVision L191p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 19.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 483 mm (19.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.294mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 408.0 mm (16.1 in.)
  • Weight: 7.1 kg (15.7 lbs.)
  • Contrast ratio: 1000:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3642)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3643) - IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor

The IBM T120 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 20.1-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 511 mm (20.1 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.255 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 (UXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 416.6 mm (16.5 inches)
  • Width: 445.6 mm (17.5 inches)
  • Weight: 7.5 kg (16.5 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 700:1 (typical)
  • Brightness:300cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles(H/V): 178 degrees/178 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3643)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3644) - IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor

The IBM T119 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 19.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 483 mm (19.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.294 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 443.6 mm (17.5 inches)
  • Width: 418 mm (16.5 inches)
  • Weight: 7.4 kg (16.3 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 550:1 (typical)
  • Brightness:250cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/135 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3644)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3645) - IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor

The IBM T117 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 395.5 mm (15.6 inches)
  • Width: 375.4 mm (14.8 inches)
  • Weight: 5.8 kg (12.8 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical)
  • Brightness: 300cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/130 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3645)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3646) - 73GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

73.4GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 73.4GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS interface.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat.
  • Attributes provided: 73.4GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: one disk drive bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3646)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC.
    • System maximum of 336 with 28 x #5886.

(#3647) 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

146.8GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 146.8GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS SCSI interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS SCSI interface.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat.
  • Attributes provided: 146.8GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: one SAS Drive Slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3647)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC.
    • System maximum of 336 with 28 x #5886.

(#3648) 300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

300GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 300GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS SCSI interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS SCSI interface.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat.
  • Attributes provided: 300GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: one SAS Drive Slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3648)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC.
    • System maximum of 336 with 28 x #5886.

(#3649) 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

Attached SAS DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 450GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS interface.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with re-format.
  • Attributes provided: 450GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SAS disk drive bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3649)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC.
    • System maximum of 336 with 28 x #5886.

(#3652) - SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M

SAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adapter. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 1 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3652)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3653) - SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M

SAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adapter. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 3 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3653)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3654) - SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M

SAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adapter. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 6 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3654)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3655) - SAS HH Cable

This cable will connect an internal media device with a 4x standard SAS connector to a system unit embedded controller. The cable has a standard 4x SAS connector on one end and a 1x SAS and 4-pin power connector (arranged 2x2) on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Internal 114mm long SAS cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3655)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3656) - SAS SFF Cable

This cable will connect an internal media device with a 4x standard SAS connector to a system unit embedded controller. The cable has a standard 4x SAS connector on one end and a 1x SAS and 4-pin power connector (arranged 2x2) on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Internal 267 mm long SAS cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3656)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3657) - Right Angle SAS Tape Drive Cable

This cable will connect an internal media device with a 4x standard SAS connector to a system unit embedded controller. The cable has a right angle 4x SAS connector on one end and a 1x SAS and 4-pin power connector (arranged 2x2) on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Internal 267 mm long SAS cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3657)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3658) 428GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

Attached SAS DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 428GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS interface.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
  • Format: 528 Bytes/sector default, 512 B

Note: This drive is not supported as a load source drive for POWER5/POWER5+ systems.

  • Attributes provided: 428GB SAS disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SAS disk drive bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3658)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC.
    • System maximum of 336 with 28 x #5886.

(#3661) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 3M:

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 2.5 meters long.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3661)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3662) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 6M:

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 6 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 5.5 meters long.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3662)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3663) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 15M:

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 15 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 14.5 meters long.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3663)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3670) - SAS Cable, Storage Backplane (Split) to Rear Bulkhead

This SAS cable connects the Storage Backplane with External SAS Port to the rear bulkhead of the system providing connection via cable #3679 to a slot adapter SAS controller. This feature gives the user the ability to split the backplane, allocating a SAS controller for each half of the internal disks.

  • Attributes provided: Cable
  • Attributes required: Storage Backplane with External SAS Port, SAS Cable (AI) - 1M (#3679), and one of the following SAS controllers: #5900, #5901, or #5912.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3670)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3674) - SAS Cable, Storage Backplane to Rear Bulkhead

This SAS cable connects the Storage Backplane with External SAS Port to the rear bulkhead of the system and allows for connection of external SAS EXP 12S (#5886) to the system.

  • Attributes provided: Cable
  • Attributes required: Storage backplane with external SAS port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3674)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3676) - 69.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive

Provides a 15,000 RPM, 3.5-inch disk unit with 69.7GB capacity and a Serially Attached SCSI (SAS) interface. #3676 is mounted in a carrier and Hot Swap is supported.

  • Attributes provided: 69.7GB Disk Unit
  • Attributes required: Disk Unit Slot and a SAS Disk Unit Controller
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3676)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC.
    • System maximum of 336 with 28 x #5886.

(#3677) 139.5GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

Provides a 15,000 RPM, 3.5-inch disk unit with 139.5GB capacity and a Serially Attached SCSI (SAS) interface. #3677 is mounted in a carrier and hot swap is supported.

  • Attributes provided: 139.5GB Disk Unit in a carrier
  • Attributes required: one SAS drive slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3677)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC.
    • System maximum of 336 with 28 x #5886.

(#3678) 283.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

Provides a 15,000 RPM, 3.5-inch disk unit with 283.7GB capacity and a Serially Attached SCSI (SAS) interface. #3678 is mounted in a carrier and hot swap is supported.

  • Attributes provided: 283.7GB Disk Unit in a carrier
  • Attributes required: one SAS drive slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3678)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC.
    • System maximum of 336 with 28 x #5886.

(#3679) - SAS Cable (AI)- Adapter to Internal drive 1M

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This SAS cable (AI) connects a SAS Adapter to a bulkhead port for accessing internal SAS disks. It is 1 meter long. This cable has two Mini SAS 4x plug connectors, and is wired in 4x mode. Both ends are keyed for attachment to an end device.

  • Attributes provided: SAS 4x Cable
  • Attributes required: Feature to create the internal disk port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3679)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3681) - 3M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)

The dedicated 2:6 cable connects between the dedicated top port on #5904, #5906 or #5908 for a SAS RAID Dual controller configuration providing (higher performance) path for all the dual controller communication including the mirroring of Write Cache and Parity update footprints between the adapters.

If the cable fails or is disconnected for some reason, then the "traditional" dual controller communication path via the SAS fabric (i.e. through the common disk expanders) is used for the adapter-to-adapter communication (mirror Write Cache, Parity Update footprints, etc...). This cable provides higher performance and redundancy. The cable is required for dual SAS RAID configuration. It is not required nor used for a single SAS RAID adapter (standalone) configuration.

  • Attributes provided: Higher performance path for all the dual controller communication including the mirroring of Write Cache and Parity update footprints between the adapters.
  • Attributes required: Two of any combination of the following SAS RAID adapters #5904, #5906 or 5908.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3681)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Requires one per paired SAS RAID controller in any combination of #5904, #5906 or #5908. These controllers can also function as a single SAS RAID controller without the cable. VIOS 2.2 or later.

(#3682) - 6M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)

The dedicated 2:6 cable connects between the dedicated top port on #5904, #5906 or #5908 for a SAS RAID Dual controller configuration providing (higher performance) path for all the dual controller communication including the mirroring of Write Cache and Parity update footprints between the adapters.

If the cable fails or is disconnected for some reason, then the "traditional" dual controller communication path via the SAS fabric (i.e. through the common disk expanders) is used for the adapter-to-adapter communication (mirror Write Cache, Parity Update footprints, etc...). This cable provides higher performance and redundancy. The cable is required for dual SAS RAID configuration. It is not required nor used for a single SAS RAID adapter (standalone) configuration.

  • Attributes provided: Higher performance path for all the dual controller communication including the mirroring of Write Cache and Parity update footprints between the adapters.
  • Attributes required: Two of any combination of the following SAS RAID adapters #5904, #5906 or 5908.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3682)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: NA
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Requires one per paired SAS RAID controller in any combination of #5904, #5906 or #5908. These controllers can also function as a single SAS RAID controller without the cable. VIOS 2.2 or later.

(#3684) SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 3M

This adapter-to-enclosure (AE) SAS cable most commonly connects a SAS controller to a media expansion drawer.

For AIX and Linux, this cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SAS disk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single path connections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBOD configuration, and, as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style) cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adapters must be in different host systems/partitions.

This cable has one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end, wired in 4x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is three meters long. Select the SAS (AE) cable length that best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SAS drawer being attached.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS controller and a media expansion drawer or for AIX and Linux connection between #5912 SAS controller and a SAS disk drawer in a dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration only
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3684)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3685) SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 6M

This adapter-to-enclosure (AE) SAS cable most commonly connects a SAS controller to a media expansion drawer.

For the AIX and Linux operating systems, this cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SAS disk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single path connections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBOD configuration, and, as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style) cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adapters must be in different host systems/partitions.

This cable has one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end, wired in 4x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is three meters long. Select the SAS (AE) cable length that best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SAS drawer being attached.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS controller and a media expansion drawer or for AIX and Linux connection between #5912 SAS controller and a SAS disk drawer in a dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration only
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3685)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3686) SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5M

(No Longer Available as of January 7, 2011)

This SAS cable (YI) connects a single remote SAS drawer to a host system that contains an integrated SAS controller connection. There are a limited number of Power System severs that can support this configuration. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the host end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow both wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 1.5 meters long, choose the SAS (YI) cable length that matches the distance between the host system and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between host system native SAS connector and a remote SAS drawer
  • Attributes required: Host system with native SAS connector
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3686)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3687) SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3M

This SAS cable (YI) connects a single remote SAS drawer to a host system that contains an integrated SAS controller connection. There are a limited number of Power System severs that can support this configuration. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the host end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow both wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (YI) cable length that matches the distance between the host system and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between host system native SAS connector and a remote SAS drawer
  • Attributes required: Host system with native SAS connector
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3687)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3688) - SAS Cable (AT) 0.6 Meter

This 0.6 Meter SAS Cable (AT) is used to drive the 12X I/O Drawer Small Form Factor disk using PCIe SAS adapters installed in the drawer. If SFF disk is installed in the 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk, then there must be at least one SAS AT cable assigned.

  • Attributes provided: 0.6 Meter SAS Cable (AT)
  • Attributes required: 12X I/O Drawer with a PCIe SAS adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3688)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3689) - SAS AT Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to 12X Enclosure (AT)

This 0.6 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter located in a PCIe I/O drawer to a SAS port on that same I/O drawer. This AT cable has two connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and one Mini SAS connector. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. The Mini SAS connectors attaches to the I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5802 or #5803 12X PCIe I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD SA connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer. Adapter must be in that same I/O drawer.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3689)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3691) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5 M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 1.5 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3691)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3692) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3 M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3692)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3693) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 6 M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 6 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3693)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3694) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 15 M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 15 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3694)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3704) - External xSeries Attach

#3704 is added to an order for each Direct Attached xSeries Server connected to the system. The marketing configurators use this code to determine the number of RIO and SPCN cables required and to insure that the number of External xSeries Servers does not exceed the system limit. Each External xSeries Server is cabled with a pair of RIO cables and attached to the SPCN string like all other HSL attached I/O towers.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3704)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3705) - PCI IOP

#3705 is a PCI I/O processor with 64MB of memory which drives PCI IOA adapters.

#3705 can drive a maximum of four IOAs, subject to configuration restrictions.

  • Attributes provided: support for up to 4 PCI IOAs
  • Attributes required: one PCI slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3705)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3706) - DVD-ROM

This DVD-ROM mounts in a removable media device slot. It can read 640MB CD-ROM and 4.7GB DVD-RAM media. #3706 can be used for Alternate IPL (IBM distributed CD-ROM media only) and program distribution.

  • Attributes provided: DVD-ROM
  • Attributes required: Removable media device slot in an I/O tower
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3706)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3707) - 30GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape

The #3707 is a 30GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape Unit that can be mounted in half-high, autodocking, removable media bays of expansion towers/units.

The #3707 may be used for save/restore, alternate IPL, program distribution, migration and 1/4-inch cartridge tape exchange.

A #3707 will read/write the following tape formats:

  • 30GB (up to 60GB with compression in SLR60 format) with IBM SLR60-30GB Data Cartridge (19P4209)
  • 25GB (up to 50GB with compression in MLR3 format) with IBM MLR3-25GB Data Cartridge (59H4128)
  • 16GB (up to 32GB with compression in QIC5010 format) with IBM MLR1-16GB Data Cartridge (59H4175)
  • 5GB (up to 10GB with compression in SLR100 format) with IBM SLR100-5GB Data Cartridge (35L0661)
  • 2GB (up to 4GB with compression in QIC5010 format) with IBM MLR1-2GB Data Cartridge (35L0589)

A #3707 is capable of read only support of the following tape formats:

  • 4GB (QIC4GB format) with SLR5-4GB Data Cartridge (59H3660)
  • 2.5GB (QIC2GB format) with IBM DC9250 Data Cartridge (16G8436)

The #3707 has the these technical specifications for the primary recording format:

  • Cartridge Capacity (Native) = 30.0GB (1500-ft tape)
  • Cartridge Capacity (Compression) = 60.0GB (1500-ft tape)
  • Data Rate (Native) = 4.0MB/s
  • Data Rate (Compression) = 8.0MB/s
  • Attributes provided: 30GB 1/4-inch tape device
  • Attributes required: half height, autodocking removable media bay and a disk controller in place to interface to this media bay.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3707)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3708) - 50GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape

Mounted in a removable media device slot of a system unit or an expansion tower, these tape units may be used for save/restore, alternate IPL, program distribution, migration and 1/4-inch cartridge tape exchange.

Will READ/WRITE:

  • 50GB (up to 100GB with compression in SLR100 format) with IBM SLR100-50GB Data Cartridge (35L0968)
  • 30GB (up to 60GB with compression in SLR60 format) with IBM SLR60-30GB Data Cartridge (19P4209)
  • 25GB (up to 50GB with compression in MLR3 format) with IBM MLR3-25GB Data Cartridge (59H4128)
  • 5GB (up to 10GB with compression in SLR100 format) with IBM SLR100-5GB Data Cartridge (35L0661)

Will READ:

  • 16GB (up to 32GB with compression in QIC5010 format) with IBM MLR1-16GB Data Cartridge (59H4175)
  • 4GB (QIC4GB format) with SLR5-4GB data Cartridge (59H3660)
  • 2GB (up to 4GB with compression in QIC5010 format) with IBM MLR1-2GB

Specifications for the primary recording format:

  • Cartridge Capacity (Native) = 50.0GB (1500-ft tape)
  • Cartridge Capacity (Compression) = 100.0GB (1500-ft tape)
  • Data Rate (Native) = 5.0MB/s
  • Data Rate (Compression) = 10.0MB/s
  • Attributes provided: 50GB 1/4-inch Cartridge Tape Device
  • Attributes required: Half-high removable media bay and a controller in place to interface to this media bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3708)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3742) - Hardcopy Publications

This feature ships publications hardcopy instead of the default softcopy.

  • For 8202-E4B: (#3742)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3925) - 0.3M Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin

This cable converts the 9-pin serial port on the system to a 25-pin serial port which allows the user to attach 25-pin serial devices to the system.

  • Attributes provided: 9-Pin to 25-Pin connectivity
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3925)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3926) - Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This 4-meter cable and transposer (2 parts) allows external async devices such as printers or terminals to be attached directly to the 9-pin serial port. This is equivalent to using #3925 in combination with #2934.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3926)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3927) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M

This 3.7 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3927)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3928) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M

This 10 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null Modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3928)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3930) - System Serial Port Converter Cable

This cable is used to connect the System port/UPS Conversion Cable (#1827) to the CEC serial port which is physically an RJ45 connection on the system unit.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of #1827 to CEC serial port
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#3930)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4242) 1.8 M (6-ft) Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)

This cable is required to connect displays with a 15-pin "D" shell connector to the appropriate accelerator connector when it is farther away than the attached monitor cable can reach. Rack mounted systems are likely candidates for this extender cable.

  • Attributes provided: 6-foot extension cable
  • Attributes required: Supported monitor and adapter with a 15-pin "D" shell connector.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4242)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4256) - Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 1.8M

This feature provides a 1.8M extension cable for use with USB keyboards.

  • Attributes provided: 1.8M Extension Cable
  • Attributes required: USB Keyboard
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4256)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4276) - VGA to DVI Connection Converter

This feature is a plug converter that will allow a Video device with a 15 pin D-shell VGA cable plug (such as a KVM switch) to connect to a graphics adapter with a 28 pin D-shell DVI receptacle connector. This device has both a 28 pin D-Shell DVI plug and a 15 pin D-shell VGA receptacle.

  • Attributes provided: VGA to DVI connection converter
  • Attributes required: VGA device and graphics adapter with DVI connector.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4276)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4287) - Memory Offering, 32GB (Multiples of 4 of 2x4GB DIMMs)

Each occurrence of this feature delivers 2 each 4GB Dimms for a total of 8GB of Memory (667 MHz, 1Gb DRAM). This is a special priced feature that can only be ordered in multiples of 4. The minimum result being 32 GB of memory in 8 (4GB) dimms. This feature must be ordered in quantities of 4. No other order quantities will be accepted.

Note: MES orders for feature number 4287 are available only for authorized IBM Business Partners certified for participation in the IBM Solution Delivery Integration (SDI) Program.

  • Attributes provided: Memory
  • Attributes required: DIMM slots
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4287)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4288) - Memory Offering, 64GB (Multiples of 4 or 2x8GB DIMMs)

Each occurrence of this feature delivers 2 each 8GB Dimms for a total of 16GB of Memory (400 MHz, 1Gb DRAM). This is a special priced feature that can only be ordered in multiples of 4. The minimum result being 64 GB of memory in 8 (8GB) dimms. This feature must be ordered in quantities of 4. No other order quantities will be accepted.

Note: MES orders for feature number 4288 are available only for authorized IBM Business Partners certified for participation in the IBM Solution Delivery Integration (SDI) Program.

  • Attributes provided: Memory
  • Attributes required: DIMM slots
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4288)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4319) - 35.16GB 10k rpm Disk Unit

#4319 is a 10k rpm disk unit with 35.16GB capacity and an Ultra2 SCSI interface.

  • Attributes provided: 35.16GB disk unit
  • Attributes required: Disk unit slot and a disk unit controller
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4319)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4326) - 35.16GB 15k rpm Disk Unit

#4326 is a 15k rpm disk unit with 35.16GB capacity and a SCSI interface.

  • Attributes provided: 35.16GB disk unit
  • Attributes required: Disk unit slot and a disk unit controller
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4326)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4327) - 70.56GB 15k rpm Disk Unit

#4327 is a 15k rpm disk unit with 70.56GB capacity and an Ultra320 SCSI interface.

  • Attributes provided: 70.56GB disk unit
  • Attributes required: Disk unit slot and a disk unit controller
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4327)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5786

(#4328) - 141.12GB 15k rpm Disk Unit

Provides a 15,000 rpm disk unit with 141.12GB capacity and a Ultra-4 (Ultra320) SCSI interface.

  • Attributes provided: 141.12GB disk unit
  • Attributes required: Disk unit slot and a disk unit controller
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4328)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5786

(#4329) - 282.25GB 15k rpm Disk Unit

Provides a 15,000 rpm disk unit with 282.25GB capacity and a Ultra-4 (Ultra320) SCSI interface.

  • Attributes provided: 282.25GB disk unit
  • Attributes required: Disk unit slot and a disk unit controller
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4329)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 336 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 336 in 14 x #5786

(#4367) - Package 5X #2055 & 20X #1995 (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature will deliver a packaged of five PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapters 3Gb w/ Blind Swap Cassette (equivalent to #2055) and twenty 177GB SSD Modules with eMLC (equivalent to #1995) for AIX and Linux.

Feature 4367 is used to order and remains in IBM AAS records. Features #2055 and #1995 are not used with this feature.

  • Attributes provided: 5 x #2055 and 20 x #1995
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4367)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4377) - Package 5X #2055 & 20X #1996 (IBM i)

(No Longer Available as of August 23, 2013)

This feature will deliver a packaged of five PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapters 3Gb w/ Blind Swap Cassette (equivalent to #2055) and twenty 177GB SSD Modules with eMLC (equivalent to #1996) for IBM i.

Feature 4367 is used to order and to remains in IBM AAS records. Features #2055 and #1996 are not used with this feature.

  • Attributes provided: 5 x #2055 and 20 x #1996
  • Attributes required: One internal USB port and at least one #1106 or #1107 or #EU01. Requires HH bay in system unit. Can not be installed concurrently with a tape drive in the HH bay.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4377)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code or later
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4430) - DVD-RAM

This DVD-RAM device reads and writes 4.7GB on single sided media. Double sided media, must be manually flipped. It can also read 640MB CD-ROM media.

Mounted in a removable media device slot, this feature may be used for alternate IPL, program distribution, and data interchange.

  • Attributes provided: DVD-RAM
  • Attributes required: Removable media slot in an external I/O tower
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4430)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4487) - 50GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape

Mounted in a removable media device slot of an expansion tower, these tape units may be used for save/restore, alternate IPL, program distribution, migration and 1/4-inch cartridge tape exchange.

Will READ/WRITE:

  • 50GB (up to 100GB with compression in SLR100 format) with IBM SLR100-50GB Data Cartridge (35L0968)
  • 30GB (up to 60GB with compression in SLR60 format) with IBM SLR60-30GB Data Cartridge (19P4209)
  • 25GB (up to 50GB with compression in MLR3 format) with IBM MLR3-25GB Data Cartridge (59H4128)
  • 5GB (up to 10GB with compression in SLR100 format) with
  • IBM SLR100-5GB Data Cartridge (35L0661)

Will READ:

  • 16GB (up to 32GB with compression in QIC5010 format)with IBM MLR1-16GB Data Cartridge (59H4175)
  • 4GB (QIC4GB format) with SLR5-4GB Data Cartridge (59H3660)
  • 2GB (up to 4GB with compression in QIC5010 format) with IBM MLR1-2GB

Specifications for the primary recording format:

  • Cartridge Capacity (Native) = 50.0GB (1500-ft tape)
  • Cartridge Capacity (Compression) = 100.0GB (1500-ft tape)
  • Data Rate (Native) = 5.0MB/s
  • Data Rate (Compression) = 10.0MB/s
  • Attributes provided: 50GB 1/4-inch cartridge tape
  • Attributes required: Removable media slot and disk controller thatcan drive internal removable media.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4487)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4520) - 1024MB (2x512MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM

Provides 1024MB of system memory with 2 512MB RDIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 1024MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4520)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4521) - 2048MB (2x1024MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM

Provides 2048MB of system memory with 2 1024MB RDIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 2048MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4521)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4522) - 4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM

Provides 4096MB of system memory with 2 2048MB RDIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 4096MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4522)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4523) - 8192MB (2x4096MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb Stacked DRAM

Provides 8192MB of system memory with 2 4096MB stacked RDIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 8192MB of system memory.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4523)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4524) - 16384MB (2x8192MB) RDIMMs, 400 MHz, 1Gb Stacked DRAM

Provides 16384MB of system memory with 2 8192MB RDIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 16384MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4524)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4526) - 8GB (2x4GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2014)

Provides 8GB of system memory with two 4GB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 8GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM slots
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4526)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4529) - 16GB (2x8GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2014)

Provides 16GB of system memory with two 8GB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: Provides 16GB of system memory with two 8GB DIMMs
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM slots
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4529)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4532) - 4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 1Gb DRAM

Provides 4096MB of system memory with 2 2048MB RDIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 4096MB of system memory
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4532)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4630) - DVD-RAM

This DVD-RAM device reads and writes 4.7GB on single sided media. Double sided media, must be manually flipped. It can also read 640MB CD-ROM media.

Mounted in a removable media device slot, this feature may be used for alternate IPL, program distribution, and data interchange.

  • Attributes provided: DVD-RAM
  • Attributes required: Removable media device slot in an I/Otower/unit
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4630)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4633) - DVD-RAM

#4633 is a DVD-RAM that uses cartridgeless media only (this is different from the 4630, which can use cartridge media, but the media can be removed from the cartridge to be used in this drive). Media support will be limited to writing DVD-RAM only and reading of CD-ROM, CD-R, DVD-ROM and DVD-RAM.

  • Attributes provided: Read/Write of DVD-RAM media, Read only ofCD-ROM, CD-R and DVD-ROM media
  • Attributes required: Removable media device slot in an I/O tower
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4633)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply
One and only one rack indicator features is required on all orders (#4650 to #4666).

(#4650) - Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

This indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device in this initial order should not be merged into a rack within IBM Manufacturing.

Note: This "no additional charge" feature will be placed on an initial order for a rack mountable device by the Configuration Tool when the order does not include a 19" Rack.

Note: A rack integration indicator is required on all 19" Rack mountable device initial orders. One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

  • Attributes provided: System will not be shipped in a rack.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4650)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4651) - Rack Indicator, Rack #1

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the first rack for a multi rack order, or the only rack for a single rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #1.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack Integration/ Rack Specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4651)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4652) - Rack Indicator, Rack #2

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the second rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #2 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack Integration/Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4652)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4653) - Rack Indicator, Rack #3

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the third rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #3 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4653)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4654) - Rack Indicator, Rack #4

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #4 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4654)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4655) - Rack Indicator, Rack #5

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #5 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4655)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4656) - Rack Indicator, Rack #6

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #6 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4656)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4657) - Rack Indicator, Rack #7

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the seventh rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #7 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4657)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4658) - Rack Indicator, Rack #8

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eighth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #8 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4658)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4659) - Rack Indicator, Rack #9

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the ninth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #9 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4659)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4660) - Rack Indicator, Rack #10

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the tenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #10 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4660)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4661) - Rack Indicator, Rack #11

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eleventh rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #11 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4661)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4662) - Rack Indicator, Rack #12

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the twelfth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #12 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4662)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4663) - Rack Indicator, Rack #13

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the thirteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #13 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4663)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4664) - Rack Indicator, Rack #14

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #14 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4664)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4665) - Rack Indicator, Rack #15

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #15 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4665)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4666) - Rack Indicator, Rack #16

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #16 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4666)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4746) - PCI Twinaxial Workstn IOA

The #4746 provides support for up to 40 twinaxial displays and printers. A 20-ft cable with an 8-port expansion (breakout) box is included with this adapter. Each expansion port supports seven attached devices, allowing for 56 total attached devices, of which only 40 can be active.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of twinaxial devices.
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot (3V or 5V)
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4746)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4764) - PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

Provides both cryptographic coprocessor and secure-key cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCI-X card. The coprocessor functions are targeted to banking and finance applications. Financial PIN processing and Europay, MasterCard, Visa (EMV) credit card functions are provided. EMV is a standard for integrated-chip based credit cards. The secure-key accelerator functions are targeted to improving the performance of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) transactions. The #4764 provides the security and performance required to support eBusiness and emerging digital signature applications. Host application access to the cryptographic services of the #4764 are via the Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA) application programming interfaces (APIs) or additionally via Public-Key Cryptographic Standards (PKCS#11) APIs. Only one API can be loaded on a single feature 4764 card.

The #4764 provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper resistant hardware security module (HSM), which is designed to meet FIPS 140 security requirements. FIPS 140 is a US Government National Instiute of Standards & Technology (NIST) administered standard and certification program for cryptographic modules.

Feature 4764 PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4) users will be able to down load firmware for AIX from the following URL replacing the firmware CD previously provided.

Notes: FC 4764 Firmware and support software are part of "AIX Expansion Pack and Web Download Pack"

Refer to the following URL for the latest firmware and software updates.

http://www-03.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/
  • Attributes provided:
    • Cryptographic Accelerator Function
    • EMV-Based Credit Card Function
    • CCA API Host Support, and PKCS#11 API.
  • Attributes required:
    • One PCI-X card slot per 4764 FC.

      Note: Only one API (CCA or PKCS11 but not both) can be loaded per 4764 Feature.

  • For 8202-E4B: (#4764)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

    Validate that software components which provide SSL are enabled to use hardware cryptographic devices through the PKCS#11 or CCA API's. If assistance is needed in determining if the device will meet your needs, contact crypto@us.ibm.com.

(#4793) - Power Active Memory Expansion Enablement

This feature enables memory expansion on the system. Using compression/decompression of memory content can effectively expand the maximum memory capacity providing additional server workload capacity and performance.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes Required: Available HMC
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4793)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • Only available with AIX 6.1 with the 6400-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4801) - PCI Crypto Coprocessor

#4801 provides a rich set of data encryption and authentication services for applications requiring high security. Cryptographic keys are stored in a tamper-resistant module on the coprocessor. This feature is ideally suited for banking and financial applications. With the tamper resistant-module the coprocessor can also be used to implement other advanced applications such as electronic postage metering.

Application services provided by the coprocessor include:

  • Data encryption using Tripe-DES (Data Encryption Standard)
  • Digital signature generation/verification using RSA public-key cryptography
  • Data integrity checking using MD5 and SHA-1 secure hash algorithms
  • Financial PIN support for automatic teller machine (ATM) networks
  • Basic Secure Electronic Transaction (SET) block operations
  • Secure storage of keys in a Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) 140-1 Level 3 tamper-resistant module

The PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor is compatible with IBM's Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA).

For more information, visit:

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/

Option 35 CCA Cryptographic Service Provider is required along with Cryptographic Access Provider 128-bit (5722-AC3) licensed program. Both Option 35 and the LPP are no-charge.

  • For 8202-E4B: (#4801)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4805) - PCI Crypto Accelerator

Feature #4805 provides improved performance for high-transaction-rate secure Web applications which use the secure sockets layer (SSL) or transport layer security (TLS) protocols. SSL/ TLS is the predominant method for securing Web transactions. Applications using SSL/TLS include those transferring payment information (e.g., credit card numbers) over the Internet, e.g., between a Web browser and a server in the case of B2C or between servers in the case of B2B. Establishing SSL/TLS secure Web connections requires very compute intensive cryptographic processing. Feature #4805 off-loads cryptographic processing associated with the establishment of a SSL/TLS session, thus freeing the server for other processing.

The Cryptographic Accelerator is targeted to high-transaction-rate secure Web applications using SSL/TLS. If your application requires a FIPS 140-1 certified, tamper-resistant module for storing cryptographic keys and/or requires financial PIN processing, then features #4801 or #4802, Cryptographic Coprocessors should be your choice.

Note: FIPS 140-1 is a US Government National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) administered standard and certification program for cryptographic modules.

http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iSeries/support

  • For 8202-E4B: (#4805)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4807) - PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001

Secure-key adapter provides both cryptographic coprocessor and cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCIe card. The adapter is well suited to applications requiring high-speed, security-sensitive, RSA acceleration, cryptographic operations for data encryption and digital signing, secure management, and use of cryptographic keys, or custom cryptographic applications. It provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module designed to meet FIPS 140-2 level 4 security requirements. The adapter is a PCIe 4x full height - short card.

#4807, #4808 and #4809 are all feature codes representing the same physical card with the same CCIN of 4765, but different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #4807 indicates no blind swap cassette. #4808 indicates a Gen 3 blind swap cassette. #4809 indicates a Gen 4 blind swap cassette.

Other IBM PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor adapter highlights

  • Integrated Dual processors that operate in parallel for higher reliability
  • Supports IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture or PKCS#11 standand
  • Ability to configure adapter as coprocessor or accelerator
  • Support for smart card applications using Europay, MasterCard and Visa
  • Cryptographic key generation and random number generation
  • PIN processing - generation, verification, translation
  • Encrypt/Dectrypt using AES and DES keys

Refer to the following URL for the latest firmware and software updates.

http://www-03.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/
  • Attributes provided: Cryptographic and Accelerator Function
  • Attributes required: One PCIe Cryptographic CoProcessor card slot per adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4807)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Linux not supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Max of 2 #4807 per CEC
    • The combined system maximum limit for #4807 and #4808 is 10.
    • #4808 system maximum is 8 when there are no #4807 in the CEC.
    • A Max of 4 #4808 per #5802 or #5877.
    • The PCIe Crypto Adapter #4807/08/09 can not be installed in the same AIX partition as the PCI-X Crypto Adapter #4764, but can be on the same server in a different partition.

(#4808) - PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC 4765-001

Secure-key adapter provides both cryptographic coprocessor and cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCIe card. The adapter is well suited to applications requiring high-speed, security-sensitive, RSA acceleration, cryptographic operations for data encryption and digital signing, secure management, and use of cryptographic keys, or custom cryptographic applications. It provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module designed to meet FIPS 140-2 level 4 security requirements. The adapter is a PCIe 4x full height - short card.

#4807, #4808 and #4809 are all feature codes representing the same physical card with the same CCIN of 4765, but different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #4807 indicates no blind swap cassette. #4808 indicates a Gen 3 blind swap cassette. #4809 indicates a Gen 4 blind swap cassette.

Other IBM PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor adapter highlights

  • Integrated Dual processors that operate in parallel for higher reliability
  • Supports IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture or PKCS#11 standand
  • Ability to configure adapter as coprocessor or accelerator
  • Support for smart card applications using Europay, MasterCard and Visa
  • Cryptographic key generation and random number generation
  • PIN processing - generation, verification, translation
  • Encrypt/Dectrypt using AES and DES keys

Refer to the following URL for the latest firmware and software updates.

http://www-03.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/
  • Attributes provided: Cryptographic Coprocessor and Accelerator Functions
  • Attributes required: One PCIe Cryptographic CoProcessor card slot per adapter
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4808)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Linux not supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • The combined system maximum limit for #4807 and #4808 is 10.
    • #4808 system maximum is 10 when there are no #4807 in the CEC.
    • A Max of 4 #4808 per #5802 or #5877.
    • The PCIe Crypto Adapter #4807/08/09 can not be installed in the same AIX partition as the PCI-X Crypto Adapter #4764, but can be on the same server in a different partition.

(#4812) - PCI Integ xSeries Server

#4812 is a double wide PCI card that contains a 2.0GHz processor with 2MB integrated L2 cache. It has two integrated 1000/100/10Mbps ethernet ports, two USB 1.1 ports and traditional PC keyboard and mouse ports. A keyboard and mouse can either connect to the traditional ports or connect to the USB ports. There is an SVGA video port for connection of a display.

#4812 has two memory slots. These slots must always contain a pair of identical memory features. Available memory features are:

  • #0446 - 512MB DDR Server Memory (MES only)
  • #0447 - 1GB DDR Server Memory (MES only)

The #4812 requires an IOP #2844 to drive it. The IOP may be shared, but only one #4812 is permitted per IOP.

When #4812 is ordered, the configurator will add two #0446 512MB Server Memory features to the order. The two #0446 features may be replaced with two #0447 Optional 1GB Server Memory features or the two server memory features may be removed from the order and two #0446 or two #0447 may be installed in the field. The configurator will also add to the order a #2844 PCI IOP to drive the #4812. The #2844 may be removed from the order for PCI slot conservation.

The two integrated 1000/100/10Mbps Ethernet LAN ports included on the #4812 provide attachment to IEEE standard 802.3ab high-speed (1Gbps) Ethernet LANs. They can also be used to connect to existing 10 and 100Mbps Ethernet networks. The adapter supports UTP CAT 5 or higher media interface and TCP/IP. The #4812 does not support any other LAN features and does not support native i5/OS functions.

The following features are defaulted (where offered) and may be removed from the order:

  • #0325 IPCS Extension Cable for Windows (for display, mouse and and keyboard)
  • #1700 IPCS Keyboard and Mouse for Windows

Supported Windows versions:

  • Windows 2000 Server
  • Windows 2000 Advanced Server
  • Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition
  • Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition
  • Windows Server 2003 Web Edition

For versions of Windows 2000, a display is required and must be connected to the #4812. For versions of Windows 2003, a display is not required but may be connected to the #4812 to support Windows. If no display is connected, the Virtual System Console is used.

For Linux server products supported on #4812, see:

www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/integratedxseries/linux

  • Attributes provided: Windows server functions
  • Attributes required: IOP and two 3.3V PCI card slots
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4812)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4813) - PCI Integ xSeries Server

#4813 is a double-wide PCI card that contains a 2.0GHz processor with 2MB integrated L2 cache. It has two integrated 1000/100/10Mbps Ethernet ports, two USB 1.1 ports and traditional PC keyboard and mouse ports. A keyboard and mouse can connect to either the traditional ports or the USB ports. There is an SVGA video port for connection of a display.

The #4813 is a #4812 encased in a double wide blind swap cassette.

#4813 has two memory slots. These slots must always contain a pair of identical memory features. Available memory features are:

  • #0446 - 512MB DDR Server Memory (MES only)
  • #0447 - 1GB DDR Server Memory (MES only)

The #4813 requires an IOP #2844 to drive it. The IOP may be shared, but only one #4813 is permitted per IOP.

When #4813 is ordered, the configurator will add two #9726 Base 512MB Server Memory features to the order. The two #9726 features may be replaced with two #8546 Optional Base 1GB Server Memory features or the two server memory features may be removed from the order and two #0446 or two #0447 may be installed in the field. The configurator will also add to the order a #2844 Base PCI IOP to drive the #4813. The #2844 may be removed from the order for PCI slot conservation.

The two integrated 1000/100/10Mbps Ethernet LAN ports included on the #4813 provide attachment to IEEE standard 802.3ab high-speed (1Gbps) Ethernet LANs. They can also be used to connect to existing 10 and 100Mbps Ethernet networks. The adapter supports UTP CAT 5 or higher media interface and TCP/IP. The #4813 does not support any other LAN features and does not support native i5/OS functions.

The following features are defaulted (where offered) and may be removed from the order:

  • #0325 IPCS Extension Cable for Windows (for display, mouse and and keyboard)
  • #1700 IPCS Keyboard and Mouse for Windows

Supported Windows versions:

  • Windows 2000 Server
  • Windows 2000 Advanced Server
  • Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition
  • Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition
  • Windows Server 2003 Web Edition

For versions of Windows 2000, a display is required and must be connected to the #4813. For versions of Windows 2003, a display is not required but may be connected to the #4813 to support Windows. If no display is connected, the Virtual System Console is used.

For Linux server products supported on #4813, visit:

http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/integratedxseries/linux

  • Attributes provided: Windows server functions
  • Attributes required: IOP and two 3.3V PCI card slots
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4813)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4971) - Power 720 Solution Edition for IBM i

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

This feature defines to the configurator a select minimum configuration for a Power 720 (8202-E4B) offering.

  • Attributes provided: Solution Edition for IBM i
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4971)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1.1, or later
      • IBM i 7.1, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4975) - Power 720 Solution Edition for IBM i

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

This feature defines to the configurator a select minimum configuration for a Power 720 (8202-E4B) offering.

  • Attributes provided: Solution Edition for IBM i
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#4975)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1.1, or later
      • IBM i 7.1, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5000) - Software Preload Required

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

Indicates that preloaded software and/or consolidated I/O is shipped with the initial order. A maximum of one (#5000) is supported. This feature has country-specific usage.

  • Attributes provided: Software Pre-load
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5000)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5001) - Custom Service Specify, Off-Site

For exclusive use by the Rochester Custom Solution Center. Marketing configurator support is not required/provided. Having #5001 on the order, will cause the order content to be internally routed to the CSC build area in building 114 (Rochester).

  • Attributes provided: Customization
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5001)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5002) - Customer Solution Center - Rochester Mfg

(No Longer Available as of February 21, 2012)

Indicates that machine is to be routed to the CSC. This feature has country-specific usage.

  • Attributes provided: CSC support
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5002)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5005) - Software Preinstall

Licensed programs may be preinstalled on the media selected. To order this option, specify code (#5005) on the initial system order. The preinstalled licensed programs will be at the same release level as programs being shipped from the Program Libraries at the time the system is manufactured.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5005)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5088) - PCI-X Expansion Unit

(No Longer Available as of June 1, 2006)

The #5088 is an eight-EIA-unit-high "top hat" with is installed on top of a #5094 expansion tower. Each #5088 has 14 PCI-X slots for PCI IOPs and IOAs. Disk units and removable media are not supported within a #5088.

Each #5088 has two redundant 575W power supplies and two internal power connectors that attach to the AC distribution box in the #5094. A #5094 may have one or two line cords, so the #5088 may or may not have dual line cord capability depending on the configuration of the #5094.

If a #5088 is ordered together with a #5094, the #5094 will ship with a #5088 installed on top. The #5088 may also be ordered for field install on an existing #5074/#5094. A #5088 may not be installed on a #5294 or #5079.

One or two RIO-2 cables must be ordered to attach the #5088 to the RIO-2 ports.

Select the appropriate cable based on the cable length required.

  • #3156 - 1.75m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3168 - 2.5m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3146 - 1m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3147 - 3.5m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3148 - 10m RIO-2 Cable
  • #1485 - 15m RIO-2 Cable

Each #5088 will require one of the following SPCN cables:

  • #1466 - 30m SPCN Cable-supported only
  • #6001 - 2m SPCN Cable -supported only
  • #6006 - 3m SPCN Cable
  • #6007 - 15m SPCN Cable
  • #6008 - 6m SPCN Cable
  • #6029 - 30m SPCN Cable
  • Attributes provided: 14 PCI-X slots
  • Attributes required: Two HSL connections
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5088)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5094) - PCI-X Expansion Tower

The #5094 is an I/O expansion tower that can contain up to 45 disk units, has 14 PCI slots and two removable media bays.

One bus adapter to provide the RIO-2 interface to the system is required with each #5094. Select one of the following:

  • #9517 - Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter, to specify two copper RIO-2 ports

One or two cables must be ordered to attach to the RIO-2 ports. Select the appropriate cable length required.

The following RIO cables can be used with a #5094:

  • #3156 1.75m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3168 2.5m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3146 1m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3147 4m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3148 10m RIO-2 Cable

One SPCN cable is required for each #5094. Select from the following:

  • #1466 30m SPCN Cable
  • #6001 2m SPCN Cable
  • #6006 3m SPCN Cable
  • #6007 15m SPCN Cable
  • #6008 6m SPCN Cable
  • #6029 30m SPCN Cable

Each #5094 can support 15 disk units without a #5108 installed. With #5108 installed, a #5094 can support up to 45 disk units, total.

Each #5094 comes with redundant, hot-swap, power supplies.

To enable further #5094 redundancy, dual line cord capability for the #5094 is provided by feature#5115. An additional #5094 line cord must be ordered when installing a #5115. Plugging in the second line cord, even if to the same outlet, enables the AC power modules to be redundant.

The following line cords are supported on a #5094:

  • #1399 - 4.3m 300V/16A
  • #1406 - 200V 16A 14-Ft TL Line Cord
  • #6455 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Italy
  • #1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
  • #1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd S Afric
  • #1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Israel
  • #1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
  • #1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd CH/DK
  • #1451 - 200V 6-Ft Line Cord
  • #1452 - 200V 14-Ft Line Cord
  • #1453 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord
  • #1454 - 200V 12A 14-Ft TL Line Cord (US default)
  • #1455 - 200V 6-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
  • #1456 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
  • #1476 - 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK

The 45 disk unit positions are in groups of 15, each group of 15 disk units is further divided into three groups of five disk units, each group of five disk units supported on a separate SCSI (LVD-SCSI) bus from a #2757/#2780/#5712 PCI Disk Unit Controller.

The #5094 removable media bays are supported by the same #2757/ #2780/#5712 PCI Disk Unit Controller which supports the 5 base disk unit positions (disk slot positions D31 thru D50).

  • Attributes provided: 14 PCI slots, up to 45 disk positions (15base, 0 featurable), two removable media bays
  • Attributes required: RIO-2 connection
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5094)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5095) - PCI-X Expansion Tower

The #5095 is a stand-alone (desk side) PCI-X Expansion Tower that provides expanded I/O capability for iSeries systems. The #5095 has seven PCI-X IOP/IOA slots and supports up to 12 disk units.

A #9844 Base PCI IOP is included with each #5095.

Note: With the availability of V5R4, #9844 is no longer included with #5095.

A bus adapter to provide the HSL interface to the system is required. Select one of the following:

  • #9517 - Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter, to specify two copper HSL-2 ports
  • #9876 - Base Optical Bus Adapter, to specify two optical HSL ports

    Note: If ordered for a 9408-M25 or 9409-M50 a #6699 (RIO-2 Bus Adapter) must be ordered instead of a #9517 or #9876.

One or two HSL cables must be ordered with each #5095.

When ordering cables to connect to the HSL interface, optical HSL, copper HSL, copper HSL-2, or copper HSL to HSL-2 cables are required. An HSL loop uses all optical or all copper ports/cables. A copper loop can intermix I/O towers/units with copper HSL and copper HSL-2 ports. Select the appropriate cable based on the type of HSL ports to which it is being attached, and the cable length required.

The following HSL cables can be used with a #5095:

  • Copper HSL to HSL-2 (HSL on one end and HSL-2 on the other end)
    • #1474 - 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
    • #1475 - 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
    • #1487 - 3m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
  • Copper HSL-2 (HSL-2 on both ends of the cable)
    • #1307 - 1.75m HSL-2 Cable
    • #1308 - 2.5m HSL-2 Cable
    • #1481 - 1.2m HSL-2 Cable
    • #1482 - 3.5m HSL-2 Cable
    • #1483 - 10m HSL-2 Cable
    • #1485 - 15m HSL-2 Cable
  • Optical HSL (optical HSL connections on both ends of the cable)
    • #1470 - 6m HSL Optical Cable
    • #1471 - 30m HSL Optical Cable
    • #1472 - 100m HSL Optical Cable
    • #1473 - 250m HSL Optical Cable

One SPCN cable is required with each #5095. Select one of the following:

  • #1463 - 2m SPCN Cable
  • #1464 - 6m SPCN Cable
  • #1465 - 15m SPCN Cable
  • #1466 - 30m SPCN Cable
  • #0369 - 100m Optical SPCN Cable
  • #1468 - 250m Optical SPCN Cable
  • #6001 - 2m SPCN Cable
  • #6006 - 3m SPCN Cable
  • #6007 - 15m SPCN Cable
  • #6008 - 6m SPCN Cable
  • #6029 - 30m SPCN Cable

The #5095 has redundant power when feature #5138 is installed. The #5138 provides a second 435W power supply. In addition, when a #5138 is installed, a second line cord must be ordered. The presence of the #5138 and the second line cord, enables dual line cord capability.

Select one of the following line cords, or select two if #5138 is ordered:

  • #1394 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Crd Brazil
  • #1395 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd China
  • #1397 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Crd Argent
  • #1398 - 4.3m 100V/10A Pwr Crd Brazil
  • #1410 - 200V 6-Ft Line Cord
  • #1411 - 200V 14-Ft Line Cord
  • #1412 - 125V 6-Ft Line Cord
  • #1413 - 125V 14-Ft Line Cord
  • #1414 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord
  • #1415 - 200V 6-Ft Watertight Line Cord
  • #1416 - 200V 14-Ft Locking Line Cord
  • #1417 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
  • #1422 - 3m IEC 320 C13/14 PDU Cord
  • #1438 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
  • #1439 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
  • #1440 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Denmark
  • #1441 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd S Africa
  • #1442 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Swiss
  • #1443 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd UK
  • #1444 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Italy
  • #1445 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Israel
  • #6458 - 14-Ft Int 250V/10A Pwr Cd
  • #6460 - 14-Ft 125V/15A Power Cord
  • #6469 - 14-Ft 250V/15A Power Cord
  • #6470 - 6-Ft 125V/15A Power Cord
  • #6471 - 9-Ft 125V/15A Power Cord
  • #6472 - 9-Ft 250V/16A Power Cord
  • #6473 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
  • #6474 - 9-Ft 250V/13A Power Cord
  • #6475 - 9-Ft 250V/16A Power Cord
  • #6476 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
  • #6477 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
  • #6478 - 9-Ft 250V/16A Power Cord
  • #6479 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
  • #6487 - 6-Ft 250V/15A Power Cord
  • #6488 - 9-Ft Dual Voltage Pwr Cd
  • #6493 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
  • #6494 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
  • #6495 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
  • #6496 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
  • #6497 - 6-Ft 250V/15A Power Cord
  • #6498 - 6-Ft 250V/15A Power Cord
  • #6651 - 9-Ft 127V/15A Power Cord
  • #6659 - 9-Ft 240V/15A Power Cord
  • #6660 - 14-Ft 127V/15A Power Cord
  • #6669 - 14-Ft 240V/15A Power Cord
  • #6670 - 6-Ft 125V/15A Power Cord
  • #6680 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
  • #6687 - 6-Ft 250V/15A Power Cord
  • Attributes provided: 7 PCI slots and 12 disk positions
  • Attributes required: RIO-2 interface
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5095)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5096) - PCI-X Exp Tower (no disk)

#5096 is an I/O expansion tower that has 14 PCI slots. It does not support disk units and does not support any internal removable media devices. A #5088 can not be mounted on a #5096.

One bus adapter to provide the RIO-2 interface to the system is required with each #5096.

One or two cables must be ordered to attach to the RIO-2 ports. Select the appropriate cable based on the cable length required.

The following RIO cables can be used with a #5096:

  • #3156 - 1.75m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3168 - 2.5m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3146 1m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3147 4m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3148 10m RIO-2 Cable

One of the following SPCN cables is required for each #5096:

  • #1466 30m SPCN Cable
  • #6001 2m SPCN Cable
  • #6006 3m SPCN Cable
  • #6007 15m SPCN Cable
  • #6008 6m SPCN Cable
  • #6029 30m SPCN Cable

No base IOP is included with the #5096. Each #5096 comes with redundant, hot-swap, power supplies. To enable further #5096 redundancy, dual line cord capability for the #5096 is provided by feature #5115. An additional #5096 line cord must be ordered when installing a #5115. Plugging in the second line cord, even if to the same outlet, enables the AC power modules to be redundant.

The following line cords are supported on a #5096:

  • #1399 - 4.3m 300V/16A
  • #1406 - 200V 16A 14-Ft TL Line Cord
  • #4655 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Italy
  • #1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
  • #1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd S Afric
  • #1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Israel
  • #1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
  • #1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd CH/DK
  • #1451 - 200V 6-Ft Line Cord
  • #1452 - 200V 14-Ft Line Cord
  • #1453 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord
  • #1454 - 200V 12A 14-Ft TL Line Cord (US default)
  • #1455 - 200V 6-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
  • #1456 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
  • #1476 - 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK
  • Attributes provided: 14 PCI slots
  • Attributes required: RIO-2 connection
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5096)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5108) - 30-Disk Expansion Feature

#5108 is a disk unit expansion enclosure feature for a single line cord #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower. #5108 includes two 15-disk-unit enclosures, one 765-watt power supply, back-planes, and cables. One PCI Disk Unit Controller is required to support each 15-disk-unit enclosure.

  • Attributes provided: 30 additional disk unit slots
  • Attributes required: #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5108)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5115) - Dual Line Cords - Tower

#5115 is a dual line cord enabler for the upper unit in a #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower. #5115 includes an additional power supply. An additional line cord must be specified.

Plugging in the second line cord, even if to the same outlet, enables the AC power modules to be redundant.

  • Attributes provided: Dual line cord capability
  • Attributes required: #5094
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5115)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5116) - Dual Line Cords - 5294 Tower

Provides dual line cord capability for a single enclosure in a #5294 tower. Two line cords must be specified for each #5116 ordered with a #5294. When ordering a #5116 for an installed #5294, an additional line cord must be specified for each #5116. The configurator will default two #5116s, for each #5294 ordered with a system that has dual line cords on the system unit.

Plugging in the second line cord, even if to the same outlet, enables the AC power modules to be redundant.

  • Attributes provided: Dual line cord capability for a single unit in a #5294
  • Attributes required: #5294
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5116)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5138) - Redundant Power and Cooling

#5138 provides redundant power for the #0595 PCI-X Expansion Towers. #5138 includes a second 435W power supply, and requires that a second line cord be specified. The second line cord enables dual line cord capability.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Power
  • Attributes required: #0595 PCI-X Expansion Tower.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5138)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5160) - Power Dist Unit 1 Phase NEMA

This feature provides a single phase NEMA PDU for 19 inch Racks. Each PDU provides six outlets.

System units and/or expansion units would use a #6458 line cord to connect to the #5160.

The following line cords are supported on the #5160:

  • #1424 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord (supported, not orderable)
  • #1425 - 200V 6-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord (supported, not orderable)
  • #1426 - 200V 14-Ft Locking Line Cord
  • #1427 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
  • #1446 - 4.3m 200V/30A Pwr Cd Korea
  • #1447 - 4.3m 200V/30A Pwr Cd AU
  • #1448 - 4.3m 200V/30A Pwr Cd NZ (supported, not orderable)
  • Attributes provided: Power Distribution Unit
  • Attributes required: 19 Inch Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5160)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5161) - Power Dist Unit 1 Phase IEC

This feature provides a single phase IEC PDU for iSeries racks. Each PDU provides six outlets.

System units and/or expansion units would use a #6458 line cord to connect to the #5161.

The following line cord is supported on the #5161:

  • #1449 - 4.3m 200V/32A Pwr Cd EU 1-PH
  • Attributes provided: Power Distribution Unit
  • Attributes required: 19 Inch Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5161)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5162) - Power Dist Unit 2 of 3 Phase

This feature provides a 2 of 3 phase Power Distribution Unit (PDU) for iSeries Racks. Each PDU provides six outlets.

The following line cord is supported on the #5162:

  • #1450 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd EU 2-PH (supported, not orderable)
  • Attributes provided: Power Distribution Unit
  • Attributes required: 19 Inch Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5162)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5163) - Power Dist Unit - 3 Phase

This feature provides a 3 phase Power Distribution Unit (PDU) for iSeries Racks. Each PDU provides six outlets.

System units and/or expansion units would use a #6458 line cord to connect to the #5163.

The following line cord is supported on the #5163:

  • #1477 - 4.3m 200V/16A PWR CD
  • Attributes provided: Power Distribution Unit
  • Attributes required: 19 Inch Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5163)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5225) - PowerVM Express Edition

(No Longer Available as of August 1, 2014)

This feature allows the customer to create up to 3 logical partitions of any size in a system, which share processors and I/O. This feature does not require an HMC. PowerVM Express may be managed by the Integrated Virtualization Manager (IVM). This feature allows users to try out the IVM and the VIOS, which they would not get with an HMC.

Note: If feature 5225 is ordered, the quantity ordered must be equal to the number of active processors unless #2145 and #0267 (IBM i operating system) are on the order, in which case the quantity ordered must be equal to the number of IBM i software licenses.

  • Attributes provided: Capability to partition processor
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5225)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5227) - PowerVM Standard Edition

This feature allows the customer to create partitions that are in units of less than 1 CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allows the same system I/O to be virtually allocated to these partitions. When PowerVM is installed in the system, all activated processors must have the PowerVM feature. A fully activated 4-core system requires that four of this feature be ordered. An encrypted key is supplied to the customer and is installed on the system, authorizing the partitioning at the sub-processor level.

Note: If feature 5227 is ordered, the quantity ordered must be equal to the number of active processors unless #2145 and #0267 (IBM i operating system) are on the order, in which case the quantity ordered must be equal to the number of IBM i software licenses.

  • Attributes provided: Capability to partition processor
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5227)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5228) - PowerVM Enterprise Edition

This feature allows the customer to create partitions that are in units of less than 1 CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allows the same system I/O to be virtually allocated to these partitions. When PowerVM is installed in the system, all activated processors must have the PowerVM feature. A fully activated 4-core system requires that four of this feature be ordered. An encrypted key is supplied to the customer and is installed on the system, authorizing the partitioning at the sub-processor level. PowerVM Enterprise Edition also includes Live Partition Mobility, which allows for the movement of a logical partition from one POWER7 server to another with no application downtime.

Note: If feature 5228 is ordered, the quantity ordered must be equal to the number of active processors unless #2145 and #0267 (IBM i operating system) are on the order, in which case the quantity ordered must be equal to the number of IBM i software licenses.

  • Attributes provided: Capability to partition processor
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5228)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5260) - PCIe2 LP 4-port 1GbE Adapter

This short PCIe Gen2 adapter provides four 1Gb Ethernet ports that can be configured to run at 1000, 100 or 10 Mbps. 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cables up to 100 meters in length are attached to the copper RJ45 connectors. Each port is independent of one another and supports full-duplex or half-duplex. 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

Feature #5260 and #5899 are electronically identical and have the same CCIN of 576F. #5260 indicates a low profile tail stock while #5899 indicates a full high tail stock.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking
  • Attributes provided: Four-port 1 Gb Ethernet
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) PCIe slot (Gen1 or Gen2)
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5260)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-01 Technology level and Service pack 4 or later
      • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 6 or later (planned availability 6/29/2012)
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 4 or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level and service Pack 8 or later (planned availability 6/29/2012)
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 6 or later (planned availability 6/29/2012)

        Note: AIX 5.3 service extension is required

      • IBM i 7.1, or later
      • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.8 for POWER with all available service updates, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 for POWER, or later
      • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 2, or later

      Find the required driver update for Linux under the following URL.

      http://www14.software.ibm.com/webapp/set2/sas/f/lopdiags/info/ LinuxAlerts.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS 2.2.1.4 or later

(#5269) - PCIe LP POWER GXT145 Graphics Accelerator

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5748. The POWER GXT145 is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. The adapter requires a PCI Express slot. If attaching a device that requires a 15 pin D-Shell receptacle for a VGA connection (eg. when the graphic adapter output is routed directly to a 7316-TF3 display or indirectly through a KVM switch), order a VGA to DVI Connection Converter, feature number 4276 to accommodate the attaching device. A short converter cable is included which adapts the 2nd 28-pin port on the adapter to 15-pin D-Shell receptacle.

  • Hardware Description
    • 128-bit graphics processor
    • 8-bit indexed, 8-bit true color, or 24-bit true color
    • 32 MB SDRAM
    • x1 PCI Express interface
    • 2 DVI-I (analog/digital video) connectors
    • 1 converter cable

  • Features Supported
    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
    • Rectangular clipping
    • 1 monitor connected analog at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
    • 1 monitor connected digital at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
    • 2nd monitor supported on secondary connecter at up to 1600 x 1200 analog or 1280 x 1024 digital
    • 2nd monitor support in AIX is only in clone mode with an analog connection

  • APIs Supported
    • X-Windows and Motif

  • Software Requirements
    • The total number of graphics adapters in any one partition may not exceed four.

  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics Adapter

  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot

  • For 8202-E4B: (#5269)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC

(#5270) - PCIe LP 10Gb FCoE 2-port Adapter

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5708. 10 Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter (#5708/5270) is a high-performance, 10 Gb, dual port, PCIe Converged Network Adapter (CNA) utilizing SR optics. Each port can provide NIC (Network Interface Card) traffic and Fibre Channel functions simultaneously. CCIN is 2B3B

Highlights

  • PCIe 2.0 adapter with x8 Gen 1
  • Convergence Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) supported
  • SR optical transceiver with LC connection provides up to 300m cable length
  • Non-volatile error log on the adapter
  • Supported with AIX and Linux and VIOS for FC and Ethernet NIC.
  • Supported with IBM i under VIOS for FC and Ethernet NIC
  • SAN and Network boot support for AIX, Linux
  • Requires FCoCEE capable switches for full FC+Ethernet capability. Ethernet only functionality if attached to ordinary Ethernet switch.
  • Utilizes existing cabling that supports 10 Gb SR
  • Based on the QLogic Converged Network Adapter (CNA)
  • NPIV support requires VIOS for all OS environments

Configuration maximum when used for NIC traffic (not Fibre Channel usage)

  • Recommended performance Max assuming high utilization, One adapter per four active processors cores.
  • Recommended connectivity Max assuming high utilization, two adapters per one physical processor core.
  • Attributes provided: 10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter (LP)
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5270)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC

(#5271) - PCIe LP 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet Adapter

(No Longer Available as of January 1, 2014)

This is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5717. The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter is short/ low-profile, full duplex, four-ported Gigabit Ethernet adapter that can be configured to run any of the ports at 1000,100 or 10 Mbps data rate. This adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distance of up to 100m. Each port is independent of one another and is boot capable under AIX Network install manager (NIM). The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The #5717 supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express adapter (#5717) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters considering performance, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Four-port Gigabit Ethernet
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5271)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC

(#5272) - PCIe LP 10GbE CX4 1-port Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 19, 2013)

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5732. The 10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter is a low profile high performance adapter that transfers data over 4-lanes in each direction over copper cabling supporting a distance up to 15m.The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ae 10GBASE-CX4 specification for Ethernet transmission.

Highlights:

  • Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux Only)
  • RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux Only)

Full iSCSI software and hardware initiator support. (Linux Only)

  • Hardware PDU Offload (Linux Only)
  • iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking ( Linux Only)

Attributes provided:

  • PCIe-V1.1 x8
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-CX short-reach copper
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • Receive side scaling and packet steering
  • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
  • IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux Only)
  • APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and Open Fabrics Enterprise Distribution(OFED) 1.4 (Linux Only)
  • Attributes provided: PCI-e-V1.1 x8 Ethernet
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5272)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC

(#5273) - PCIe LP 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5735.

The 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a high-performance 8x short form adapter based on the Emulex LPe12002 PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiates to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of t he port.

The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch (AIX, IBM i, Linux,VIOS). If in an IBM i environment, devices can also be directly attached.

N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.

Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

  • OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
  • M2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables. The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.

    Cable   |  2.125 Gbps  |  4.25 Gbps  |  8.5 Gbps  |
    --------|--------------|-------------|------------|
    OM3     |.5m - 500m    |.5m - 380m   |.5m - 150m  |
    OM2     |.5m - 300m    |.5m - 150m   |.5m - 50m   |
    OM1     |.5m - 150m    |.5m - 70m    |.5m - 21m   |

#5735 feature indicates a full high adapter. #5273 feature indicates a low profile adapter which is electronically identical. CCIN is 577D. Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: Dual port fibre channel
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5273)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC

(#5274) - PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE SX Adapter

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5768. The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express (PCIe) Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus. It is PCIe x4 capable and conforms to the PCIe 1.0a standard. The adapter connects to a network using a 50/62.5 micron shortwave (850 nm) multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCIe Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fibre connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s)
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5274)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC

(#5275) - PCIe LP 10GbE SR 1-port Adapter

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5769. The 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter is a low-profile, high performance adapter that uses a LC Duplex type connector and is capable of transferring data a distance of 300m over MMF-850nm Fiber cable. The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ae 10GBASE-SR specification for Ethernet transmission.

Highlights

  • Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux Only)
  • RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux Only)
  • Full iSCSI initiator and target mode stack (Linux Only)
    • iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking (Linux Only)
    • PDU recovery (Linux Only)

Attributes

  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • Receive side scaling and packet steering
  • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
  • IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux Only)
  • APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and OpenFabrics 1.4 (Linux Only)
  • Attributes provided: PCIe-V1.1 x8 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics adapter (LP)
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5275)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC

(#5276) - PCIe LP 4Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5774. The 4 Gigabit Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCIe adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Between the adapter and an attaching device or switch, the distances supported are up to: 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 150 meters running at 4 Gbps data rate. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit PCIe Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: Dual-port Fibre channel
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5276)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC

(#5277) - PCIe LP 4-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5785. One connector on the rear of the adapter provides attachment for a fan-out cable (provided) which provides four EIA-232 ports. Note #5785 and # 5277 are physically and electrically identical adapters, except for the type of PCIe slot used (full-high or low profile). Note also the 4-port #5277/5785 is functionally nearly identical to the 2-port #5289/5290 except for the number and type of connectors. Connection for 4 asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps.

  • Attributes provided: 4-Port Asynchroous EIA-232 via 4-Port DB9 DTE Fan-Out Cable 1.2 M (4 ft.), 4 x 9-pin D-Sub (Male DB-9) and 1 x 68-pin D-Sub (HD-68)
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5277)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC

(#5278) - PCIe LP 2-x4-port SAS Adapter 3Gb

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5901. The #5901/5278 PCIe Dual-4x SAS Adapter is a low-profile short form factor adapter which supports the attachment of SAS disk, tape, and DVD using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. From a high level perspective, it is functionally equivalent to the #5912 PCI-X SAS adapter and provides a high-performance connection to SAS devices.

The #5901/5278 supports external SAS tape drives such as the 36/ 72 GB DAT72, 80/160GB DAT160, and 800/1600GB LTO-4 found in the IBM tape units such as the 7214-1U2, TS2240, TS2340, TS3100, TS3200, and TS3310. Other removable media devices supported include IBM SAS/SATA DVD-ROM/RAM drives. SAS adapter-to-enclosure (AE) cables are used to attach these drives.

The #5901/5278 supports SAS SFF disk drives located in a PCIe 12X I/O Drawer or SAS disk drives located in an EXP 12S Disk Drawer or drives in a POWER6 or POWER7 system CEC (split DASD backplane). AIX/ Linux formatted SAS drives are supported with RAID 0 (with mirroring) and RAID 10. IBM i formatted SAS drives are supported and data spreading and mirroring functions are provided by IBM i. RAID-5 or RAID-6 are not supported on the #5901/5278. #5901/5278 has zero write cache. CCIN for #5901/5278 is 57B3.

With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk . The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. SAS Y cables attach SAS disk drives in an EXP 12S Disk Drawers. SAS #3688 cables attach SFF SAS drives in an PCIe 12X I/O Drawer. In the EXP 12S Drawer, a high availability I/O configuration can be created using a pair of #5901, a pair of 5278 or a paired 5901/5278 adapters and SAS X cables to protect against the failure of a SAS adapter. In the PCIe 12X I/O Drawer, this function is provided via the internal wiring within the drawer itself.

Highlights

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers
  • Supports up to 42 disk (18 SFF disk plus up to 24 3.5-inch SAS disk) when configured with a #5802 19-inch PCIe 12X I/O Drawer and two #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers
  • Supports up to 50 disk (26 SFF disk plus up to 24 3.5-inch SAS disk) when configured with a #5803 24-inch PCIe 12X I/O Drawer and two #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers
  • SAS speed = 3Gbs
  • SATA speed = 1.5Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP), Serial ATA Tunneling Protocol (STP) and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
  • Dual controller supports mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent firmware update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5278)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC

(#5279) - PCIe2 LP 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SFP+ Copper&RJ45

This PCIe Gen2 Ethernet adapter provides two 10 Gb copper SFP+ ports and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports.

For the 10Gb ports, active copper twinax cables up to 5 meter in length have been tested and are supported. See feat code #EN01 (1m), #EN02 (3m) and #EN03 (5m). Note that SFP+ twinax copper is NOT AS/ 400 5250 twinax or CX4 or 10 GBASE-T and note passive cables are NOT supported.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters. In addition to 1Gb (1000 Mb) networks, 100 Mb networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported.

Note #5745 and #5279 adapters are physically and electronically identical except for their low profile or full high PCI slot attribute.

Highlights

  • Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • Full iSCSI initiator and target mode stack (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • PDU recovery (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • Limitations: This feature may not be assigned to a VIOS partition and thus LPAR Mobility operations are not supported with this feature.

Attributes

  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-CR
  • EEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.3ab (1 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and OpenFabrics 1.4 (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)

Homologation:

This feature is not certified for connection by any means whatsoever to interfaces of public telecommunications networks. Certification may be required by law prior to making any such connection. Contact an IBM representative or reseller for any questions.

  • Attributes provided: Two 1 Gb and Two 10Gb Ethernet ports
  • Attributes required: One available Low Profile (LP) PCIe Gen 2 slot and under Linux environment, active copper twinax cables, twinax wrap plugs.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5279)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - not supported
      • IBM i - not supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 6.1 or later.
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 5.7 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC.

(#5280) - PCIe2 LP 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SR&RJ45 Adapter

This PCIe Gen2 Ethernet adapter provides two 10 Gb SFP+ SR optical transceiver ports and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports. This is a low profile adapter.

For the 10Gb ports, LC Duplex type connectors and MMF-850nm fiber cable are used. With 62.5 micron OM1, up to 33 meter length fiber cables are supported. With 50 micron OM2, up to 82 meter fiber cable lengths are supported. With 50 micron OM3, up to 300 meter fiber cable lengths are supported.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, The RJ45 port, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters is supported. In addition to 1Gb (1000 Mb) networks, 100 Mb networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported.

Note #5744 and #5280 adapters are physically and electronically identical except for their low profile or full high PCI slot attribute.

Highlights

  • Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • Full iSCSI initiator and target mode stack (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • PDU recovery (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • Limitations: This feature may not be assigned to a VIOS partition and thus LPAR Mobility operations are not supported with this feature.

Attributes

  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.3ab (1 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
  • APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and OpenFabrics 1.4 (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)

Homologation:

This feature is not certified for connection by any means whatsoever to interfaces of public telecommunications networks. Certification may be required by law prior to making any such connection. Contact an IBM representative or reseller for any questions.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe-V1.1 x8 10GBASE-SR short -reach optics adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI Express slot Low Profile (LP), Fiber Cable (Optional LC-SC 62.5 micron converter cable, 50 micron LC-SC connections), LC wrap plug-d
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5280)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX - not supported
      • IBM i -not supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.7 for POWER, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 supported in the CEC.

(#5281) - PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE TX Adapter

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

The IBM PCIe LP 2-Port 1GbE TX Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus. It is PCIe x4 capable and conforms to the PCIe 1.0a standard. The adapter connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" offloads the TCP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCIe Adapter (#5281) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit. The adapter is the same as 5767 and CINN.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5281)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and SP 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and SP 7, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 1, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later (planned availability: September 30, 2010)
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later (planned availability: September 30, 2010)
      • IBM i 6.1 with i 6.1.1 machine code, or later
      • IBM i 7.1, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 1 or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 5.5 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 6 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS 2.2, or later

(#5283) - PCIe2 LP 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb

As of 3/12/2013, this feature is not available in the following EMEA countries, Bahrain, Comoros, Djibouti, Iraq, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Malaysia, Morocco, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Somalia, Tunisia and United Arab Emirates which includes IBM Middle East - Dubai and Abu Dhabi and Yemen.

The PCIe Gen-2 low profile 2-port 4X Infiniband QDR adapter provides high speed connectivity with other servers or IB switches. Each port maximum of 40Gb assumes no other system or switch bottlenecks are present. The adapters provide two QSFP+ cages, but does not include any transceivers. QSFP+ transceivers are included and permanently attached at each end of the following QDR IB cables: Copper 1m, 3m, 5m (#3287, #3288, and 3289) and Optical 10m, 30m (#3290, #3293).

Note: A PCIe Gen2 slot does not have the bandwidth to support two 40Gb ports. The benefit of the second 40Gb port is additional attachment redundancy, not performance.

Also note: AIX supports multiple types of adapter usages across different applications and adapter performance should generally meet or exceed client needs. But when using TCP/IP, some AIX clients may observe less than full unidirectional link bandwidth and less than linear scaling for duplex bandwidth with the #5283.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe2 LP 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 low profile slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5283)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 with Service Pack 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, and Service Pack 5 or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level, and Service Pack 6 or later (planned availability: June 3, 2011)
      • IBM i - not supported
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 10, Service Pack 3 or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11, Service Pack 1 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 5.6 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 6 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Requires an available slot in #5685 PCIe Riser Card (Gen2) The QDR Copper 1m, 3m, 5m (#3287, #3288, 3289) and Optical 10m, 30m (#3290, #3293) cables are supported.

(#5284) - PCIe2 LP 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter

The PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter is a low-profile capable, high performance adapter that uses a LC Duplex type connector and is capable of transferring data a distance of 300m over MMF-850nm Fiber cable. The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ae 10GBASE-SR specification for Ethernet transmission.

Characteristics

  • MSI-X and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4
  • Receive side scaling and packet steering
  • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
  • Attributes provided: PCIe-gen 2.0 x8 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile PCIe (LP) slot, Fiber Cable (Optional LC-SC 62.5 micron converter cable, 50 micron LC-SC connections), LC wrap plug-d
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5284)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 with Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 3 or later
      • IBM i 6.1.1, or later with VIOS 2.2.0.11 with Fix Pack 24 and Service Pack 1, or later
      • IBM i 7.1, or later with VIOS 2.2.0.11 with Fix Pack 24 and Service Pack 1, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Assignment to the VIOS requires VIOS 2.2.0.11 with Fix Pack 24 and Service Pack 1 or later

(#5286) - PCIe2 LP 2-port 10GbE SFP+ Copper Adapter

This PCIe Gen2 adapter provides two 10 Gb copper SFP+ ports. Active Copper twinax cables up to 5 meter in length are supported such as provided by feature #EN01, #EN02 or #EN03.. Note that SFP+ twinax copper is NOT AS/400 5250 twinax or CX4 or 10 GBASE-T. Active cables differ from passive cables.

Note the #5286 and #5288 adapters are physically identical except for their tail stock - #5286= low profile and #5288= full high.

  • Characteristics
    • MSI-X and support of legacy pin interrupts
    • 10GBASE- Direct attach SFP+ twinax cable
    • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
    • IEEE 802.3x flow control
    • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
    • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
    • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
    • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
    • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 KB
    • TCP checksum offload for IPv4
    • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4
    • UDP checksum offload for IPv4
    • Receive side scaling and packet steering
    • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
  • Attributes provided: PCIe Gen 2.0 x8 10GBASE adapter with two SFP+ ports
  • Attributes required: 1 low profile Gen2 PCIe slot, one or two active copper cables with transceiver on end of cable
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5286)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 with Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 3, or later
      • IBM i 6.1.1, or later with VIOS 2.2.0.11 with Fix Pack 24 and Service Pack 1, or later
      • IBM i 7.1, or later with VIOS 2.2.0.11 with Fix Pack 24 and Service Pack 1, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5289) - 2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter

Adapter provides connection for 2 asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps. Two RJ45 connections are located on the rear of the adapter. To attach to devices using a 9-pin (DB9) connection, use an RJ45-to-DB9 converter. For convenience, one converter is included with this feature. One converter for each connector needing a DB9 connector is needed.

The converter cable shipped with the feature is a 10-pin RJ-45 approximately 30 cm or 1 foot in length. 10-pin is often used for DCE devices like modems. DTE devices may be able to use fewer pin connections. Multiple RJ-45 pin out options are used and sold across the industry. The #3930 feature provides an 8-pin RJ45-to-DB9 converter cable. If an addition 10-pin RJ45-to-DB9 connector like the cable provided with the adapter is desired, it is commonly available from multiple sources and identified as a serial cable with a Digi part number 76000239. It is also possible to look up the cable's pin out specifications and build your own cables.

Note: #5289 and # 5290 are physically and electrically identical adapters except for the type of PCIe slot used (full-high or low profile). Note also the 2-port #5289/5290 is functionally nearly identical to the 4-port #5785/5277 except for the number and type of connectors.

Limitation: As of 2012, IBM i does not support PPP protocol. Also IBM i only supports use on POWER7 and POWER7+ servers.

  • Attributes provided: 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 via 2x RJ45 connectors, one RJ45-to-DB9 converter cable

  • Attributes required: 1 full high PCIe Slot

  • For 8202-E4B: (#5289)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-07 Technology Level
      • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-01 Technology level
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 5
      • IBM i - not supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.7 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 for POWER, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP4 for POWER Systems, or later

      Additional driver is required to be installed for the above Linux levels. For detail problem description and instructions, visit:

      http://www14.software.ibm.com/webapp/set2/sas/f/lopdiags/info/
      LinuxAlerts.html
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5290) - PCIe LP 2-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter

Adapter provides connection for 2 asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps. Two RJ45 connections are located on the rear of the adapter. To attach to devices using a 9-pin (DB9) connection, use an RJ45-to-DB9 converter. For convenience, one converter is included with this feature. One converter for each connector needing a DB9 connector is needed.

The converter cable shipped with the feature is a 10-pin RJ-45 approximately 30 cm or 1 foot in length. 10-pin is often used for DCE devices like modems. DTE devices may be able to use fewer pin connections. Multiple RJ-45 pin out options are used and sold across the industry. The #3930 feature provides an 8-pin RJ45-to-DB9 converter cable. If an addition 10-pin RJ45-to-DB9 connector like the cable provided with the adapter is desired, it is commonly available from multiple sources and identified as a serial cable with a Digi part number 76000239. It is also possible to look up the cable's pin out specifications and build your own cables.

Note: #5289 and # 5290 are physically and electrically identical adapters except for the type of PCIe slot used (full-high or low profile). Note also the 2-port #5289/5290 is functionally nearly identical to the 4-port #5785/5277 except for the number and type of connectors.

Limitation: As of 2012, IBM i does not support PPP protocol. Also IBM i only supports use on POWER7 and POWER7+ servers.

  • Attributes provided: 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 via 2x RJ45 connectors, one RJ45-to-DB9 converter cable

  • Attributes required: 1 full high PCIe Slot

  • For 8202-E4B: (#5290)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-07 Technology Level
      • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-01 Technology level
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 5
      • IBM i 7.1. or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.7 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 for POWER, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP4 for POWER Systems, or later

      Additional driver is required to be installed for the above Linux levels. For detail problem description and instructions, visit:

      http://www14.software.ibm.com/webapp/set2/sas/f/lopdiags/info/ LinuxAlerts.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5294) - 1.8m I/O Tower

The #5294 is a I/O expansion tower that can contain up to 90 disk units, has 28 PCI slots and has four removable media bays.

Each #5294 is essentially two #5094 PCI Expansion Towers, with side covers and casters removed, placed in a 1.8M rack. Each #5294 counts as two #5094s towards the system model maximums.

Two bus adapters, to provide the RIO interfaces to the system, are required with each #5294.

The upper and lower enclosures (#5094s) in a #5294 are not connected internally by a RIO cable. If the #5294 is to be placed in a RIO loop (both upper and lower enclosure on same RIO loop), an RIO-2 cable is required to connect the upper and lower enclosures.

Select the appropriate cable based on the length required.

Select three or four (any combination) of the following RIO cables, on first #5094 on system, initial order. For additional #5094s or on an MES, select two, three or four (any combination) RIO-2 cables per tower:

The following RIO-2 cables can be used with a #5294:

  • #3146 1m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3147 4m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3148 10m RIO-2 Cable

Select two of the following SPCN cables for each #5294:

  • #6001 2m SPCN Cable
  • #6008 6m SPCN Cable
  • #6007 15m SPCN Cable
  • #6006 3m SPCN Cable
  • #6007 15m SPCN Cable
  • #6008 6m SPCN Cable
  • #6029 30m SPCN Cable

For each #5294 ordered, a quantity of two #0694(#5094 Equivalent) specify codes will be added to the order. If a #5294 is to be shared between two systems, one #0694 must be removed from the original ordering system and added to the sharing system, using an RPO(Record Purpose Only) change.

Each of the two tower units within a #5294 fully support 45 disk units (no #5108s need be ordered).

Dual line cord capability is available for the #5294 with feature #5116. With a #5116 installed, both tower units of a #5294 will have dual line cord capability. Two additional line cords (for a total of four) must be ordered when a #5116 is installed. Plugging in the second line cord from the upper and lower units, even if to the same outlet, enables each unit's AC power modules to be redundant. For the best power protection, the first and second line cords should be attached to different power sources.

The following line cords are supported on a #5294 (two line cord features required):

  • #1399 - 4.3m 300V/16A
  • #1406 - 200V 16A 14-Ft TL Line Cord
  • #6455 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Italy
  • #1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
  • #1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd S Afric
  • #1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Israel
  • #1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
  • #1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd CH/DK
  • #1451 - 200V 6-Ft Line Cord
  • #1452 - 200V 14-Ft Line Cord
  • #1453 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord
  • #1454 - 200V 12A 14-Ft TL Line Cord
  • #1455 - 200V 6-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
  • #1456 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
  • #1476 - 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK

The 45 disk unit positions in each unit of a #5294, are in groups of 15, each group of 15 disk units is further divided into three groups of five disk units, each group of five disk units supported on a separate SCSI (LVD-SCSI) bus from a PCI Disk Unit Controller.

The two removable media bays of each unit within a #5294 are supported by the same PCI Disk Unit Controller that supports disk unit positions D31 thru D35) of each internal tower unit.

  • Attributes provided: 28 PCI slots, 90 disk unit positions, fourremovable media bays
  • Attributes required: RIO connections, two to four wall electrical outlets, at least one #0694 on the inventory records
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5294)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5296) - 1.8m I/O Tower (no disk)

The #5296 is a I/O expansion tower that has 28 PCI slots, no disk unit bays, and no removable media bays.

Each #5296 is essentially two #5096 PCI-X Expansion Towers, with side covers and casters removed, placed in a 1.8M rack. Each #5296 counts as two #5096s towards the system model maximums.

Two bus adapters, to provide the RIO-2 interfaces to the system, are required with each #5296. Select two of the following:

  • #6417 - Base RIO-2 Bus Adapter (for copper RIO-2 interfaces)

The upper and lower enclosures (#5096s) in a #5296 are not connected internally by a RIO cable. If the #5296 is to be placed in an RIO loop (both upper and lower enclosure on same RIO loop), a RIO-2 cable is required to connect the upper and lower enclosures. A copper loop can intermix I/O towers/units with copper RIO and copper RIO-2 ports. Select the appropriate cable based on the cable length required.

Select three or four of the following RIO cables, on initial orders, for the first #5296 on the system. For additional #5296s, or on an MES order, select two, three, or four of the following RIO cables per tower:

  • #3156 - 1.75m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3168 - 2.5m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3146 1m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3147 4m RIO-2 Cable
  • #3148 10m RIO-2 Cable

Select two of the following SPCN cables for each #5296:

  • #1466 30m SPCN Cable
  • #6001 2m SPCN Cable
  • #6006 3m SPCN Cable
  • #6007 15m SPCN Cable
  • #6008 6m SPCN Cable
  • #6029 30m SPCN Cable

No base IOPs are included with a #5296. For each #5296 ordered, a quantity of two #0694, #5096 Equivalent, specify codes will be added to the order. If a #5296 is to be shared between two systems, one #0694 must be removed from the original ordering system and added to the sharing system, using a Record Purpose Only (RPO) change.

Dual line cord capability is available for the #5296 with feature #5116. With a #5116 installed, both tower units of a #5296 will have dual line cord capability. Two additional line cords (for a total of four), must be ordered when a #5116 is installed. Plugging in the second line cord from the upper and lower units, even if to the same outlet, enables each unit's AC power modules to be redundant. For the best power protection, the first and second line cords should be attached to different power sources.

Two of the following line cords are required on a #5296:

  • #1399 - 4.3m 300V/16A
  • #1406 - 200V 16A 14-Ft TL Line Cord
  • #6455 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Italy
  • #1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
  • #1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd S Afric
  • #1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Israel
  • #1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
  • #1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd CH/DK
  • #1451 - 200V 6-Ft Line Cord
  • #1452 - 200V 14-Ft Line Cord
  • #1453 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord
  • #1454 - 200V 12A 14-Ft TL Line Cord
  • #1455 - 200V 6-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
  • #1456 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
  • #1476 - 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK
  • Attributes provided: 28 PCI slots
  • Attributes required: RIO connections, two to four wall electrical outlets, at least one #0696 on the inventory record
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5296)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5524) RFID TAGS FOR SERVERS, BLADES, BLADECENTERS, RACKS, AND HMCS

The specify feature attaches one Radio Frequency Identification Device (RFID) tag to a Server CEC, rack, HMC, Blade or Bladecenter enclosure. This can be used with MTM (machine type model) rack such as a 7014-T42, not a feature code rack such as a #0553. It applies to newly shipped MTM servers, racks, HMCs, Blades or Bladecenter enclosures, not MES orders with one exception. POWER5 CECs being upgraded to a POWER6 CEC or POWER6 CECs being upgraded to a POWER 7 CEC can order this feature. The RFID tag meets the Financial Services Technology Consortium (FSTC) specifications for IT Data Center Asset Tracking.

  • Attributes provided: RFIDs
  • Attributes required: Server CEC, Blade, Bladecenter, MTM Rack, or HMC
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5524)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5544) - Sys Console on OP Console

When #5544 is on the order, the system console is driven by a WAN adapter. A #0367, Operations Console PCI cable is required on the system/order.

  • Attributes provided: System Console on a WAN Connection
  • Attributes required: WAN IOA, #0367 Operations Console PCI Cable
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5544)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5548) - Sys Console 100Mbps Ethernet

With #5548, the system console is driven by an Ethernet LAN adapter. Some system unit Ethernet ports are not supported. A 100/ 10Mbps Ethernet IOA is required on the system. This LAN adapter must be dedicated to console support functions and cannot be used for any other purpose.

  • Attributes provided: System Console on a Ethernet Connection
  • Attributes required: a 100/10Mbps Ethernet LAN IOA.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5548)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5550) - Sys Console On HMC

With #5550, system console function is driven by the Hardware Management Console (HMC) connected to the system. The HMC is required if the following functions are desired/selected for the system:

  • Attributes provided: System Console on Hardware Management Console(HMC)
  • Attributes required: Hardware Management Console (HMC)
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5550)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5553) - Sys Console-Ethernet No IOP

This specify indicates the use of an embedded CEC LAN port for the system console connection using Operations Console (LAN).

  • Attributes provided: System console connection through an embedded CEC LAN port.
  • Attributes required: Embedded CEC LAN port.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5553)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5554) - Mirror 35GB Disk/Controller Pkg

This feature provides a disk unit controller (#2780 equivalent) and twelve (12) 15k rpm 35GB disk units (#4326 equivalent) for servers doing mirroring. Either #0042 Mirrored System IOP Level or #0043 Mirrored System Bus Level is a prerequisite.

  • Attributes provided: Twelve (12) 35GB mirrored disk units
  • Attributes required: PCI slot for disk controller, 12 disk unit slots and #0042 or #0043.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5554)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5555) - Mirror 70GB Disk/Controller Pkg

This feature provides a disk unit controller (#2780 equivalent) and twelve (12) 15k rpm 70GB disk units (#4327 equivalent) for servers doing mirroring. Either #0042 Mirrored System IOP Level or #0043 Mirrored System Bus Level is a prerequisite.

  • Attributes provided: Twelve (12) 70GB mirrored disk units
  • Attributes required: PCI slot for disk controller, 12 disk unit slots and #0042 or #0043.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5555)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5556) - Mirror 141GB Disk/Controller Pkg

Provides a disk unit controller (#2780 equivalent) and twelve 15k rpm 141GB disk units (#4328 equivalent) for servers doing mirroring. Either #0042 Mirrored System IOP Level or #0043 Mirrored System Bus Level is a prerequisite.

  • Attributes provided: Twelve 141GB mirrored disk units
  • Attributes required: PCI slot for disk controller, twelve disk unit slots and #0042 or #0043.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5556)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5577) - 2-core 4.7 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots

2-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 processor card. 4MB of L2 cache per core. There are 4 DIMM slots on the processor card. This feature is only available to SDIs as an MES order.

  • Attributes provided: 2-core processor card
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5577)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5578) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5577

This feature number will activate one processor on a #5577 processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Activation of processor for #5577.
  • Attributes required: Feature number 5577.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5578)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5579) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5577/9495

This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with IBM Power Systems 520 Express Product Offerings, Solution Editions, or Smart Cubes.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #5577 or #9495
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering or Solution Edition
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5579)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5580) - 2780 Controller w/Aux Write Cache

Provides a disk controller with auxiliary write cache to improve cache data redundancy. The #5580 includes a #2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller and a secondary IOA with 757MB of auxiliary maximum compressed write cache. The #2780 and the secondary IOA each require one PCI-X slot and must be installed together in the same CEC or I/O unit/drawer/tower. The #2780 and the auxiliary write cache IOA are connected by a SCSI cable (provided). Feature #2780 will not appear on IBM ordering, shipping, or inventory documentation.

The connecting SCSI cable is attached to port four of the #2780, reducing the number of SCSI buses that support disk drives from four to three. The reduction of SCSI buses may also reduce the number of disk drives supported by the #2780, depending on the CEC or I/O unit/ drawer/tower in which the #2780 is installed. No disk drives are driven by the auxiliary write cache IOA.

  • Attributes provided: Disk Controller with auxiliary write cache
  • Attributes required: Two PCI-X slots within the same CEC or I/Ounit/drawer/tower
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5580)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5581) - 2757 Controller w/Aux Write Cache

Provides a disk controller with auxiliary write cache to improve cache data redundancy. The #5581 includes a #2757 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller and a secondary IOA with 757MB of auxiliary maximum compressed write cache. The #2757 and the secondary IOA each require one PCI-X slot and must be installed together in the same CEC or I/O unit/drawer/tower. The #2757 and the auxiliary write cache IOA are connected by a SCSI cable (provided). Feature #2757 will not appear on IBM ordering, shipping, or inventory documentation.

The connecting SCSI cable is attached to port four of the #2757, reducing the number of SCSI buses that support disk drives from four to three. The reduction of SCSI buses may also reduce the number of disk drives supported by the #2757, depending on the CEC or I/O unit/ drawer/tower in which the #2757 is installed. No disk drives are driven by the auxiliary write cache IOA.

  • Attributes provided: Disk Controller with auxiliary write cache
  • Attributes required: Two PCI-X slots within the same CEC or I/Ounit/drawer/tower
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5581)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5583) - 5777 Controller w/Aux Write Cache

Provides a disk controller with auxiliary write cache to improve cache data redundancy. The #5583 includes a #5777 PCI-X disk controller and a secondary IOA with 1.5GB of auxiliary maximum compressed write cache. #5777 and the secondary IOA each require one PCI-X slot and must be installed together in the same system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower. The #5777 and the auxiliary write cache IOA are connected by a SCSI cable (provided). Feature #5777 will not appear on IBM ordering, shipping, or inventory documentation.

The connecting SCSI cable is attached to port four of the #5777, reducing the number of SCSI buses that support disk drives from four to three. The reduction of SCSI buses may also reduce the number of disk drives supported by the #5777, depending on the system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower in which the #5777 is installed. No disk drives are driven by the auxiliary write cache IOA. #5583 does not require an IOP.

  • Attributes provided: Disk Controller with auxiliary write cache
  • Attributes required: Two PCI-X slots within the same system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5583)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5587) - 4-core 4.7 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 8 Memory DIMM Slots

4-core 4.7 GHz POWER6 processor card. 4MB of L2 cache per core. There are 8 DIMM slots on the processor card. This feature is only available to SDIs as an MES order.

  • Attributes provided: 4-core processor card
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5587)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5588) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5587

This feature will activate one processor on a #5587 processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Activation of processor for #5587
  • Attributes required: Feature number 5587
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5588)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5589) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5587

This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with IBM Power Systems 520 Express Product Offerings or Solution Editions.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #5587
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering or Solution Edition
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5589)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5590) - 2780 Controller w/Aux Write Cache

Provides a disk controller with auxiliary write cache to improve cache data redundancy. #5590 includes a #2780 PCI-X RAID Disk Controller with 757MB of write cache and a secondary IOA with 1.5GB of auxiliary maximum compressed write cache. The #2780 and the secondary IOA each require one PCI-X slot and must be installed together in the same system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower. #2780 and the auxiliary write cache IOA are connected by the provided SCSI cable. Feature #2780 will not appear on IBM ordering, shipping, or inventory documentation.

The connecting SCSI cable is attached to port four of the #2780, reducing the number of SCSI buses that support disk drives from four to three. The reduction of SCSI buses may also reduce the number of disk drives supported by the #2780, depending on the system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower in which the #2780 is installed. No disk drives are driven by the auxiliary write cache IOA.

  • Attributes provided: Disk Controller with auxiliary write cache
  • Attributes required: Two PCI-X slots within the same system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5590)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5591) - 2757 Controller w/Aux Write Cache

Provides a disk controller with auxiliary write cache to improve cache data redundancy. The #5591 includes a #2757 PCI-X RAID Disk Controller with a 757MB write cache and a secondary IOA with 1.5GB of auxiliary maximum compressed write cache. The #2757 and the secondary IOA each require one PCI-X slot and must be installed together in the same system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower. The #2757 and the auxiliary write cache IOA are connected by a SCSI cable (provided). Feature #2757 will not appear on IBM ordering, shipping, or inventory documentation.

The connecting SCSI cable is attached to port four of the #2757, reducing the number of SCSI buses that support disk drives from four to three. The reduction of SCSI buses may also reduce the number of disk drives supported by the #2757, depending on the system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower in which the #2757 is installed. No disk drives are driven by the auxiliary write cache IOA.

  • Attributes provided: Disk Controller with auxiliary write cache
  • Attributes required: Two PCI-X slots within the same system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5591)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5603) - System AC Power Supply, 1725 W

1 x #5603 1725 watt AC power supply must be ordered on the Power System 710 (8231-E2B with feature #7317) and on the Power System 720 (8202-E4B). 2 x # 5603 1725 watt AC power supplies must be ordered on the Power System 730 (8231-E2B with feature number 7318) and on the Power System 740 (8205-E6B). This feature can provide a second 1725 watt AC power supply. Two AC power supplies in a CEC enclosure provide redundant power support. If one should fail, it can be exchanged without interrupting the operation of the system. The system requires one functional power supply in each CEC enclosure to remain operational. The second power supply in the Power 720 can also lower the acoustics level.

  • Attributes provided: AC Power Supply
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5603)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5604) - Memory Riser Card

This feature provides a memory riser card with 8 DIMM sockets. One non-featurized memory riser card is in the base system.

  • Attributes provided: 8 DIMM sockets
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5604)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5608) - GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach (DDR)

GX Dual-port -12X Channel Adapter, provides two 12X connections for 12X Channel applications. This adapter allows the attachment of I/O Drawers designed for the 12X Channel. The adapter plugs into a GX++ bus slot in a system enclosure. The 12X Channel is connected in a loop and uses both connectors on the adapter. Up to four I/O Drawers can be attached in a single loop. This adapter must be used with the 12X cables. The #5608 adapter provides up to twice the data rate capability as the #5616 12X adapter.

Connection to supported InfiniBand switches is accomplished by using the 12x to 4x Channel Conversion Cables, #1828, #1841 or #1842. The connection using the #1842 cable is limited to the base ports of the InfiniBandswitches.

  • Attributes provided: Two 12X channel remote I/O ports
  • Attributes required: Available GX++ slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5608)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5609) - GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach (GX++)

GX Dual-port -12X Channel Adapter, provides two 12X connections for 12X Channel applications. This adapter allows the attachment of I/O Drawers designed for the 12X Channel. The adapter plugs into a GX++ bus slot in a system enclosure. The 12X Channel is connected in a loop and uses both connectors on the adapter. Up to four I/O Drawers can be attached in a single loop. This adapter must be used with the 12X cables. The #5609 adapter provides up to twice the data rate capability as the #5616 12X adapter.

Connection to supported InfiniBand switches is accomplished by using the 12x to 4x Channel Conversion Cables, #1828, #1841 or #1842. The connection using the #1842 cable is limited to the base ports of the InfiniBand switches.

This feature is used to attach the #5802 PCIe 12 X I/O Drawer or 4X IB Switches to a supported system.

  • Attributes provided: Two 12X channel remote I/O ports
  • Attributes required: Available GX++ slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5609)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5610) - PCIe Riser Card (Gen1)

(No Longer Available as of January 6, 2012)

This optional feature provides 4 PCIe Gen1 connectors allowing for installation of 4 Low Profile (LP) adapter cards. This feature is installed in GX++ slot 1.

  • Attributes provided: Four PCIe Low Profile adapter slots
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5610)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5613) Dual Port (SR) Integrated Virtual Ethernet 10Gb Daughter Card

Integrated I/O connectors for a CEC enclosure. Provides two 10 Gb Short Range Ethernet optical connection that can be Virtualized into the system LPARs. All of the connectors are on the rear bulkhead of the CEC enclosure.

One of the features #5623, #5613 and #5624 may be mixed in multi enclosure systems.

  • Attributes provided: Two 10Gb (SR) Integrated Virtual Ethernet Connections
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5613)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5614) - Dual Port RIO-2 I/O Hub

This feature provides an adapter plus interposer card that provides two additional external RIO-2 ports for external connectivity or I/O drawer expansion.

  • Attributes provided: Two external RIO-2 ports
  • Attributes required: Available GX slot and one processor card installed in the system for each #5614.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5614)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5615) - GX++ Dual-port 12x Channel Attach

GX++ Dual-port 12X Channel Adapter, provides two 12X connections for 12X Channel applications. This adapter allows the attachment of I/O Drawers designed for the 12X Channel. The adapter plugs into a GX++ bus slot in a system enclosure. The 12X Channel is connected in a loop and uses both connectors on the adapter. Up to four I/O Drawers can be attached in a single loop. This adapter must be used with the 12X cables. Connection to supported InfiniBand switches is accomplished by using the 12x to 4x Channel Conversion Cables, #1828, #1841 or #1842.

  • Attributes provided: Two 12X Channel remote I/O ports
  • Attributes required: Available GX++ slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5615)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5616) - GX Dual-port 12x Channel Attach (GX+)

GX Dual-port -12X Channel Adapter, provides two 12X connections for 12X Channel applications. This adapter allows the attachment of I/O Drawers designed for the 12X Channel. The adapter plugs into a GX bus slot in a system enclosure. The 12X Channel is connected in a loop and uses both connectors on the adapter. Up to four I/O Drawers can be attached in a single loop. This adapter must be used with the 12X cables.

Connection to supported InfiniBand switches is accomplished by using the 12x to 4x Channel Conversion Cables, #1828, #1841 or #1842.

  • Attributes provided: Two 12X Channel remote I/O ports
  • Attributes required: Available GX slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5616)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5618) - Storage Backplane -- 6 SFF Bays/ SATA DVD/HH Tape

This feature provides a storage backplane which supports six SFF(Small Form Factor) HDDs or SSDs and connections for a slimline SATA DVD and a half high tape for either a tape drive or USB removable disk drive. SFF drives are supported using JBOD or RAID-0. Split backplane (3x3) and RAID-10 support requires additional feature #5631. No PCi slot for the controller. This feature does not provide RAID-5/6, write cache, or an external SAS port.

  • Attributes provided: Storage Backplane
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5618)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Either #5618 or #5630 required.

(#5619) - 80/160GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive

(No Longer Available as of February 14, 2014)

The Internal Tape Drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high for save/restore and archive functions. This DDS Gen6 tape drive uses the new larger IBM DAT160 and 4-mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 160 GB (assuming 2:1 compression ratio) - a significant increase in capacity over the previous 36/72 GB 4-mm internal tape drives (when using DAT160 Data Cartridge)

Characteristics

  • Capacity: 80 GB native mode, 160 GB (typical) compression mode
  • DDS Gen6
  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
  • Media: IBM DAT160 and 4mm media
  • Technology: Helical scan, rotating head
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 6MBps native mode,
  • Interface: SAS
  • Compatability: DDS4 (R/W), DAT72 (R/W) and DAT160 (R/W)
  • Attributes provided: Attributes provided: 4mm tape capability, Test Cartridge, and a Cleaning Cartridge
  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5619)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 1 supported in the CEC
    • Requires SAS cable group #3656 (SAS SFF)

(#5623) - Dual Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card

Integrated I/O connectors for a CEC enclosure. Provides two 1 Gb Short Range Ethernet connections (RJ-45) that can be Virtualized into the system LPARs. All of the connectors are on the rear bulkhead of the CEC enclosure.

Features #5623, #5613 and #5624 may be mixed in multi enclosure systems.

  • Attributes provided: Two 1 Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Connections
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5623)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5624) - 4-Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card

Integrated I/O connectors for a CEC enclosure. Provides four 1 Gb Short Range Ethernet connections (RJ-45) that can be Virtualized into the system LPARs. All of the connectors are on the rear bulkhead of the CEC enclosure.

One of the features #5623, #5613 and #5624 may be mixed in multi enclosure systems

  • Attributes provided: Four 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Connections
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5624)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5630) - Storage Backplane -- 8 SFF Bays/175MB RAID/Dual IOA

This feature provides a storage backplane which supports eight SFF (Small Form Factor) storage HDDs or SSDs with paired dual controller support, dual 175MB Cache RAID, RAID-5/6 enablement and an external SAS port. The backplane supports connection for a slimline SATA DVD and a half high tape bay for either a tape drive or USB removable disk. No PCI slot is used for the internal controllers. This feature is required by IBM i to natively use the internal storage (HDDs/SSDs and media) and the system SAS port.

  • Attributes provided: Storage backplane
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5630)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Either #5618 or #5630 required.

(#5631) - Split Drive Bay Capability for #5618

Optional SAS controller which splits the six drive bays of Storage Backplane #5618 into a pair of three drive bay groups and enables RAID-10 capability. No PCI slot is used for the controller. Not orderable with Storage Backplane #5630. This feature does not provide RAID-5/6 capability.

  • Attributes provided: Ability to split #5618 backplane
  • Attributes required: #5618 storage backplane
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5631)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5633) - 1-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots

1-core 4.2 GHz processor card. 4MB of L2 cache per core. There are 4 DIMM slots on the processor card. This feature is only available to SDIs as an MES order.

  • Attributes provided: 1-core processor card
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5633)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5634) - 2-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 4 Memory DIMM Slots

2-core 4.2 GHz processor card. 4MB of L2 cache per core. There are 4 DIMM slots on the processor card. This feature is only available to SDIs as an MES order.

  • Attributes provided: 2-core processor card
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5634)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5635) - 4-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card, 8 Memory DIMM Slots

4-core 4.2 GHz processor card. 4MB of L2 cache per core. There are 8 DIMM slots on the processor card. This feature is only available to SDIs as an MES order.

  • Attributes provided: 4-core processor card
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5635)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5638) - 1.5TB/3.0TB LTO-5 SAS Tape Drive

The SAS Tape Drive uses industry standard Ultrium media. The Tape drive will Write/Read Ultrium5, Write/Read Ultrium4 (LTO-4),and Read Ultrium3 (LTO-3) formats. It has capacity of 1.5TB native or 3.0TB Compressed.

Highlights:

  • Capacity: 1.5TB native mode, 3.0TB (typical) compression mode
  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
    • LT03 (R)
    • LT04 (R/W)
    • LT05 (R/W)
  • Technology: Linear
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 140 MB/sec with LTO-5 media
  • Speed matching down to 40 MB/sec
  • Interface: SAS
  • Attributes provided: Feature includes one each of the following, HHLTO-5 SAS Tape Drive, LTO-5 Cleaning Cartridge, and LTO-5 Test Cartridge.
  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5638)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS attachment requires, version 2.2 or later

(#5646) - Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCIe, Short Slot

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for one, single width PCI Express or PCI-X adapter designed to meet the "short" adapter size defined in the PCI Standard and used in a slot defined as a "short" slot. Use FC #5647 for PCI adapters that are mounted in a "standard" length PCI slot.

  • Attributes provided: Mounting Hardware for a short PCI slot
  • Attributes required: Empty PCI slot - Short
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5646)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5647) - Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCI-X or PCIe, Standard Slot

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for one, single width PCI Express adapter or PCI-X adapter that will be mounted in a Standard Length PCI slot. It includes the necessary hardware to mount various sizes of single width PCI adapters that may be less than standard size. Use FC #5646 for PCI adapters that are mounted in "short" PCI slots.

  • Attributes provided: Mounting Hardware for a standard length PCI slot
  • Attributes required: Empty PCI slot - Standard Length
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5647)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5651) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5633

This feature number will activate one processor on a #5633 processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Activation of processor for #5633
  • Attributes required: Feature number 5633
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5651)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5654) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5634

This feature number will activate one processor on a #5634 processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Activation of processor for #5634
  • Attributes required: Feature number 5634
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5654)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5655) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #5635

This feature number will activate one processor on a #5635 processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Activation of processor for #5635
  • Attributes required: Feature number 5635
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5655)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5661) - DAT320 160/320 GB Tape Drive

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

The internal Tape drive is a half-high form factor for save/ restore and archive functions. This DDS Gen7 tape drive uses the new DAT320 DAT cartridge, and is compression capable, providing a capacity of to 320 GB (assuming 2:1 compression ratio) a significant increase in capacity over the previous DAT160 #5619 80/160GB internal tape drive (when using DAT320 Data Cartridges)

Characteristics

  • Native Capacity: 160GB
  • Compressed Capacity: 320GB
  • Speed: 12 MB/s
  • Host Interface: SAS
  • Compatibility: R/W DAT320, DAT160*
  • Technology: WORM, *Encryption
  • Media: M 8mm
  • LEDs: 5 including encryption**
  • Form Factor:41mm (5.25-inch) HH

* DAT160 cartridges are to be used for occasional use only as they are more abrasive then the new DAT320 Data cartridge and will cause excessive head wear if used for more than occasional use.

** Encryption is AES-GCM 256 bit Hardware Encryption on DAT320 media

  • Attributes provided: DAT320 160/320 GB Tape Drive
  • Attributes required: Available half-high media bay and Right Angle SAS Tape Drive Cable (#3657)
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5661)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5673) - DAT320 160 GB USB Tape Drive

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

The internal Tape drive is a half-high form factor for save/ restore and archive functions. This DDS Gen7 tape drive uses the new DAT320 DAT cartridge, and is compression capable, providing a capacity of to 320 GB (assuming 2:1 compression ratio) a significant increase in capacity over the previous DAT160 #5619 80/160GB internal tape drive (when using DAT320 Data Cartridges). DAT320 tape drives can use the very strong AES encrypting algorithm (IEEE P1619.1-2007 compliant GCM-128-AES-256). Encryption is user application dependent.

Characteristics

  • Native Capacity: 160GB
  • Compressed Capacity: 320GB
  • Speed: 12 MB/s
  • Host Interface: USB, Performance is generally equivalent between the SAS and USB interface.
  • Compatibility: R/W DAT320, DAT160*
  • Technology: WORM, *Encryption
  • Media: M 8mm
  • LEDs: 5 including encryption**
  • Form Factor:41mm (5.25-inch) HH

* DAT160 cartridges are to be used for occasional use only as they are more abrasive then the new DAT320 Data cartridge and will cause excessive head wear if used for more than occasional use.

** Encryption is AES-GCM 256 bit Hardware Encryption on DAT320 media. LED functions when using backup software that supports hardware encryption.

  • Attributes provided: DAT320 160/320 GB Tape Drive with cable
  • Attributes required: Available half-high media bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5673)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5676) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5633/#9680

This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with IBM Power Systems 520 Express Product Offerings or IBM Smart Cubes.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #5633 or #9680
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5676)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5677) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5634

This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with IBM System p 520 Express Product Offerings.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #5634
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5677)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5678) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #5635

This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with IBM System p 520 Express Product Offerings.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #5635
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5678)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5679) - SAS RAID Enablement

The SAS RAID Enablement feature provides the internal SAS enclosure with 0, 5, 6 and 10 RAID function and Auxiliary cache via backplane pluggable daughter cards. The daughter cards contains the RAID function and a 175MByte of Write Cache. The Auxiliary daughter card plugs into a special slot on the planar and provides battery power pack and redundant 175MByte write cache memory for the daughter card. Concurrent maintenance of the RAID daughter card and the Auxiliary daughter card is not supported; however, concurrent maintenance of the battery pack is supported.

A SAS DASD/Media Backplane with an external SAS port in combination with feature number 5679 provides one external RAID enabled SAS port.

  • Attributes provided: RAID 0, 5, 6, and 10; Write Cache with battery backup
  • Attributes required: SAS DASD/Media Backplane with external SAS port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5679)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5685) - PCIe Riser Card (Gen2)

This optional feature provides 4 PCIe Gen2 connectors allowing for installation of 4 Low Profile (LP) Gen1 or Gen2 adapter cards. This feature is installed in GX++ slot 1.

  • Attributes provided: Four PCIe Low Profile adapter slots
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5685)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 with Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 3, or later
      • IBM i 6.1.1, or later with VIOS 2.2.0.11 with Fix Pack 24 and Service Pack 1, or later
      • IBM i 7.1, or later with VIOS 2.2.0.11 with Fix Pack 24 and Service Pack 1, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 1, or later
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 5.5 for POWER, or later.
      • IBM i 7.1, or later on May 20, 2011
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Assignment to the VIOS requires VIOS 2.2.0.11 with Fix Pack 24 and Service Pack 1 or later

(#5689) - DAT160 Data Cartridge

80GB Native/160GB Compressed

  • Attributes provided: Five DAT160 Data Cartridges
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5689)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5700) - IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides a 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable which conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Note: The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5700)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#5701) - IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI-X bus and connects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

IOP and IOPless version

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5701)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#5702) - PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller

#5702 provides two SCSI busses for PCI-X attachment of external tape devices and external removable media devices. #5702 has two ports with VHDCI connectors.

  • Attributes provided: Two SCSI VHDCI ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI or PCI-X slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5702)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5704) - PCI-X Fibre Channel Tape Controller

Provides Fibre Channel attachment for external tape devices. #5704 supports point-to-point and arbitrated loop topologies and has an LC-type cable connector. Each #5704 is shipped with a wrap connector (P/N 05N6767).

The following adapter kits are required when connecting SC type cables to the #5704:

  • #0371 -- LC-SC Adapter Kit (50um)
  • #0372 -- LC-SC Adapter Kit (62.5um)

An optics cleaning kit (P/N 46G6844) and instruction sheet (P/N 21P6238, SY27-2604) is shipped with the #5704. The customer supplies all Fibre Channel cables for this controller.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of external tape devices
  • Attributes required: Primary OS indicator #2145 and partition indicator 0265 or 0266. Placement with a controlling IOP is required
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5704)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5706) - IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCI or PCI-X bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5706) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5701) is the preferred solution.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5706)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#5707) - IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5707) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 and pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) is the preferred solution.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connections to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5707)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5708) - 10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter

10 Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter (#5708) is a high-performance, 10 Gb, dual port, PCIe Converged Network Adapter (CNA) utilizing SR optics. Each port can provide NIC (Network Interface Card) traffic and Fibre Channel functions simultaneously. CCIN is 2B3B See also feature #5270 for the identical adapter except it has a low profile tail stock.

Highlights

  • PCIe 2.0 adapter with x8 Gen 1
  • Convergence Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) supported
  • SR optical transceiver with LC connection provides up to 300m cable length
  • Non-volatile error log on the adapter
  • Supported with AIX and Linux and VIOS for FC and Ethernet NIC.
  • Supported with IBM i under VIOS for FC and Ethernet NIC
  • SAN and Network boot support for AIX, Linux
  • Requires FCoCEE capable switches for full FC+Ethernet capability. Ethernet only functionality if attached to ordinary Ethernet switch.
  • Utilizes existing cabling that supports 10 Gb SR
  • Based on Qlogic Converged Network Adapter (CNA)
  • NPIV support requires VIOS for all OS environments

Configuration maximum when used for NIC traffic (not Fibre Channel usage)

  • Recommended performance Max assuming high utilization, One adapter per four active processors cores.
  • Recommended connectivity Max assuming high utilization, two adapters per one physical processor core.
  • Attributes provided: 10 Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter
  • Attributes required: Open PCIe slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5708)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 -- 4 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877

(#5712) - PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5712) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.), up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of the previous Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI adapter (160 MBps). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A 0.3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DS4 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TS4 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 320 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. The two external ports also provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate and to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. Also the two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5712) is a native boot adapter with AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 software in a supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
  • Disk drives internal to the pSeries system shipped prior to September 1, 2003 require a disk drive microcode update to run at Ultra320 speed. To obtain the appropriate microcode update, go to the following web page URL: http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5712)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5713) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5713)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#5714) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses Small form factor LC type fiber optic connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5714)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#5716) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber onnector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5716)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#5717) - 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter

(No Longer Available as of January 1, 2014)

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter is short/ low-profile, full duplex, four-ported Gigabit Ethernet adapter that can be configured to run any of the ports at 1000,100 or 10 Mbps data rate. This adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distance of up to 100m. Each port is independent of one another and is boot capable under AIX Network install manager (NIM). The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The #5717 supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express adapter (#5717) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters considering performance, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Four-ported Gigabit Ethernet
  • Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5717)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 -- 4 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877

(#5718) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter

Provides 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections. Supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000MHz km minimum model bandwith at 850 nm. Adapter connector type is LC.

  • Attributes provided: Provides highend bandwith for networking
  • Attributes required: Supported on PCI-X slots only
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5718)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5719) - IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter

Offers 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections over a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector type for connecting into net-work infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5719)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5721) - 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

The adapter supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000 MHz*km minimum model bandwidth at 850 nm wavelength. The fiber cable connects to the adapter with LC type connector. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard.

  • Attributes provided: Provides high-end bandwidth for networking
  • Attributes required: PCI-X slot or for improved bandwidth plug into PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5721)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#5722) - 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

The adapter supports a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm 9um single-mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector to facilitate connecting into network infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
  • Attributes required: PCI-X slot or for improved bandwidth plug in PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5722)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#5723) - 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter

Connection for 2 Asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are Programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Asynchronous Ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI Slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5723)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#5732) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 19, 2013)

The 10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter is a low profile high performance adapter that transfers data over 4-lanes in each direction over copper cabling supporting a distance up to 15m.The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ae 10GBASE-CX4 specification for Ethernet transmission.

Highlights:

  • Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux Only)
  • RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux Only)

Full iSCSI software and hardware initiator support. (Linux Only)

  • Hardware PDU Offload (Linux Only)
  • iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking ( Linux Only)

Attributes provided:

  • PCIe-V1.1 x8
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-CX short-reach copper
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • Receive side scaling and packet steering
  • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
  • IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux Only)
  • APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and Open Fabrics Enterprise Distribution(OFED) 1.4 (Linux Only)
  • Attributes provided: PCIe-V1.1 x8 Ethernet
  • Attributes required: PCIe Express Slot, Copper CX4 Cables, 4x wrap plug
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5732)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 -- 4 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877

(#5735) - 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter

The 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a high-performance 8x short form adapter based on the Emulex LPe12002 PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiates to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port.

The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch (AIX, IBM i, Linux,VIOS). If in an IBM i environment, devices can also be directly attached.

N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.

Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

  • OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
  • M2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables. The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.

    Cable   |  2.125 Gbps  |  4.25 Gbps  |  8.5 Gbps  |
    --------|--------------|-------------|------------|
    OM3     |.5m - 500m    |.5m - 380m   |.5m - 150m  |
    OM2     |.5m - 300m    |.5m - 150m   |.5m - 50m   |
    OM1     |.5m - 150m    |.5m - 70m    |.5m - 21m   |

#5735 feature indicates a full high adapter. #5273 feature indicates a low profile adapter which is electronically identical. CCIN is 577D. Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: Dual Port Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5735)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 -- 4 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877

(#5736) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 11, 2014)

The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5736) is a 64-bit 3.3-volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.). Each SCSI bus can only support external attach SCSI devices.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To utilize the 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices; however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A 0.3-meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

Two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5736) is a native boot adapter. The adapter also supports target mode.

Feature #5736 and #5806 are physically identical cards with the same 571A CCIN. Different features are used to help IBM configurator tool understand whether or not an IOP is being used with the adapter. #5806 indicates an IOP is present.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • The Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI nonRAID Adapter has ports that are capable at running at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s).
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of external SCSI devices only on Power7 Servers.
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot or PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5736)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#5740) - 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 11, 2014)

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base -TX PCI-X adapter is a full height PCI-X 1.0a Ethernet adapter which supports four Gigabit ports on a single adapter, delivers increased bandwidth for slot-constrained servers, and is designed to provide high connectivity and reliability using two integrated, dual-port Gigabit Ethernet controllers.

  • Four RJ-45 ports
  • 3.3 volts, 64-bit 133 MHz with 64-bit Bus Mastering on the PCI-X bus
  • IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T compliant
  • IEEE 802.3u 100Base-T compliant
  • IEEE 802.3 10Base-T compliant
  • 802.1q VLAN tagging
  • Interrupt Moderation
  • TCP Segmentation offload and encapsulation in hardware
  • Checksum offloading of IP, TCP, and UDP frame
  • Increased connectivity while significantly reducing CPU utilization
  • Two LED adapter status indicators per port for link activity and speed
  • NIM is supported on all 4 ports
  • RoHS compliant

Limit Full bandwidth performance may not be achieved with more than one adapter per PCI Host Bridge (PHB) or more than one CPU.

  • Attributes provided: Four 10/100/1000 RJ-45 ports
  • Attributes required: One available PCI-X card slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5740)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#5741) - IBM Single Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card

The Single Bus Ultra 320 SCSI repeater card provides the paths to transmit the differential SCSI signal from a cable to the DASD backplanes contained in the IBM 7031 Model D24 Ultra 320 Expandable Disk Storage Drawer and in the #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Dis Drawer.

The Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card provides the following functions:

  • Provide SCSI enclosure services for all disk drives
  • Read power supply unit Vital Product Data ( VPD)
  • Monitor power line voltage EPOW (Early Power Off Warning) signals from the power supplies and assert SCSI reset to prevent data corruption during power failures.
  • Detect hot plugged disk drives and power them on automatically
  • Separate power partitions to each individual drive preventing cage power faults for a single drive fault
  • Provide cage power on commands when any attached host adapter is active
  • Redrive the SCSI bus to allow SCSI cable lengths up to 20 meters
  • Provide SCSI bus terminations for host and drve busses
  • Attributes provided: SCSI Bus connection
  • Attributes required: IBM 7031 Model D24 SCSI Disk StorageDrawer or a #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5741)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 91 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5742) - IBM Dual Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card

The Dual Bus Ultra 320 SCSI repeater card provides the paths to transmit the differential SCSI signal from a cable to the DASD backplanes contained in the IBM 7031 Model D24 Ultra 320 Expandable Disk Storage Drawer or the #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer. This high availability dual initiator feature allows the connection of two adapter cards to a SCSI group. The high availability SCSI connection feature can be used on any or all of the drive groups in the 7031 Model D24 and feature #5786 in conjunction with other drive groups in the enclosure using the standard IBM Single Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card (FC #5741). The Dual repeater option can also be used to connect all 12 of the front drives or all 12 of the rear drives into a single SCSI bus of 12 drives.

The Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card provides the following functions:

  • Provide SCSI enclosure services for all disk drives
  • Read power supply unit Vital Product Data ( VPD)
  • Monitor power line voltage EPOW (Early Power Off Warning) signals from the power supplies and assert SCSI reset to prevent data corruption during power failures.
  • Detect hot plugged disk drives and power them on on automatically
  • Separate power partitions to each individual drive preventing cage power faults for a single drive fault
  • Provide cage power on commands when any attached host adapter is active
  • Redrive the SCSI bus to allow SCSI cable lengths up to 20 meters
  • Provide SCSI bus terminations for host and drve busses
  • Attributes provided: SCSI Bus connection
  • Attributes required: IBM 7031 Model D24 SCSI Disk StorageDrawer or a #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5742)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 91 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5743) - SATA Slimline DVD-ROM Drive

The 8X/24X(max) Slimline SATA DVD-ROM Drive is an internal tray loading DVD-ROM drive providing up to 3600KB/sec MAX (CD-ROM) and 10.3MB/sec MAX (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It is a 12.7mm Slimline form factor multi-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance and supports reading DVD-RAM and a multitude of other optical media discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM, DVD and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics

  • Low Profile 12.7mm
  • SATA Interface
  • Industry standard Slimline SATA connectors
  • Supports 8cm and 12cm disk
  • Tray Loading
  • CD/DVD-ROM/RAM Read 24X/8X/5X
  • Buffer size 2MB
  • 1 Laser Diode 2 wavelenghts for CD/DVD
  • Power +5V/1.8A

Limitations

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • DVD-ROM only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1 or later.
  • Attributes provided: SATA DVD-ROM Drive
  • Attributes required: 1 Slimline media bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5743)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5746) - HH 800GB LTO4 SAS Tape Drive

(No Longer Available as of January 6, 2012)

The SAS Tape Drive uses industry standard Ultrium media. The Tape drive Write/Read Ultrium4 (LTO-4), Write/Read Ultrium3 (LTO-3), and Read Ultrium2 (LT02) formats. It has capacity of 800GB native or 1.6TB Compressed.

Highlights

  • Capacity: 800 GB native mode, 1.6 TB (typical) compression mode
  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
  • Media: IBM Ultrium 4
  • Technology: Linear
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 120 MB/sec.
  • Speed matching down to 31 MB/sec with LTO-4 media
  • Interface: SAS
  • Compatability: LTO4 (R/W), LTO3 (R/W) and LTO2 (R)
  • Attributes provided: Feature includes one each of the following, HHLTO-4 SAS Tape Drive, LTO-4 Cleaning Cartridge, and LTO-4 Test Cartridge.
  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay is required and #3657 cable.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5746)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

  • #5647 required #3657 cable.

(#5747) - IBM LTO Ultrium 4 800 GB Data Cartridge

The Data Cartridge provides storage physical capacity (1.6 TB with 2:1 compression) . Each data cartridge is embedded with an LTO Cartridge Memory (LTO-CM) chip, which is designed to enable fast simultaneous transfer of cartridge-dependent data with IBM tape drives during media load and unload cycles. The green cartridge color distinguishes it from previous generations of IBM LTO Ultrium Media.

  • Attributes provided: Five Data Cartridges
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5747)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5748) - POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator

The POWER GXT145 is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. The adapter requires a PCI Express slot. If attaching a device that requires a 15 pin D-Shell receptacle for a VGA connection (eg. when the graphic adapter output is routed directly to a 7316-TF3 display or indirectly through a KVM switch), order a VGA to DVI Connection Converter, feature number 4276 to accommodate the attaching device.

  • Hardware Description
    • 128-bit graphics processor
    • 8-bit indexed, 8-bit true color, or 24-bit true color
    • 32 MB SDRAM
    • x1 PCI Express interface
    • 2 DVI-I (analog/digital video) connectors
  • Features Supported
    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
    • Rectangular clipping
    • 1 monitor connected analog at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
    • 1 monitor connected digital at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
    • 2nd monitor supported on secondary connecter at up to 1600 x 1200 analog or 1280 x 1024 digital
    • 2nd monitor support in AIX is only in clone mode with an analog connection
  • APIs Supported
    • X-Windows and Motif
  • Software Requirements
    • The total number of Graphics Adapters in any one partition may not exceed four.
  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics Adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI Express Slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5748)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • CEC maximum of 4
    • System maximum of 8 in CEC and #5802/#5877

(#5749) - 4Gbps Fibre Channel (2-Port)

The 4 Gigabit Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_iseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel Ports
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 2.0 slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5749)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#5756) - IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive

The 8X/24X(max) Slimline IDE DVD-ROM Drive is an internal tray loading DVD-ROM drive providing up to 3600KB/sec MAX (CD-ROM) and 10.3MB/sec MAX (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It is a 12.7mm Slimline form factor multi-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance and supports existing 650MB CD-ROM, 4.7 GB DVD-ROM, and 9.4 GB DVD-ROM (double-sided) discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs at DVD-ROM speeds. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: CD-ROM=3600 KB/sec (max) DVD-ROM=10.3MB/sec (max). Read operations at outer diameter of disc.
  • Interface: IDE/ATAPI
  • Avg. Random Access Time: CD-ROM=95ms(typical) DVD-ROM=150ms(typical)
  • Buffer Memory: 256KB
  • Media capacity: CD-ROM=650MB; DVD-ROM= 4.7 GB(single sided); 9.4 GB(double-sided)
  • Supports major CD-ROM formats including Mode 1, Mode 2, XA, CDDA and audio. +R and +RW not supported.
  • Reads CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM, & DVD-RAM discs. +R and +RW not supported.
  • Reads 2.6GB, 4.7GB and 9.4GB doublesided) DVD-RAM media
  • Multisession capable (Reads CD/R & CD-R/W media)
  • 12.7mm Slimline form factor
  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions
  • Interface supports standard and extended XA formats
  • Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks (Horizontal only) and 12cm

Limitations

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • DVD-ROM only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1 or later.
  • Attributes provided: 8X/24X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive
  • Attributes required: 1 Slimline media bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5756)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5757) - IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive

The IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive is an internal tray loading, multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7GB DVD-RAM discs as well as reading a multitude of other optical media discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. It is a 12.7mm high Slimline form factor, multi-session capable, DVD-RAM drive which provides state of the art performance. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: 3600KB/sec CD-ROM (24X) MAX; 10.8MB/ sec read MAX (8X DVD-ROM); 2.7MB/sec write MAX (2X DVD-RAM) and 2.7MB/sec read MAX (2X DVD-RAM). Read/Write operations at outer diameter of disc.
  • Interface: Parallel IDE
  • Average Random Access Time: CD-ROM= 150ms (Typical); DVD-ROM= 180ms (Typical); DVD-RAM= 229ms (Typical)
  • Buffer Memory: 2MB
  • Media capacity: CD-ROM=650MB; DVD-ROM= 4.7 GB(single sided); 9.4 GB (double-sided)
  • Supports major CD-ROM formats including Mode 1, Mode 2, XA, CDDA and audio. +R and +RW not supported.
  • Reads CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM, & DVD-RAM discs. +R and +RW not supported.
  • Multisession capable (Reads CD/R & CD-R/W media)
  • Reads 2.6GB DVD-RAM media; reads and writes 4.7GB and 9.4GB double sided) DVD-RAM media
  • Loading tray accommodates both 8cm discs and 12cm discs.
  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal position
  • Reads CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM, & DVD-RAM discs.
  • High-speed burst rate of 16/16/33 MB/second for PIO / MDMA / UDMA
  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal position.
  • Loading tray accommodates both 8cm discs (Horizontal Only) and 12cm discs.
  • 12.7mm Slimline form factor

Limitations

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • Drive only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1.
  • Attributes provided: One 4.7GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
  • Attributes required: One IDE 12.7mm high media bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5757)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5758) - 4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 1.0 / 2.0 slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5758)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#5759) - 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 11, 2014)

The 4 Gigabit Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 2.0 slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5759)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

    Carefully consider the usage of this card. If placed in a PCI-X slot rated as SDR compatible and/or has the slot speed of 133 MHz, the AIX value of the max_xfer_size must be kept at the default setting of 0x100000 (1 megabyte) when both ports are in use. The architecture of the DMA buffer for these slots does not accommodate larger max_xfer_size settings.

(#5760) - PCI-X Fibre Chan Disk Controller

Provides a 4Gbps Single Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 Adapter, which attaches external DASD devices. #5760 is a 64-bit address/ data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage.

The #5760 will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1Gbps, 2Gbps or 4Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2Gbps data rate and 4Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1Gbps or 2Gbps or 4Gbps data rates.

The #5760 can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector, use of a #2456-2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable or a #2459-2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable is required.

The #5760 requires a PCI IOP.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_iseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: One Port Fibre Channel Adapter that attaches External DASD
  • Attributes required: One empty PCI-X 1.0 / 2.0 slot and a PCI IOP
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5760)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5761) - PCI-X Fibre Chan Tape Controller

Provides a 4Gbps Single Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 Adapter, which attaches external tape devices. #5761 is a 64-bit address/ data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage.

The #5761 will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1Gbps, 2Gbps or 4Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2Gbps data rate and 4Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1Gbps or 2Gbps or 4Gbps data rates.

The #5761 can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector, use of a #0371 LC-SC Adapter Kit (50um) or a #0372 LC-SC Adapter Kit (62.5um) is required.

Features #5761 and #5758 are physically the same card, but have different feature numbers that denote to IBM configurator tools whether or not an IOP is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_iseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: One Port Fibre Channel Adapter that attaches External Tape Devices
  • Attributes required: One empty PCI-X 1.0 / 2.0 slot and a PCI IOP
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5761)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5762) - SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive

(No Longer Available as of June 28, 2013)

The IBM SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive is an internal tray loading, multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7GB DVD-RAM discs as well as reading a multitude of other optical media discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. It is a 12.7mm high Slimline form factor, multi-session capable, DVD-RAM drive which provides state of the art performance. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM, DVD and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics

  • Low Profile 12.7mm
  • SATA Interface
  • Industry standard Slimline SATA connectors
  • Supports 8cm and 12cm disk
  • Tray Loading
  • CD/DVD-ROM/RAM Read 24X/8X/5X
  • DVD-RAM Write 5X
  • Buffer Size 2MB
  • 1 Laser Diode 2 wavelenghts for CD/DVD
  • Power +5V/1.8A

Limitations

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • Drive only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1 or later.
  • Attributes provided: One 4.7GB SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
  • Attributes required: One SATA 12.7mm high media bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5762)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5767) - 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express (PCIe) Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus. It is PCIe x4 capable and conforms to the PCIe 1.0a standard. The adapter connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCIe Adapter (#5767) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5767)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 -- 4 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877

(#5768) - 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express (PCIe) Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus. It is PCIe x4 capable and conforms to the PCIe 1.0a standard. The adapter connects to a network using a 50/62.5 micron shortwave (850 nm) multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCIe Adapter (#5768) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCIe Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connections to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5768)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 -- 4 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877

(#5769) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter

The 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter is a full-high, high performance adapter that uses a LC Duplex type connector and is capable of transferring data a distance of 300m over MMF-850nm Fiber cable. The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ae 10GBASE-SR specification for Ethernet transmission.

Highlights

  • Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux Only)
  • RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux Only)
  • Full iSCSI initiator and target mode stack (Linux Only)
    • iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking (Linux Only)
    • PDU recovery (Linux Only)

Attributes

  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
  • IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
  • IEEE 802.3x flow control
  • Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
  • IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
  • Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • Receive side scaling and packet steering
  • Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
  • IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux Only)
  • APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and OpenFabrics 1.4 (Linux Only)
  • Attributes provided: PCIe-V1.1 x8 10GBASE-SR short -reach optics adapter
  • Attributes required: PCI Express slot, Fiber Cable (Optional LC-SC 62.5 micron converter cable, 50 micron LC-SC connections), LC wrap plug-d
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5769)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 -- 4 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877

(#5772) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI Express Adapter

The 10GbE Fiber Optic Server Adapter, is 10 Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) Fiber NIC for PCI Express (PCIe) capable systems. The adapter is a high-performance, highly integrated 10 Gigabit Ethernet LAN adapters with PCIe host interface and fiber LAN connectors on the optical modules.

Feature 5772 conforms to the 802.3ae 10GBASE-LR specification for Ethernet transmissions over 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable for distances up to 10 kilometers.

Highlights

  • 10GBASE-LR fiber optic LAN connections
  • Eight (8) lane PCIe Host Connector
  • PCIe Low-Profile add-in card dimensions (68.9mm x 167.65mm)
  • Uses Intel 82598EB MAC
  • PCI Express bus interface v1.1 and v.2.0 (Gen 1 only)
  • PCIe Hot Plug/Active PCI
  • Controller EEPROM and FLASH ROM
  • Status LED (Link/Activity)
  • Low power PCIe Gen 1 MAC
  • *Support either MSI or MSI-X depending on system/OS support for multi-CPU and multi-core systems.
  • Dynamic interrupt moderation for lower latency
  • Supports 10Gb, full duplex
  • Supports EtherChannel with the existing software
  • Supports IEEE 802.3ad (link aggregation control protocol)
  • IEEE 802.1Q VLANs
  • IEEE 802.3x
  • IEEE 802.1p
  • Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)/User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Checksum Offloading
  • Internet Protocol ver 4 (IPv4) Checksum Offloading
  • Transmit Checksum Offloading with TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO)/ Large Send Offload

* Supported by SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP3 for POWER Systems, or later and Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.4, or later.

  • Attributes provided: One 10 Gigabit Ethernet port
  • Attributes required: One x8 lane or x16 PCI Express slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5772)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 -- 4 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877

(#5773) - 4 Gigabit PCI Express Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCIe adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit PCIe Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5773)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 -- 4 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877

(#5774) - 4 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCIe adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Between the adapter and an attaching device or switch, the distances supported are up to: 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 150 meters running at 4 Gbps data rate. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit PCIe Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5774)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 -- 4 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877

(#5776) - PCI-X Disk Controller-90MB No IOP

Provides a PCI-X SCSI disk controller that has a 90MB write cache and can provide RAID-5 or RAID-6 protection of disk units.

The #5776 has two U320 SCSI buses each with a bus data rate of up to 320MBs. A maximum of 12 or 24 disk drives and up to two internal removable media devices (tape, DVD-ROM, or DVD-RAM) are supported on the #5776. The maximum is 12 drives in a #0595 I/O drawer. The maximum is 10 drives in a #5094/5294. The maximum is 24 drives in an EXP24 Disk Enclosure. The #5776 can attach to disk drives within an expansion tower and also attach to disk units in an EXP24 Disk Enclosure. The #0301 specify indicates to the IBM Configurator tool that one port of the #5776 is attaching to disk units in an EXP24 Disk Enclosure.

A minimum of three disk drives are required for RAID-5, providing protection against a single drive failure in an array. A minimum of four disk drives are required for RAID-6, providing protection against up to two drives failing in an array.

Note the 757MB write cache and 1.5GB write cache disk controllers provide greater disk performance and have an auxiliary write cache IOA to protect the write cache contents.

  • Attributes provided: Two Ultra320 SCSI VHDCI ports
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3V long PCI or PCI-X slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5776)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5777) - PCI-X Disk Controller-1.5GB No IOP

Provides a high-performance PCI-X Ultra320 SCSI disk controller with a maximum compressed write cache of 1.5GB and read cache of 1.6GB. #5777 will support i5/OS mirroring protection for internal disk drives using the write cache, but will not use the write cache to run RAID-5 or RAID-6 unless an auxiliary write cache IOA is attached. Running RAID-5 or RAID-6 without write cache very significantly reduces its performance. (When an auxiliary write cache IOA is attached, the pair of cards is denoted by feature code #5583.) Concurrent battery maintenance is supported. The controller also supports internal tape units, CD-ROM units, and DVD units. The #5777 has four internal Ultra320 SCSI buses and does not require an IOP.

  • Attributes provided: High performance disk controller
  • Attributes required: A single long PCI-X slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5777)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5778) - PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOP

Provides an EXP24 disk controller with PCI-X DDR technology, a maximum of 1.5GB compressed write cache and a maximum 1.6GB compressed read cache. The controller supports RAID-5 and RAID-6 and mirroring is supported via i5/OS. Embedded auxiliary write cache and concurrent battery maintenance are provided. The controller is implemented using two physical cards that are firmly connected and requires two adjacent PCI slots. It provides three Ultra320 SCSI ports/buses for the attachment of disk drives located in a #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer. #5782 is the same adapter card, but with the #5782 the adapter is placed in a double-wide blind swap cassette.

  • Attributes provided: High performance RAID disk controller
  • Attributes required: Two adjacent long PCI-X slots
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5778)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5782) - PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOP

Provides an EXP24 disk controller with PCI-X DDR technology, a maximum of 1.5GB compressed write cache and a maximum 1.6GB compressed read cache. The controller supports RAID-5 and RAID-6 and mirroring is supported via IBM i. Embedded auxiliary write cache and concurrent battery maintenance are provided. The controller is implemented using two physical cards that are firmly connected and requires two adjacent PCI slots. It provides three Ultra320 SCSI ports/buses for the attachment of disk drives located in a #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer or #5796 PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer.

This feature includes a double-wide blind swap cassette in which the disk controller is placed. The cassette is required to locate the disk controller in a Power 570, 770, 780 system unit or #5790 I/ O drawer. #5782 indicates an IOP is not used.

  • Attributes provided: High-performance SCSI RAID controller in a double wide blind swap cassette.
  • Attributes required: Two adjacent PCI-X long card slots, in a blind swap capable system unit or expansion unit.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5782)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5785) - 4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter

Note #5785 and # 5277 are physically and electrically identical adapters, except for the type of PCIe slot used (full-high or low profile). Note also the 4-port #5277/5785 is functionally nearly identical to the 2-port #5289/5290 except for the number and type of connectors. Connection for 4 asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps.

  • Attributes provided: 4-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 via 4-Port DB9 DTE Fan-Out Cable 1.2 M (4 ft.), 4 x 9-pin D-Sub (Male DB-9) and 1 x 68-pin D-Sub (HD-68)
  • Attributes required: 1 PCIe Slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5785)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 -- 4 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877

(#5786) - TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Dwr

Provides disk slots for up to 24 disk units in a 19-inch, 4 EIA high rack drawer. The #5786 provides redundant power, redundant cooling, and Ultra 320 SCSI interface connections for 24 Ultra 320 SCSI disk units that are organized in four independent groups of six disk units.

#5741 and/or #5742 EXP24 Disk Slot Enablers (SCSI repeaters) enable these groups of six disk unit slots. The enabled disk slots are driven by SCSI disk controllers located outside the #5786 and connected by a SCSI cable. One to four Disk Slot Enablers are required, depending on the number of disk unit groups populated with disk units.

One external port on a disk controller such as a #5736/#5776/ #5782 is required for each #5741 installed. Likewise, one external disk controller port is required for each #5742 installed and cabled to run one group of six disk slots. Alternately, two #5742s can be cabled such that a single disk controller can run two groups of six disk slots. Or, one #5741 plus one #5742 can also be cabled such that a single disk controller can run two groups of six disk slots.

The following SCSI cables are available:

  • #2138 0.55m SCSI Cable
  • #2124 1m SCSI Cable
  • #2125 3m SCSI Cable
  • #2126 5m SCSI Cable
  • #2127 10m SCSI Cable
  • #2128 20m SCSI Cable
  • Attributes provided: 24 Ultra 320 SCSI disk unit slots
  • Attributes required: Disk controller with external Ultra 320 SCSI port and 4 EIA units of space in a 19-inch rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5786)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5787) - TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Twr

Provides disk slots for up to 24 disk units in a 19-inch, 4 EIA high rack drawer. The #5786 provides redundant power, redundant cooling, and Ultra 320 SCSI interface connections for 24 Ultra 320 SCSI disk units that are organized in four independent groups of six disk units.

#5741 and/or #5742 EXP24 Disk Slot Enablers (SCSI repeaters) enable these groups of six disk unit slots. The enabled disk slots are driven by SCSI disk controllers located outside the #5786 and connected by a SCSI cable. One to four Disk Slot Enablers are required, depending on the number of disk unit groups populated with disk units.

One external port on a disk controller such as a #5736/#5776/ #5778/#5782 is required for each #5741 installed. Likewise, one external disk controller port is required for each #5742 installed and cabled to run one group of six disk slots. Alternately, two #5742s can be cabled such that a single disk controller can run two groups of six disk slots. Or, one #5741 plus one #5742 can also be cabled such that a single disk controller can run two groups of six disk slots.

The following SCSI cables are available:

  • #2138 0.55m SCSI Cable
  • #2124 1m SCSI Cable
  • #2125 3m SCSI Cable
  • #2126 5m SCSI Cable
  • #2127 10m SCSI Cable
  • #2128 20m SCSI Cable
  • Attributes provided: 24 Ultra 320 SCSI disk slots
  • Attributes required: Disk controller with external Ultra 320 SCSI port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5787)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5790) - PCI Expansion Drawer

The #5790 is a four EIA unit I/O expansion drawer that provides six full length, 64-bit, 3.3-V, 133 MHz hot-plug PCI-X slots and can ammodate up to six blind swap I/O adapters. The I/O Expanison drawer is attached to the system using a RIO-2 bus interface adapter. The #5790 includes redundant concurrently maintainable power and cooling and the blind swap PCI mechanism allows for PCI card servicing without removing the I/O expansion drawer

The #5790 mounts in a 19-inch rack using a #7307 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure or a #7311 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure. Two #5790 drawers can be mounted side by side in a single #7307 or #7311 and are not required to be attached to the same system

  • Attributes provided: 6 PCI-X slots for blind swap I/O adapters
  • Attributes required:
    • Rack space in a #7307 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure or a #7311 Dual I/ O Unit Enclosure.
    • One RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter, #6438
    • Two RIO-2 cables (#3168 recommended)
    • Two SPCN cables (#6006 recommended).
    • Two Power cable, drawer to IBM PDU (#6459 recommended)
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5790)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5796) - PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer

(No Longer Available as of July 27, 2012)

The #5796 is a four EIA unit I/O expansion drawer providing six full length, 64 bit, 3.3 volt, 266MHz PCI-X DDR slots. Blind swap cassettes are used to insert or remove the PCI-X cards. The #5796 is attached to a system using a GX Dual Port 12X Channel Attach adpater in a 12X loop. Either a 12X Short Run adapter (6446) or 12X Long Run adapter (6457) must be selected on each #5796. Up to four #5796 can be attached on the same 12X loop using a mixture of Short Run and Long Run adapters.

The #5796 includes redundant hot-swap power and cooling. The blind swap PCI mechanism allows for PCI card concurrent maintenance without removing the I/O expansion drawer. The #5796 mounts in a 19-inch rack using a #7314 I/O Drawer Mounting Enclosure. Two #5796 drawers can be mounted side by side in a single #7314 using a total of four EIA. The #5796 are not required to be attached to the same system. Each #5796 requires two power cords

When placed in an IBM i partition, these PCI-X DDR slots support only smart IOAs and do not support an IOP or an IOA which requires an IOP.

  • Attributes provided: 6 PCI-X DDR slots for blind swap I/O adapters
  • Attributes required: Rack space in a #7314 I/O Drawer Mounting Enclusure. 12X cable(s). 12X Short Run or Long Run card, and SPCN cable(s).
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5796)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5802) - 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk

This feature provides a 4U high I/O drawer containing ten PCIe slots and eighteen SAS hot-swap Small Form Factor disk bays. This drawer attaches to the central electronics complex via 12X DDR cables (#1862, #1864, or #1865). When SFF disks are installed, they are driven by at least one SAS PCIe adapter and SAS AT cable (#3688). Using a mode switch the 18 SFF slots can be configured as one group of 18 slots (AIX/Linux) or two groups or 9 slots (AIX/IBM i/Linux) or four groups of 4 or 5 slots (AIX/Linux).

  • Attributes provided: 10 PCIe Slots, 18 SFF SAS disk bays
  • Attributes required: Available 12X connection ports.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5802)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5805) - PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter

The #5805 PCIe 380 MB Cache Dual - x4 3 Gb SAS RAID Adapter is a short, full high form factor adapter that supports the attachment of SAS disk and SAS solid state drives (SSD) using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. Write cache can provide an I/O performance boost even if RAID 5/6/10 is not used. From a high-level perspective, except for having a larger write cache, it is very similar to the feature 5902 PCI-X SAS adapter and provides a high-performance connection to SAS devices. Two of feature 5805 provides for mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints between the adapters for superior availability. Feature 5805 is installed in pairs, allowing for redundancy of the write cache. If the feature 5805 pairing is broken, then write cache is disabled. The #5805 can also be paired with a #5903 adapter. Feature 5805 supports SAS disk drives (HDD) and SAS-bay-based SSD located in a PCIe 12X I/O Drawer or drives located in an EXP12S Disk Drawer or EXP24 Disk Drawer. AIX/Linux formatted SAS drives can be attached, and RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6, and RAID 10 are supported. Similarly, IBM i RAID formatted HDD and SSD can also also be attached, and RAID 5 and RAID 6 is support. AIX, IBM i and Linux also support The #5805 is electronically identical to the #5903 and both the 5903 and 5805 use CCIN number is 574E. The #5805 adapter is slightly more narrow than the #5903 due to the placement of its cache batteries.

With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk or SSD.. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. The pairing of #5805 provides a high availability I/O configuration to protect against the failure of a SAS adapter. SAS X cables attach SAS disk drives in an EXP12S and/or EXP24S Disk Drawer. SAS #3688 cables attach SFF SAS drives in an PCIe 12X I/O Drawer. The high availability I/O configuration connection is provided via the internal wiring within the PCIe 12X I/O drawer itself.

Highlights

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four #5886 EXP12S Disk Drawers or two #5887 EXP24S Disk Drawer
  • SAS speed = 3Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP)and Serial Management Protocol (SMP) 380 MB of non-volatile fast write cache can increase disk subsystem performance
  • Dual controller supports mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent Firmware Update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors.
  • Attributes required: One PCIe slot per #5805. Configuration always requires even pairs of #5805 (or #5903/5805). SAS Media devices are not supported. When attaching #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S at least one of the following SAS (X) cables #3661, #3662 or #3663 must be used.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5805)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 -- 4 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877

(#5806) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

This feature is provided for driving a SCSI Tape Drive in an i5OS environment. An IOP is required when this feature is selected.

The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5806) is a 64-bit 3.3-volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To utilize the 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices; however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A 0.3-meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

Two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5806) is a native boot adapter. The adapter also supports target mode.

Feature #5736 and #5806 are physically identical cards with the same 571A CCIN. Different features are used to help IBM configurator tool understand whether or not an IOP is being used with the adapter. #5806 indicates an IOP is present.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI nonRAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of a SCSI Tape drive
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot or PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot and a PCI IOP.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5806)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5877) - 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, No Disk

This feature provides a 4U high I/O drawer containing ten PCIe slots. This drawer attaches to the central electronics complex via 12X DDR cables (#1862, #1864 or #1865).

  • Attributes provided: 10 PCIe Slots
  • Attributes required: Available 12X connection ports.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5877)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5886) - EXP 12S Expansion Drawer

(No Longer Available as of January 6, 2012)

EXP 12S is an expansion drawer with twelve 3.5-inch form factor SAS bays. #5886 Supports up to 12 hot-swap SAS Hard Disk Drives (HDD) or up to 8 hot-swap Solid State Drives (SSD). The EXP 12S includes Redundant AC power supplies and two power cords. Though the drawer is one set of 12 drives which is run by one SAS controller or one pair of SAS controllers, it has two SAS attachment ports and two Service Managers for redundancy. The EXP 12S takes up a 2 EIA space in a 19-inch rack. The SAS controller can be a SAS PCI-X or PCIe adapter or pair of adapters or can be an imbedded SAS controller in server with an imbedded SAS port such as the 8203 or 8204. Attachment to the controller is via the appropriate external SAS cables. A pair of #5886 EXP12S drawers can be attached together with SAS cables allowing the SAS controller(s) to access 24 SAS bays.

  • Attributes provided: 12 SAS bays, slot filler panels are provided for empty bays when initially shipped from IBM.
  • Attributes required:
    • Available SAS controller (PCI or embedded server controller)
    • Power System server, POWER5 or later
    • Available 2U 19-inch rack space
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5886)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 28 (Initial order maximum: 28)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5887) - EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer

The EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer is an expansion drawer with twenty-four 2.5-inch form factor SAS bays. #5887 supports up to 24 hot-swap SFF SAS Hard Disk Drives (HDD). It uses only 2 EIA of space in a 19-inch rack. The EXP24S includes redundant AC power supplies and two power cords. The EXP24S SFF bays use Gen-2 or SFF-2 SAS bays that are not compatible with CEC SFF Gen-1 SAS bays or with #5802/ 5803 SFF SAS bays.

With AIX/Linux/VIOS, the EXP24S can be ordered with four sets of 6 bays, two sets of 12 bays or one set of 24 bays (mode 4, 2 or 1). With IBM i the EXP24S can be ordered as one set of 24 bays (mode 1).

In mode 1 (one set of 24 bays) two EXP24S SAS connectors are used. In mode 2 ( two sets of 12 bays) four EXP24S SAS connectors are used. In mode 4 (four sets of 6 bays) four EXP24S SAS connectors are used.

The EXP24S SAS ports are attached to SAS controller(s) which can be a SAS PCI-X or PCIe adapter or pair of adapters. The EXP24S can also be attached to an imbedded SAS controller in a server with an imbedded SAS port. Attachment between the SAS controller and the EXP24S SAS ports is via the appropriate SAS Y or X cables.

  • Attributes provided: 24 SFF SAS bays, slot filler panels are provided for empty bays when initially shipped from IBM. #5887 rails have some adjustability for depth - 25.25 to 29.875 inches.
  • Attributes required:
    • Available SAS controller (PCI or imbedded server controller)
    • Power System server, POWER6 or later
    • Available 2U 19-inch rack space
    • Appropriate SAS cables for configuration mode selected
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5887)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 with Service Pack 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level and Service Pack 6, or later (planned availability: June 3, 2011)
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 10, or later (planned availability: June 3, 2011)
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later (planned availability: June 30, 2011)
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later (planned availability: June 30, 2011)
      • IBM i 6.1 with machine code 6.1.1, or later
      • IBM i 7.1, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.6 for POWER, or later
      • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 10 Service Pack 4, or later
      • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1, or later

      Find the required driver update for SLES11 SP1 under the following URL:

      http://drivers.suse.com/driver-process/pub/update/IBM/
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02 or later

(#5899) - PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter

This short PCIe Gen2 adapter provides four 1Gb Ethernet ports that can be configured to run at 1000, 100 or 10 Mbps. 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cables up to 100 meters in length are attached to the copper RJ45 connectors. Each port is independent of one another and supports full-duplex or half-duplex. 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

Feature #5260 and #5899 are electronically identical and have the same CCIN of 576F. #5260 indicates a low profile tail stock while #5899 indicates a full high tail stock.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking
  • Attributes provided: Four-port 1 Gb Ethernet
  • Attributes required: 1 Full High Profile PCIe slot (Gen1 or Gen2)
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5899)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-01 Technology level and Service pack 4 or later
      • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 6 or later (planned availability 6/29/2012)
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 4 or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level and service Pack 8 or later (planned availability 6/29/2012)
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 6 or later (planned availability 6/29/2012)

        Note: AIX 5.3 service extension is required

      • IBM i 7.1, or later
      • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.8 for POWER with all available service updates, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 for POWER, or later
      • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 2, or later

      Find the required driver update for Linux under the following URL.

      http://www14.software.ibm.com/webapp/set2/sas/f/lopdiags/info/ LinuxAlerts.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS 2.2.1.4 or later

(#5900) - PCI-X DDR Dual -x4 SAS Adapter

The PCI-X DDR Dual Connector x4 SAS Adapter is a low-profile short form factor adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance applications. The Adapter provides two SAS channels (busses). In a wide configuration, providing redundant ports to the devices, 1 Gbs throughput is supported. In the non-redundant configuration up to 3 Gbs is supported. The adapter supports RAID level 0 (with mirroring) and 10

Highlights

  • Wide Configuration supports addressing up to 512 SAS devices with eight ports
  • Non-Redundant configuration supports addressing 128 SAS devices per port
  • SAS speed = 3Gbs
  • SATA speed = 1.5 Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP), Serial ATA Tunneling Protocol (STP) and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
  • RAID 0 (with mirroring), 10
  • Concurrent Firmware Update
  • Removable Media Device Supported
  • Attributes provided: Eight SAS Ports through two x4 SAS channels.
  • Attributes required: One PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5900)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#5901) - PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter

The #5901 PCIe Dual-4x SAS Adapter is a low-profile short form factor adapter which supports the attachment of SAS disk, tape, and DVD using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. From a high level perspective, it is functionally equivalent to the #5912 PCI-X SAS adapter and provides a high-performance connection to SAS devices.

The #5901 supports external SAS tape drives such as the 36/72 GB DAT72, 80/160GB DAT160, and 800/1600GB LTO-4 found in the IBM tape units such as the 7214-1U2, TS2240, TS2340, TS3100, TS3200, and TS3310. Other removable media devices supported include IBM SAS/SATA DVD-ROM/RAM drives. SAS adapter-to-enclosure (AE) cables are used to attach these drives. The #5901 supports SAS SFF disk drives located in a PCIe 12X I/O Drawer or SAS disk drives located in an EXP12S or EXP24S Disk Drawer or drives in a POWER6 system CEC (split DASD backplane). AIX/Linux formatted SAS drives are supported with RAID 0 (with mirroring) and RAID 10. IBM i formatted SAS drives are supported and data spreading and mirroring functions are provided by IBM i. RAID-5 or RAID-6 are not supported on the #5901. #5901 has zero write cache. CCIN for #5901 is 57B3.

With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk . The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. SAS Y cables attach SAS disk drives in an EXP12S or EXP24S Disk Drawers. SAS #3688 cables attach SFF SAS drives in an PCIe 12X I/O Drawer. With the EXP12S or EXP24S Drawer, a high availability I/O configuration can be created using a pair of #5901 adapters and SAS X cables to protect against the failure of a SAS adapter. In the PCIe 12X I/O Drawer, this function is provided via the internal wiring within the drawer itself.

Highlights

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four #5886 EXP12S Disk Drawers or two #5887 EXP24S Disk Drawer
  • Supports up to 42 disk (18 SFF disk plus up to 24 3.5-inch SAS disk) when configured with a #5802 19-inch PCIe 12X I/O Drawer and two #5886 EXP12S Disk Drawers or configured with a #5802 and one #5887 EXP24S
  • Supports up to 50 disk (26 SFF disk plus up to 24 3.5-inch SAS disk) when configured with a #5803 24-inch PCIe 12X I/O Drawer and two #5886 EXP12S Disk Drawers or configured with a #5803 and one #5887 EXP24S
  • SAS speed = 3Gbs
  • SATA speed = 1.5Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP), Serial ATA Tunneling Protocol (STP) and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
  • Dual controller supports mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent firmware update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors
  • Attributes required: One PCI Express slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5901)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Maximum of 4 in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 -- 4 in CEC and 20 in 2 x #5802/ #5877

(#5902) - PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter

The PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter is a long form factor adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance applications requiring two adapters. Two #5902 provides for mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints between the adapters for superior availability. With proper cabling, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS failure occur. RAID levels 0, 5, 6, and 10 are supported. It is used with FC 5886 EXP 12S SAS disk expansion drawers. FC 5902 is always to be in used in a High Availability configuration using two adapters.

Highlights

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four FC 5886 12S disk expansion drawers
  • SAS speed = 3Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP)and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
  • RAID 0, 5, 6, and 10
  • 175MB of NV Fast Write Cache
  • Dual controller supports mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent Firmware Update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors.
  • Attributes required: One PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot per #5902. Configuration always requires even pairs of #5902. SAS Media devices are not supported. When attaching #5886 EXP 12S use one of the following SAS (X) cables #3661, #3662 or #3663 must be used.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5902)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#5903) - PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter

(No longer available as of January 07, 2011)

The #5903 PCIe 380 MB Cache Dual - x4 3 Gb SAS RAID Adapter is a short, full high form factor adapter that supports the attachment of SAS disk and SAS solid state drives (SSD) using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. Write cache can provide an I/O performance boost even if RAID 5/6/10 is not used. From a high-level perspective, except for having a larger write cache, it is very similar to the feature 5902 PCI-X SAS adapter and provides a high-performance connection to SAS devices. Two of feature 5903 provides for mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints between the adapters for superior availability. Feature 5903 is installed in pairs, allowing for redundancy of the write cache. If the feature 5903 pairing is broken, then write cache is disabled. The #5903 can also be paired with a #5805 adapter. Feature 5903 supports SAS disk drives (HDD) and SAS-bay-based SSD located in a PCIe 12X I/O Drawer or drives located in an EXP12S Disk Drawer or EXP24S Disk Drawer. AIX/Linux formatted SAS drives can be attached, and RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6, and RAID 10 are supported. Similarly, IBM i RAID formatted HDD and SSD can also also be attached, and RAID 5 and RAID 6 is support. AIX, IBM i and Linux also support The #5805 is electronically identical to the #5903 and both the 5903 and 5805 use CCIN number is 574E. The #5805 adapter is slightly more narrow than the #5903 due to the placement of its cache batteries.

With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk or SSD.. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. The pairing of #5903 provides a high availability I/O configuration to protect against the failure of a SAS adapter. SAS X cables attach SAS disk drives in an EXP12S and/or EXP24S Disk Drawers. SAS #3688 cables attach SFF SAS drives in an PCIe 12X I/O Drawer. The high availability I/O configuration connection is provided via the internal wiring within the PCIe 12X I/O drawer itself.

Highlights

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four #5886 EXP12S Disk Drawers or with two #5887 EXP24S Disk Drawers
  • SAS speed = 3Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP)and Serial Management Protocol (SMP) 380 MB of non-volatile fast write cache can increase disk subsystem performance
  • Dual controller supports mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent Firmware Update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors.
  • Attributes required: One PCIe slot per #5903. Configuration always requires even pairs of #5903 (or #5903/5805). SAS Media devices are not supported. When attaching #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S at least one of the following SAS (X) cables #3661, #3662 or #3663 must be used.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5903)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5904) - PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter

PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter provides disk drive or SSD controller function using PCI-X DDR technology, a maximum of 1.5GB compressed write cache and a maximum 1.6GB compressed read cache. Auxiliary write cache and concurrent battery maintenance are provided. The controller is implemented using two physical cards that are firmly connected and requires two adjacent PCI slots. It provides three mini-SAS 4x connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in a #5886 EXP12S/#5887 EXP24S Expansion Drawers or supported Power system CEC. The controller supports a maximum of five SAS #5886 EXP12S Expansion Drawers. The controller supports a maximum of two #5887 EXP24S drawers, but can also support a #5886 I/O drawer in addition to the two #5887. It supports up to 8 drive slots in the CEC of a supported system. With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk or SSD. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. CCIN is 572F/575C.

The adapter provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6 and RAID 10 for AIX and Linux. Under IBM i OS, mirroring and data spreading is provided by the operating system and RAID 5 and RAID6 is provided by the adapter.

#5904, #5906 and #5908 are all feature codes representing the same physical cards, but different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #5904 indicates no blind swap cassette and is used in enclosures such as a Power 550 CEC or Power 750 CEC.

With the optional pairing of adapters, an even higher level of protection beyond, auxiliary cache is provided via a dual controller I/O configuration to protect against the failure of an entire adapter. In such a high availability I/O configuration, SAS X cables are used to attach #5886 EXP12S/#5887 EXP24S Expansion Drawers and the 4th mini-SAS connector (top) is used with an adapter to adapter (AA) SAS CABLE, (3M #3681, 6M #3682), to directly connect the card sets. Paired adapters must reside on the same server/partition for IBM i, but can be in the same or separate servers/partitions for AIX/Linux.

Highlights

  • SAS speed = 3Gb/s
  • SAS-SSP, SMP are supported
  • Supports Single controller with SAS y cables( #3692, #3693, #3694) for #5886 EXP 12S, or with SAS AI cable for Power 520/550 CEC
  • Supports Dual controller with SAS x cables (#3661, #3662, #3663) and SAS (AA) cable( #3681 or #3682).
  • Built-in auxiliary cache mirrors write cache for redundancy
  • Attributes provided: PCI-X DDR 1.5 GB cache SAS RAID Adapter
  • Attributes required: two adjacent PCI-X slots. #5922 if single controller, if paired controller use either #3681 or #3682 (AA) cables
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5904)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5907) - 36/72GB 4mm DAT72 SAS Tape Drive

The 36/72 GB 4-mm Internal Tape Drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high, LVD 16-bit tape drive, for save/restore and archive functions. This DDS Gen5 tape drive uses IBM 4-mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 72 GB.

Characteristics

  • Capacity: 36 GB native mode, 72 GB (typical) compression mode
  • DDS Gen5
  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
  • Media: IBM 4-mm supports DAT72 media
  • Technology: Helical scan, rotating head
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 3MBps native mode, 6MBps (typical) compression
  • Interface: Serial Attached SCSI(SAS)

Compatability:

  • DDS3 - 12 GB native (Read/Write), 24 GB compression (Read/Write)
  • DDS4 - 20 GB native (Read/Write), 40 GB compression (Read/Write)
  • DAT72 - 36 GB native (Read/Write), 72 GB compression (Read/Write)
  • Attributes provided: 4mm tape capability
  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay and one internal SAS port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5907)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5908) - PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter (BSC)

(No Longer Available as of July 11, 2014)

PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter provides disk controller drive or SSD controller function using PCI-X DDR technology, a maximum of 1.5GB compressed write cache and a maximum 1.6GB compressed read cache. Auxiliary write cache and concurrent battery maintenance are provided. The controller is implemented using two physical cards that are firmly connected and requires two adjacent PCI slots. It provides three mini-SAS 4x connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in a #5886 EXP12S/#5887 EXP24S Expansion Drawers. The controller supports a maximum of five SAS #5886 EXP 12S Expansion Drawers. The controller supports a maximum of two #5887 EXP24S drawers, but can also support a #5886 I/O drawer in addition to the two #5887 providing a total of 60 SAS bays. It supports up to 6 drive slots in one POWER6 560/570/770 CEC drawers and up to three POWER6 560/570/770 drawers in the same server. With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk or SSD. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. CCIN is 572F/575C.

The adapter provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6 and RAID 10 for AIX linux. Under IBM i OS, mirroring and data spreading is provided by the operating system and RAID 5 and RAID6 is provided by the adapter. #5904, #5906 and #5908 are all feature codes representing the same physical cards, but different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #5908 indicates a Gen-3 blind swap cassette used in enclosures such as the 19-inch #5790, 5796 or Power 570 CEC.

With the optional pairing of adapters, an even higher level of protection beyond, auxiliary cache is provided via a dual controller I/O configuration to protect against the failure of an entire adapter. In such a high availability I/O configuration, SAS X cables are used to attach #5886 EXP 12S/#5887 EXP24S Expansion Drawers and the 4th mini-SAS connector (top) is used with an adapter to adapter (AA) SAS CABLE, (3M #3681, 6M #3682), to directly connect the card sets. Paired adapters must reside on the same server/partition for IBM i, but can be in the same or separate servers/partitions for AIX/Linux.

Highlights

  • SAS speed = 3Gb/s
  • SAS-SSP, SMP are supported
  • Supports Single controller with SAS y cables( #3692, #3693, #3694) for #5886 EXP 12S/#5887 EXP24S or with SAS AI cables for Power 560/570 CEC
  • Supports Dual controller with SAS x cables (#3661, #3662, #3663) and SAS (AA) cable(#3681 or #3682).
  • Built-in auxiliary cache mirrors write cache for redundancy
  • Attributes provided: PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter
  • Attributes required: two adjacent PCI-X slots, #5922 if single controller, if paired controller use either #3681 or #3682 (AA) cables.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5908)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 8, 2 per 5796

(#5912) - PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 SAS Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 11, 2014)

The PCI-X DDR Dual Connector x4 SAS Adapter is a low-profile short form factor adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance applications. With proper cabling, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS failure occur. RAID levels 0 and 10 are supported. FC 5912 may also be used in a High Availability configuration using two adapters.

Highlights

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four FC 5886 12S disk expansion drawers
  • Removable Media Device Supported
  • SAS speed = 3Gbs
  • SATA speed = 1.5Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP), Serial ATA Tunneling Protocol (STP) and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
  • RAID 0 and 10
  • Dual controller supports mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent Firmware Update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors
  • Attributes required: One PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5912)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796

(#5913) - PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb

The PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb (#5913) provides high performance HDD or SSD controller function using PCIe Gen2 technology. HDD and SSD can be either SFF or 3.5-inch drives (or both). A pair of adapters are required to provide mirrored write cache data and adapter redundancy. Integrated flash memory provides protection of the write cache without batteries in case of power failure.

The #5913 provides three Mini-SAS HD (high density) connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in the #5887 EXP24S, #5886 EPX12S, or #5802/5803 12X PCIe I/O drawers. X, YO or AT SAS cables with HD connectors are used to attach to these drawers. A max of 3 EXP24S or 6 EXP12S can be attached. If controlling drives in a #5802/ 5803 the #5913 pairs must be located in that #5802/5803. An AA SAS cable with HD connectors is attached to the #5913 pair to communicate status and cache content information and is required unless all three ports are being used to attach I/O drawers.

The #5913 provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6 and RAID 10 for AIX and Linux and VIOS. The adapter provides RAID 5 and RAID 6 for IBM i. IBM i provides both OS mirroring and data spreading. AIX/Linux/VIOS provide OS mirroring (LVM). The adapter's CCIN is 57B5.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter
  • Attributes required: One PCIe slot per #5913
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5913)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 18)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-01 Technology level or later
      • AIX Version 7.1 with Service Pack 3, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-07 Technology Level or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-06 Technology Level, and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-05 Technology Level, and Service Pack 6, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-12 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
      • IBM i 7.1, or later
      • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code 6.1.1 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.7 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 for POWER, or later
      • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 10, Service Pack 4, or later
      • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 1, or later

      Find the required driver update for Linux under the following URL.

      http://www14.software.ibm.com/webapp/set2/sas/f/lopdiags/info/ LinuxAlerts.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Adapter is not supported in Tower configuration
    • VIOS support requires VIOS 2.2.0.12-FP24 SP02 or later
    • For performance when more than four are in a #5803 or #5873, double looping is recommended.

Note: Although this adapter is supported on IBM i in a VIOS configuration, caution is recommended with workloads that are heavy writes, including system functions such as load/restore.

(#5915) - SAS AA Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 3 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connectors which connect the top connectors of two #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapters. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

An AA cable is always required between a pair of #5913 adapters unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

  • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two #5913 SAS adapters
  • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of #5913 SAS adapters
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5915)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5916) - SAS AA Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 6 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connectors which connect the top connectors of two #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapters. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

An AA cable is always required between a pair of #5913 adapters unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

  • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two #5913 SAS adapters
  • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of #5913 SAS adapters
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5916)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5917) - SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 1.5 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connectors which connect the top connectors of two #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapters. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

An AA cable is always required between a pair of #5913 adapters unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

  • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two #5913 SAS adapters
  • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of #5913 SAS adapters
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5917)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5918) - SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 0.6 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connectors which connect the top connectors of two #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapters. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

An AA cable is always required between a pair of #5913 adapters unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

  • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two #5913 SAS adapters
  • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of #5913 SAS adapters
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5918)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5921) - Non-paired PCIx SAS RAID Indicator

Add feature 5921 for every instance of a non-paired PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter (#5904, #5906, or #5908). IBM i does not support paired adapter on different servers.

  • Attributes required: For each non-paired PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter #5921 is required.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5921)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5922) - Non-paired SAS RAID indicator

Feature 5922 must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #5902. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #5902 on one system and the paired #5902 located on a second system.

Limitation: IBM i systems must have both adapters on the same server.

  • Attributes provided: SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized.
  • Attributes required: Every #5922 requires a SAS RAID adapter on both this server and on another server that will pair up the SAS RAID adapter and enable the onboard caches to function.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5922)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5923) - Non-paired PCIe SAS RAID Indicator

Feature 5923 must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #5903. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #5903 on one system and the paired #5903 located on a second system. IBM i does not support paired adapter on different servers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized.
  • Attributes required: Every #5923 requires a SAS RAID adapter (#5903) on both this server and on another server that will pair up the SAS RAID adapter and enable the onboard caches to function.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5923)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 44 (Initial order maximum: 44)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5924) - Non-paired Indicator 5913 PCIe SAS RAID Adapter

Feature 5924 must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #5913. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #5913 on one system and the paired #5913 located on a second system. IBM i does not support paired adapter on different servers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized.
  • Attributes required: Every #5924 requires a 6Gb/s SAS RAID adapter (#5913) on both this server and on another server that will pair up the SAS RAID adapter and enable the onboard caches to function.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5924)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 18)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5951) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5951)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5952) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached French #189 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5952)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5953) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5953)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5954) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached German/Austrian #129 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5954)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5955) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5955)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5956) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Spanish #172 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5956)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5957) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194P Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5957)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5958) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Brazilian Portuguese #275 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5958)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5959) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Hungarian #208 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5959)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5960) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Korean #413 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5960)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5961) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Chinese #467 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5961)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5962) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached French Canadian #445 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5962)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5963) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Canadian French #058 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5963)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5964) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Belgian/UK #120 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5964)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5965) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5965)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5966) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Danish #159 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5966)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5967) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5967)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5968) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Swiss, French/German #150 /F/G Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5968)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5969) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5969)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5970) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Dutch #143 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5970)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5971) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5971)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5972) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Greek #319 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5972)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5973) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5973)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5974) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Polish #214 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5974)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5975) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Slovakian #245 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5975)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5976) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Czech #243 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5976)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5977) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Turkish #179 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5977)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5978) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached LA Spanish #171 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5978)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5979) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Arabic #253 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5979)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5980) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Thai #191 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5980)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5981) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5981)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5982) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Slovenian #234 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5982)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5983) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached US English EURO #103P Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#5983)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6001) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 2 meter

This feature provides a two-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 2M power control cable
  • Attributes required: I/O drawer
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6001)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6006) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 3 meter

This feature provides a three-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 3M power control cable.
  • Attributes required: two drawers in the same rack.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6006)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6007) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 15 meter

This feature provides a fifteen-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 15M power control cable.
  • Attributes required: I/O drawer
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6007)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6008) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 6 meter

This feature provides a six-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 6M power control cable
  • Attributes required: I/O drawer
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6008)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6029) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 30 meter

This feature provides a thirty-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 30M power control cable.
  • Attributes required: two drawers in the same rack.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6029)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6068) - Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack

#6068 provides an attractive black full height rack door on the #0551 19 Inch 1.8m Rack. The door is steel, with a perforated flat front surface. The perforation pattern extends from the bottom to the top of the door to enhance ventilation and provide some visibility into the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Front Door
  • Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6068)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6069) - Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack

#6069 provides an attractive black full height rack door on the #0553 19 inch 2.0m Rack. The door is steel, with a perforated flat front surface. The perforation pattern extends from the bottom to the top of the door to enhance ventilation and provide some visibility into the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Front Door
  • Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6069)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6246) - 1.8m Rack Trim Kit

#6246 provides a decorative trim kit for the front of an #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack.

  • Attributes provided: Decorative trim kit
  • Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6246)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6247) - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit

#6247 provides a decorative trim kit for the front of a #0553 19 inch 2.0m Rack.

  • Attributes provided: Decorative trim kit
  • Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6247)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6248) - 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors

#6248 provides front and rear doors for use with the #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack. This door kit provides additional acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired. #6248 results in a larger footprint and requires additional space.

  • Attributes provided: Acoustic Door Kit
  • Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6248)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6249) - 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors

#6249 provides front and rear doors for use with the #0553 19 inch 2.0m Rack. This door kit provides additional acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired. #6249 results in a larger footprint and requires additional space.

  • Attributes provided: Acoustic Door Kit
  • Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6249)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6263) - 1.8m Rack Trim Kit

This feature provides a decorative trim kit for the front of feature number 0551 (19 inch 1.8m Rack).

  • Attributes provided: Decorative trim kit
  • Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6263)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: 1x#6263 per #0551

(#6272) - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit

This feature provides a decorative trim kit for the front of feature number 0553 (19 inch 2.0m Rack).

  • Attributes provided: Decorative trim kit
  • Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6272)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: 1X#6272 per #0553

(#6312) - Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapter

The Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapter is a highly integrated, intelligent IO adapter designed for use in computer telephony applications. The adapter is a 4 port, full length, universal PCI 2.2 compliant adapter. It performs voice processing for up to four T1 or E1 digital trunks, providing connectivity for 96 (T1) or 120 (E1) voice channels in a single PCI slot. The adapter is made up of two separate cards. A base card that interfaces with the host system and performs telephony processing functions, and a daughter card that provides the physical interface to the switch. The voice processing function is provided by WebSphere Voice Response for AIX LPP with Direct Talk Technology.

In conjunction with this adapter, network attachment cables using industry standard RJ-48 connector can be obtained from commercial cable suppliers in a variety of lengths to suit the particular installation. Additional information about these cables can be obtained by referring to this adapter's Installation and User's Guide.

Note: D20 supports maximum of 4 except when attached to 8203-E4A, 8204-E8A or 9117-MMA then 7 is the maximum. When more than four Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapters (#6312) are ordered, there must be two AIX partitions with no more than four adapters in a single partition. If there are two partitions, there can be a maximum of four adapters in one partition and three adapters in the second partition. If there is more than one adapter in a single partition, the H.100 Bus 4-Position Cable (#2877) is required. Two cables are required if there are two partitions with more than one adapter in each partition.

Note: On all other server attachment; When 2 to 4 Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapters (#6312) are ordered and planned to be used in a single partition, the Artic960RxD Quad DTA, H.100,4-drop Cable (#2877) is required.

Limitations: The Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapter (#6312) cannot reside in the same system with the IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad Digital Trunk PCI Adapter (#6310).

  • Attributes provided: Connection of 1 to 4 T1/E1 Trunk lines.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI slot and WebSphere Voice Response for AIX LPP application software.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6312)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6417) - RIO-2 Bus Adapter

The #6417 feature allows existing HSL and optical HSL connected towers the option of switching to copper RIO-2 connectivity. The #6417 has two RIO-2 ports and provides connectivity for #0595, #5094, and #5294 PCI expansion towers and expansion units.

  • Attributes provided: Two ports of RIO-2 connectivity
  • Attributes required: Bus adapter slot in PCI expansion tower/unit
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6417)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6438) - RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter for #5790

This feature provides two RIO-2 Remote I/O ports for attaching the I/O drawer to a server. Up to four I/O drawers can be included in a single loop.

  • Attributes provided: Two RIO-2 Remote I/O ports
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6438)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6446) - Dual-port 12X Channel Interface Attach - Short Run

(No Longer Available as of July 27, 2012)

This Adapter is the interface for attachment of the I/O Drawer to a 12X Channel loop. The adapter includes two 12X Channel connectors to support attachment of the I/O drawer into the loop. This adapter does not include the repeater function and is intended to support configurations where the Host system and the external I/O drawers in the loop are located in the same rack.

Cables attached to this adapter have the following restrictions. Cables between this adapter and a host system may not exceed 3.0 Meters in length. Cables between two I/O Drawers may not exceed 1.5 Meters if both I/O drawers include this Short Run adapter feature #6446. Cables between two I/O Drawers may not exceed 3.0 Meters if either of the I/O drawers includes this Short Run adapter feature #6446. The required 12X Cables are ordered under a separate feature number.

  • Attributes provided: 12X Channel Interface Connection
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6446)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6451) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

#6451 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6451 has a type 69 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6451)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6455) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

#6455 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6455 has a type 5 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6455)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6457) - Dual-port 12X Channel Interface Attach- Long Run

(No Longer Available as of July 27, 2012)

This Adapter is the interface for attachment of the I/O Drawer to a 12X Channel loop. The adapter includes two 12X channel connectors to support attachment of the drawer into the loop. This adapter includes the repeater function and can support longer cable loops allowing drawers to be located in adjacent racks. 12X Cables up to 8 Meters in length can be attached to this adapter. The required 12X Cables are ordered under a separate feature number.

  • Attributes provided: 12X Channel Interface Connection
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6457)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6458) - Power Cable -- Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU).

  • Attributes provided: Power cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6458)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6459) - 3.7m (12-Ft) 250V/10A RA Pwr Cd

#6459 is a 12-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a Power Distribution Unit to a drawer in an expansion tower/ rack. #6459 has an IEC320 C14 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6459)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6460) - Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit or wall socket outlet. Plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6460 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6460)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6461) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

#6461 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6461 has a type 18 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6461)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6462) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

#6462 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6462 has a type 19 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6462)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6463) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

#6463 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6463 has a type 23 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6463)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6464) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

#6464 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6464 has a type 32 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6464)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6465) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

#6465 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6465 has a type 24 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6465)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6466) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

#6466 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6466 has a type 22 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6466)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6467) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

#6467 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6467 has a type 25 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6467)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6469)-Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), US

This power cord goes from system or I/O drawer to the wall or rack power distribution unit. Plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6469 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Caicos Is., Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatamala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Marten NA, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Thailand, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6469)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6470) - Power Cord 1.8m(6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6470 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6470)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6471) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #70 (iNMETRO NBR 6147, NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6471 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Brazil

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6471)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6472) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #18 (CEE 7 VII). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6472 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Armenia, Austria, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bosnia/Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Conogo, Croatia, Czech Republic, Dahomey, Djibuouti, Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Etrhiopia, Finland, France, French Polynesia, French Guyana, Gabon, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Guadeloupe, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Hungary, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Ivory Coast, Kazakhstan, Krygystan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lintuania, Luxembourg, Macau, Macedonia, Mali, Martinigue, Mauritania, Mauritus, Mayotte, Moldova, Monaco, Mongolia, Morocco, Mozambique, Netherlands, New Caledonia, Niger, North Korea (C19 only), Norway, Poland, Portugal, Principe, Reunion, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, St. Thomas, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Slovenia, Somalia, South Korea (C19 only), Spain, Surinam, Sweden, Syria, Tahiti, Tajikistan, Togo, Tunesia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Upper Volta, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vietnam, Wallis & Futuna, Zaire, Zimbabwe.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6472)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6473) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #19 (CEE). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6473 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Denmark

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6473)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6474) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #23 (BS 1364A). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6474 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Abu Dhabi, Bahrain, Botswana, Brunei, Channel Islands, Cyprus, Dominica, Gambia, Grenada, Grenadines, Guyana, Hong Kong, Iraq, Ireland, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Liberia, Malawi, Malaysia, Malta, Myanmar, Nkigeria, Oman, Qatar, Sierra Leone, Singapore, St. Kitts, St. Lucia, Seychelles, Sudan, Tanzania, Trinidad & Tobago, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, Yemen, Zambia

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6474)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6475) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #32 (SII 32-1971). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6475 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Israel

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6475)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6476) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #24 (SEV 24507). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6476 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Lichtenstein Switzerland

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6476)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6477) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #22 (SABS 164). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6477 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Bangladesh LeSotho Maceo Maldives Nambia Pakistan Samoa South Africa Sri Lanka Swaziland Uganda

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6477)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6478) - Power Cord 2.7 M(9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #25 (CEI 23-16). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6478 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Chile Italy Libya

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6478)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6479) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #6 (AS 3112-1964 NZS 198). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6479 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Australia Fiji Islands Kiribati Nauru New Zealand Papua New Guinea W. Samoa

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6479)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6487) Power Cord 1.8M (6-foot),To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6487 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Caicos Is., Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatamala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Marten NA, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Thailand, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6487)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6488) Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or 250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. 125V, 15A or 250V, 10A, Plug Type #2. Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6488 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Argentina Paraguay Uruguay

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6488)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6489) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/24A Power Cord

#6489 is a 14-FT/4.3m 3PH/24A power cable with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6489)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6491) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48A Pwr Cord

#6491 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/48A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6491)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6492) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48-60A Pwr Cord

#6492 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/48A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6492)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6493) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #62 (GB 1053). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6493 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: People's Republic of China

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6493)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6494) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #69 (IS 6538). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6494 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: India

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6494)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6495) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #73. Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6495 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Brazil

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6495)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6496) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #66 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6496 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: North Korea South Korea

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6496)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6497) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #10 (NEMA L6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6497 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord. Canada Colombia Japan Mexico United States

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6497)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6498) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #34 (RS 3720U-2). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-43700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6498 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Canada Japan United States

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6498)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6577) - Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A

This feature permits manufacturing to select the optimum PDU cable length (1.5M, 2.7M or 4.2M) for rack integration. This feature is mandatory on initial order with 7014-T00 or T42 racks. Feature is not valid on initial order with non-factory integrated feature 4650.

  • Attributes provided: Power cable
  • Attributes required: At least one Rack and the absence of #4650.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6577)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: 1 or 2 per I/O drawer or CEC. MES orderable for SDI's only. The MES order will ship the 14 foot cable equivalent to feature number 6458.

(#6580) - Optional Rack Security Kit

This feature provides hardware that can be added to a rack to prevent unauthorized access. It includes keyed front and rear locks for the #0553 rack doors. It also includes two sliding bars that mount inside the left and right rack side panels. The sliding bars are accessible when the rack rear door is open. They can be moved to a position that disables the external latches on the rack side panels, and prevents removal of the side panels.

  • Attributes provided: Locking hardware for rack doors and sidepanels
  • Attributes required: #0553 19-Inch Rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6580)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6586) - Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack

This feature provides hardware for installing one or two modems in a 19-inch rack. The modem tray occupies 1U of rack space when it is mounted in the front of the rack. It provides a secure location in the rack for external modems such as the ones attached to the Hardware Management Console.

  • Attributes provided: Hdw. to support two modems
  • Attributes required: 19-inch rack with 1U rack space available
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6586)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6651) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #75 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6651 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6651)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6654) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A Pwr Cord

#6654 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A locking power cord with a Type 12 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6654)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6655) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A WR Pwr Cord

#6655 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A water-resistant power cord with a Type 40 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6655)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6656) - 4.3m (14-Ft)1PH/24A Power Cord

#6656 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6656)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6659) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #76 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6659 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6659)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6660) - Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #59 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6660)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6665) - Power Cord 3 M (10 ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). 3 M (10-foot) length. Use this cord with PDUs that have IEC320/C19 connectors.
  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6665)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6669) - Power Cord 4.3M (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit. Plug type #57 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6669)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6670) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A),

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #59 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6670)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6671) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). 9-foot length.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6671)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6672) - Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). 6.5-foot length.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6672)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6680) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This insulated power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #6 (AS 3112-1964 NZS 198). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6680 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Australia Fiji Islands Kiribati Nauru New Zealand Papua New Guinea W. Samoa

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6680)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6687) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #57 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6687)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6699) - RIO-2 Bus Adapter

The #6699 feature allows RIO-2 connectivity for #0595. The #6699 has two RIO-2 ports and provides connectivity for #0595 PCI/SCSI Disk expansion drawers.

  • Attributes provided: Two ports of RIO-2 connectivity
  • Attributes required: Bus adapter slot in #0595 PCI/SCSI Disk expansion drawer
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6699)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6805) - PCI 2-Line WAN IOA No IOP

Feature #6805 is a 2 RVX port WAN IOA that supports multiple protocols on Asynchronous and Synchronous Mode connections

On the IBM i Operating system, the #6805 may be used either with or without an IOP.

  • When under an IOP, #6805 supports PPP (Point to Point Protocol), ASC (Async), and Fax protocols on an Asynchronous Connection, and PPP, BSC (Bisync), SDLC, X.25, and FR (Frame Relay) protocols on a Synchronous Connection

  • When the #6805 is IOPless, it supports PPP, ASC, and Fax protocols on an Asynchronous Connection, but only supports Synchronous PPP, and BSC (Bisync) protocols on a Synchronous Connection.
Connection                   | With an IOP   | IOPless   |
-----------------------------|---------------|-----------|
Asynchronous Connection:     |               |           |
PPP (Point to Point Protocol)| Yes           | Yes       |
ASC (Async)                  | Yes           | Yes       |
FAX                          | Yes           | Yes       |
                             |               |           |
Synchronous Connection:      |               |           |
Sync PPP                     | Yes           | Yes       |
BSC (Bisync)                 | Yes           | Yes       |
SDLC                         | Yes           | No        |
X.25                         | Yes           | No        |
FR (Frame Relay)             | Yes           | No        |
 

The #6805 supports SNA only if configured with an IOP. If SNA is required in an IOPless environment, IBM i Enterprise Extender supports SNA over a LAN Connection and encapsulates the SNA frame within a TCP/IP frame.

The following self-configuring cables provide the physical connections to #6805:

  • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0349 - V.24/EIA232 50-Ft PCI Cable (support only, not orderable)
  • #0353 - V.35 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0354 - V.35 50-Ft PCI Cable (support only, not orderable)
  • #0356 - V.36 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0358 - V.36 80-Ft PCI Cable (support only, not orderable)
  • #0359 - X.21 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0360 - X.21 50-Ft PCI Cable (support only, not orderable)
  • #0365 - V.24/EIA232 80-Ft PCI Cable (support only, not orderable)
  • #0367 - Operations Console PCI Cable

Note: The #0367 cable ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter. Multiple #0367 cables may be ordered (but only one per #6805) to serve as consoles for secondary partitions when Logical Partitioning is utilized.

When #6805 is selected to support ECS, one of following cables must be specified:

  • #0348 V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0349 V.24/EIA232 50-Ft PCI Cable (support only, not orderable)
  • #0365 V.24/EIA232 80-Ft PCI Cable (support only, not orderable)

#6805 does not support remote power-on.

IOPs are not supported on POWER7 systems.

  • Attributes provided: two RVX comm ports
  • Attributes required: one 3V PCI/PCI-X slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6805)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 48 in 8 x #5796.

(#6808) - PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA No IOP

The #6808 is a four-line WAN modem adapter, with four RJ-11 ports, it supports V.92 56K Async SLIP/PPP and V.34 Fax applications at data rates up to 33.6K via integrated modems. Connection to the V.92 ports is via telephone cable. The V.92 functions offer increased upload throughput, improved V.44 data compression, and shortened modem synchronization periods.

The call waiting and modem on hold functions associated with V.92 are not supported.

Remote power on via ring-indicator and SDLC are not supported.

#6808 does not support SNA communications except through the IBM i V5R4 Enterprise Extender function.

#6808 does not have complex impedance matching (CIM).

This version of the four-line WAN modem adapter does not require an I/O processor.

#6808 does not make use of an IOP.

A minimum of one modem cable must be ordered for each #6808. All modem cables installed on a system must be the same feature number.

  • #1010 Modem Cable - Austria
  • #1011 Modem Cable - Belgium
  • #1012 Modem Cable - Africa
  • #1013 Modem Cable - Israel (supported only, not orderable)
  • #1014 Modem Cable - Italy
  • #1015 Modem Cable - France
  • #1016 Modem Cable - Germany
  • #1017 Modem Cable - UK
  • #1018 Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden
  • #1020 Modem Cable - HK/NZ
  • #1021 Modem Cable - Fin/Nor
  • #1022 Modem Cable - Netherlands
  • #1023 Modem Cable - Swiss
  • #1024 Modem Cable - Denmark
  • #1025 Modem Cable - US/Canada
  • Attributes provided: four WAN ports
  • Attributes required: one PCI slot
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6808)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796.

(#6833) - PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem NoIOP

The #6833 is a 2-line/port WAN w/modem adapter. This feature is the non-CIM (Complex Impedance Matching) version offered in all countries except Australia and New Zealand.

Port 0 is the modem port and supports V.92 56K Async PPP, V.92 data modem, V.44 data compression, V.34 FAX modem and FAX functions, such as ECM and 2D/1D conversion. Port 0 does not provide Sync modem capabilities (SDLC and Sync PPP).

Port 1 is the RVX port and supports multiple communications protocols, including synchronous operations.

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 0(modem port):

  • #1010 Modem Cable - Austria
  • #1011 Modem Cable - Belgium
  • #1012 Modem Cable - Africa
  • #1013 Modem Cable - Israel (supported not orderable)
  • #1014 Modem Cable - Italy
  • #1015 Modem Cable - France
  • #1016 Modem Cable - Germany
  • #1017 Modem Cable - UK
  • #1018 Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden
  • #1020 Modem Cable - HK/NZ
  • #1021 Modem Cable - Fin/Nor
  • #1022 Modem Cable - Netherlands
  • #1023 Modem Cable - Swiss
  • #1024 Modem Cable - Denmark
  • #1025 Modem Cable - US/Canada

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 1(RVX port):

  • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0353 - V.35 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0356 - V.36 20-Ft PCI Cable (supported only, not orderable)
  • #0359 - X.21 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0367 - Operations Console PCI Cable (ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter)
    • Multiple #0367 cables can be ordered (but only one per #6833) to serve as consoles for secondary partitions when Logical Partitioning is utilized.

ECS is supported from both the modem port, and the RVX port. The following cable is required to support ECS from the RVX port:

  • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable

The #6833 does not support the remote ring indicate function.

#6833 does not support SNA communications except through IBM i V5R4 Enterprise Extender function.

  • Attributes provided: One RVX port and one integrated modem port
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot (3 volt)
  • For 8202-E4B: (#6833)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note:

    • Not supported in the CEC
    • System maximum of 24 in 4 x #5796.

(#7109) - Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector

This feature is for an intelligent AC power distribution unit (PDU+) that will allow the user to monitor the amount of power being used by the devices that are plugged in to this PDU+. This AC power distribution unit provides twelve C13 power outlets. It receives power through a UTG0247 connector. It can be used for many different countries and applications by varying the PDU to Wall Power Cord, which must be ordered separately. Each PDU requires one PDU to Wall Power Cord. Supported power cords include the following features: #6489, #6491, #6492, #6653, #6654, #6655, #6656, #6657, and #6658.

  • Attributes provided: Twelve C13 outlets with Power Monitoring Capability
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7109)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: When purchased on an MES order with a feature code rack. This PDU will be mounted in the rear side pockets until all 4 side pockets on the rack have been filled. Any additional PDUs on the order will be mounted in 1 unit of EIA rack space. When purchased as an MES order for addition to a rack in the field. This PDU may not fit in the side pockets of your rack due to a hardware interference with the rack, and may require mounting in 1 unit of rack EIA space. Insure rack space is available before placing the MES order for this PDU when it is being ordered for field installation.

(#7112) - IBM Deskside Cover Set (With door)

Indicates that this order is for a deskside system requiring IBM cover set. With door.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7112)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7113) - OEM Deskside Cover Set (With door)

Indicates that this order is for a deskside system requiring OEM cover set. With door.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7113)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7114) - IBM/OEM Rack-Mount Drawer Rail Kit

This feature provides a rack rail kit used to install a rack-mount system in an IBM or OEM 19-inch rack. Adjustable depth.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: #7200 or #7201
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7114)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7118) - Environmental Monitoring Probe

The Environmental Monitoring Probe (EMP) enables you to remotely monitor environmental conditions. Using a standard Web browser, you can view the ambient temperature and humidity of the remote environment, as well as the status of two additional contact devices, such as a smoke detector or open-door sensor. The temperature/humidity probe plugs into a RJ45 connector an a PDU+. The EMP can be used with any Powerware UPS equipped with a 10/100 Mb ConnectUPS Web/SNMP Card (firmware v3.01 or higher). The EMP can be located up to 20m (65.6 feet) away.

  • Attributes provided: Monitoring of temperature, humidity, and status of two contacts/ sensors. A one meter cat5 Ethernet cable, double sided velcro tape, two tie-wraps, and screw with wall anchor for mounting.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7118)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum support is 8x 7118 per 0553 rack and 8x 7118 per 0551 rack. Maximum of one 7118 per 7109 is supported.

(#7134) - IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware

Indicates that this order is for a rack-mount system requiring an IBM bezel and hardware.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7134)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7135) - OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware

Indicates that this order is for a rack-mount system requiring an OEM bezel and hardware.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #7770, #7773, or #7775.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7135)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7145) - IBM/OEM Rack-mount Drawer Rail Kit

This feature provides a rack rail kit used to install a rack-mount system in an IBM or OEM 19-inch rack. Adjustable depth.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Rack-mount system
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7145)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7188) - Power Distribution Unit

An AC Power Distribution Unit (PDU) which mounts in a 19" rack and provides twelve C13 power outlets. The #7188 has six 16A circuit breakers, with two power outlets per circuit breaker. System units and/or expansion units must use a power cord with a C14 plug to connect to the #7188.

One of the following line cords must be used to distribute power from a wall outlet to the #7188;

  • #6489 - 14-Ft 3PH/24A Power Cord
  • #6491 - 14-Ft 1PH/63A Pwr Cord
  • #6492 - 14-Ft 1PH/48-60A Pwr Cord
  • #6653 - 14-Ft 3PH/16A Power Cord
  • #6654 - 14-Ft 1PH/24-30A Pwr Cord
  • #6655 - 14-Ft 1PH/24-30A WR Pwr Cord
  • #6656 - 14-Ft 1PH/32A Power Cord
  • #6657 - 14-Ft 1PH/24A Power Cord
  • #6658 - 14-Ft 1PH/24A Pwr Cd-Korea
  • Attributes provided: Power Distribution Unit withTwelve C13 power outlets.
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7188)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7200) - IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware

Indicates that this order is for a rack-mount system requiring IBM bezel and hardware.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7200)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7201) - OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware

Indicates that this order is for a rack-mount system requiring OEM bezel and hardware.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7201)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7204) - Quantity 150 of #2124

Ships a quantity of 150 #2124 1m SCSI Cables. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #2124 1m SCSI Cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7204)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7205) - Quantity 150 of #2125

Ships a quantity of 150 #2125 3m SCSI Cables. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #2125 3m SCSI Cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7205)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7206) - Quantity 150 of #2126

Ships a quantity of 150 #2126 5m SCSI Cables. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #2126 5m SCSI Cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7206)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7207) - Quantity 150 of #2127

Ships a quantity of 150 #2127 10m SCSI Cables. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #2127 10m SCSI Cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7207)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7208) - Quantity 150 of #2128

Ships a quantity of 150 #2128 20m SCSI Cables. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #2128 20m SCSI Cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7208)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7213) - Quantity 150 of #2138

Ships a quantity of 150 #2138 0.55m SCSI Cables. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #2138 0.55m SCSI Cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7213)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7305) - SDI Software Pre-Install Indicator

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

Software pre-install indicator for SDI

  • Attributes provided: Software Preinstall
  • Attributes required: SDI Order
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7305)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7307) - Dual I/O Unit Enclosure

The #7307 enclosure provides the mounting hardware, with adjustable rails, required to install a #5790 I/O drawer in a #0551, #0553, #0554, or #0555 rack. The enclosure can accommodate two #5790 drawers, side by side, but it may also be used with only one #5790 drawer installed.

The #7307 and #7311 are functionally equivalent except the #7307 can be used in the #0554 and #0555 racks and has rails adjustable to 29.25 inches depth.

  • Attributes provided: Rack mounting for two #5790 drawers
  • Attributes required: Four EIA units of rack space in a #0551, #0553, #0554 or #0555 rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7307)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7311) - Dual I/O Unit Enclosure

(No Longer Available as of June 1, 2006)

The #7311 enclosure provides the mounting hardware required to install a #5790 I/O drawer in a #0551 or #0553 rack. The enclosure can accommodate two #5790 drawers, side by side, but it may also be used with only one #5790 drawer installed.

  • Attributes provided: Rack mounting for two #5790 drawers
  • Attributes required: Four EIA units of rack space in a #0551or #0553 rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7311)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7314) - I/O Drawer Mounting Enclosure

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This enclosure is required to mount the #5796 I/O drawer or 7314-G30 I/O drawer in a 19" rack. It will accommodate one or two #5796/ 7314-G30 I/O drawers side by side in the same 4 EIA space in the rack. This feature contains the hardware required for mounting in a 7014 rack or in a 0551, 0553, 0555 feature number rack.

  • Attributes provided: 19" rack mounting hardware and I/O module enclosure.
  • Attributes required: 4 EIA of space in a 19 inch-rack.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7314)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7504) - Quantity 150 of #4319

(No Longer Available as of August 30, 2005)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #4319 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #4319
  • Attributes required: see feature #4319
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7504)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7508) - Quantity 150 of #4326

(No Longer Available as of May 8, 2007)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #4326 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #4326
  • Attributes required: see feature #4326
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7508)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7509) - Quantity 150 of #4327

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #4327 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #4327
  • Attributes required: see feature #4327
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7509)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7510) - Quantity 150 of #4328

Ships a quantity of 150 #4328 141.12GB disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #4328
  • Attributes required: See feature #4328
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7510)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7511) - Quantity 150 of #4329

Ships a quantity of 150 #4329 280.25GB disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #4329
  • Attributes required: See feature #4329
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7511)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7514) - Quantity 150 of #5741

Ships a quantity 150 #5741 EXP24 6 Disk Slot Enabler. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would select a single EXP24 6 Disk Slot Enabler feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #5741 EXP24 6 Disk Slot Enabler
  • Attributes required: See feature #5741
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7514)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7517) - Quantity 150 of #3676

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #3676 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #3676
  • Attributes required: see feature #3676
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7517)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7518) - Quantity 150 of #3677

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #3677 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #3677
  • Attributes required: see feature #3677
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7518)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7519) - Quantity 150 of #3678

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #3678 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #3678
  • Attributes required: see feature #3678
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7519)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7535) - Quantity 150 of #3586

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

Ships a quantity 150 of #3586, 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive

  • Attributes provided: 150 #3586
  • Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bays
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7535)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7536) - Quantity 150 of #3587

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #3587 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: See feature #3587
  • Attributes required: See feature #3587
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7536)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7538) - Quantity 150 of #3658

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #3658 (428 GB SAS) disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #3658
  • Attributes required: see feature #3658
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7538)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7549) - Quantity 150 of #3647

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

Ships a quantity 150 of #3647 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

  • Attributes provided: 150 of #3647 for every #7549
  • Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7549)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7564) - Quantity 150 of #3648

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

Quantity of 150 of #3648

  • Attributes provided: 150 #3648 for each #7564
  • Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bays
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7564)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7565) - Quantity 150 of #3649

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

Quantity 150 of #3649 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

  • Attributes provided: 150 #3649
  • Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bays
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7565)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7567) - IBM Tower Cover Set

Indicates that this order is for a tower system requiring an IBM cover set.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7567)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7568) - OEM Tower Cover Set

Indicates that this order is for a tower system requiring an OEM cover set.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #7770, #7773, or #7775.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7568)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7703) - Power Supply, 950 Watt AC, Hot-swap, Base and Redundant

This feature provides a 950 Watt AC power supply, either as the primary power supply in the system, or the secondary power supply for redundant power. A power cord must be ordered for each power supply ordered. The two power supplies dock directly to the system board.

  • Attributes provided: 950 Watt AC Power Supply
  • Attributes required: Available Power Supply Bay
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7703)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7780) - 2.0m Rack Side Attach Kit

This feature allows a row of racks without side panels to be bolted together in a continuous suite, using the provided side-to-side rack connecting hardware. When multiple racks are joined in this way, cables can be easily run between racks without exiting the continuous rack enclosure. A small gap is maintained between the two adjacent racks, which is filled by three matching steel trim pieces that snap into place on the front, top, and rear, between each rack. The trim pieces cover the space between each rack for an enhanced appearance and for additional protection of the equipment inside the racks. Side panels are needed only for the two end racks of the suite.

  • Attributes provided: Hardware and trim to attach two racks
  • Attributes required: #0553 rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7780)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7801) Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit

This feature provides a six meter long Ethernet cable for attachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.

  • Attributes provided: 6M Ethernet Cable
  • Attributes required: Ethernet port on Hardware Management Console
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7801)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7802) Ethernet Cable, 15m, Hardware Management Console to System Unit

This feature provides a fifteen meter long Ethernet cable for attachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.

  • Attributes provided: 15M Ethernet Cable
  • Attributes required: Ethernet port on Hardware Management Console
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7802)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7840) - Side-by-Side for 1.8m Racks

This feature allows a row of racks without side panels to be bolted together in a continuous suite, using the provided side to side rack connecting hardware. When multiple racks are joined in this way, cables can be easily run between racks without having to exit the continuous rack enclosure. A small gap is maintained between the two adjacent racks, which is filled by three matching steel trim pieces that snap into place on the front, top, and rear, between each rack. The trim pieces cover the space between each rack for an enhanced appearance and for additional protection of the equipment inside the racks. Side panels are needed only for the two end racks of the suite.

  • Attributes provided: Hardware and trim to attach two racks
  • Attributes required: #0551 rack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7840)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7841) - Ruggedize Rack Kit

For enhanced rigidity and stability of the rack, the optional Ruggedized Rack Kit provides additional hardware that reinforces the rack and anchors it to the floor. This hardware is designed primarily for use in locations where earthquakes are a concern. The feature includes a large steel brace or truss that bolts into the rear of the rack. It is hinged on the left side so it can swing out of the way for easy access to the rack drawers when necessary. The Ruggedize Rack Kit also includes hardware for bolting the rack to a concrete floor or a similar surface, and bolt-in steel filler panels for any noccupied spaces in the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Rear brace, bolt down hardware, bolt in frontfiller panels
  • Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack or #0553 19 inch 2.0MRack
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7841)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7863) - PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Double Wide Adapters, Type III

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for double slot width PCI adapters. It also includes the necessary hardware to adapt the cassette to mount various sizes of PCI cards.

  • Attributes provided: Blind swap PCI cassette
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7863)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7983) - PowerVM Express

This feature allows the customer to create up to 3 logical partitions of any size in a system, which share processors and I/O. This feature does not require an HMC. PowerVM Express may be managed by the Integrated Virtualization Manager (IVM). This feature allows users to try out the IVM and the VIOS, which they would not get with an HMC.

Note: If feature 7983 is ordered, the quantity ordered must be equal to the number of active processors.

  • Attributes provided: Capability to partition processor
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#7983)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8143) - Linux Software Preinstall

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

This feature indicates that the Linux operating system is to be preinstalled on the system. Requires feature number 5005.

  • Attributes provided: Linux preinstall
  • Attributes required: Feature number 5005.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8143)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5 for POWER
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8144) - Linux Software Preinstall (Business Partners)

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

This feature indicates that the Linux operating system is to be preinstalled on the system. Requires feature number 5005 or 7305. This feature is only available to IBM Business Partner - Solution Providers and IBM Business Partner - Systems Integrators.

  • Attributes provided: Linux preinstall
  • Attributes required: Feature number 5005 or 7305.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8144)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5 for POWER
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8308) - DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape

This feature code provides a 6x3.5" DASD backplane. Contains no external SAS port. Supports connections for a slim SATA DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM and a 5.25 inch half high tape drive.

  • Attributes provided: 3.5" DASD Backplane
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8308)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8310) DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape with External SAS Port

This feature code provides a high function and high availability 6x3.5" DASD backplane with an external SAS port. The external SAS port on this feature supports a single feature 5886 drawer attachment (with cable #3674 on the 8203-E4A and cable #3668 on the 8204-E8A) and supports disk units within the CEC to be split into two distinct 3-disk groups (with cable #3670 on the 8203-E4A and cable #3669 on the 8204-E8A). Supports connections for a slim SATA DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM and a 5.25 inch half high tape drive.

  • Attributes provided: 3.5" DASD Backplane with external SAS port
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8310)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8340) Enhanced DASD/Media Backplane for 2.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape with External SAS Port

This feature code provides a high function and high availability 8x2.5" SFF (Small Form Factor) DASD backplane with an external SAS port. The external SAS port on this feature supports a single feature 5886 drawer attachment (with cable #3674 on the 8203-E4A and cable #3668 on the 8204-E8A/8233-E8B/8236-E8C) and supports disk units within the CEC to be split into two distinct 4-disk groups (with cable #3670 on the 8203-E4A and cable #3669 on the 8204-E8A/ 8233-E8B). Supports connection for a slim SATA DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM and a 5.25 inch half high tape drive.

IBM i does not support split backplane option.

  • Attributes provided: SFF DASD Backplane with External SAS port
  • Attributes required: Appropriate Op Panel cable, #1878 for Rack-mount and #1856 for Deskside
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8340)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8341) - DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/DVD/Tape

This feature code provides a 6x3.5" DASD backplane. Contains no external SAS port

  • Attributes provided: 3.5" DASD Backplane
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8341)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8345) DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/DVD/Tape; with External SAS Port

This feature code provides a high function and high availability 6x3.5" DASD backplane with an external SAS port. The external SAS port on this feature supports only one feature 5886 drawer only.

  • Attributes provided: 3.5" DASD Backplane with external SAS port
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8345)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8346) DASD/Media Backplane for 2.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape with External SAS Port

This feature code provides a high function and high availability 8x2.5" SFF (Small Form Factor) DASD backplane with an external SAS port. The external SAS port on this feature supports a single feature 5886 drawer attachment (with cable #3674 on the 8203-E4A and cable #3668 on the 8204-E8A) and supports disk units within the CEC to be split into two distinct 4-disk groups (with cable #3670 on the 8203-E4A and cable #3669 on the 8204-E8A). Supports connection for a slim SATA DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM and a 5.25 inch half high tape drive.

  • Attributes provided: SFF DASD Backplane with external SAS port
  • Attributes required: Appropriate Op Panel cable, #1878 for Rack-mount or #1856 for Deskside
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8346)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8350) - 4-core 3.0 GHz POWER7 Processor Module

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

4-core 3.0 GHz processor module.

  • Attributes provided: 4-core 3.0 GHz processor module
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8350)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8351) - 6-core 3.0 GHz POWER7 Processor Module

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

6-core 3.0 Ghz processor module. This feature is only available to SDIs as an MES order.

  • Attributes provided: 6-core 3.0 GHz processor module
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8351)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8352) - 8-core 3.0 GHz POWER7 Processor Module

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2012)

8-core 3.0 GHz processor module. This feature is only available to SDIs as an MES order.

  • Attributes provided: 8-core 3.0 GHz processor module
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8352)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8360) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #8350

This feature number will activate one processor on a #8350 processor module.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for processor #8350
  • Attributes required: Feature number 8350
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8360)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8361) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #8351

This feature number will activate one processor on a #8351 processor module.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for processor #8351
  • Attributes required: Feature number 8351
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8361)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8362) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #8352

This feature number will activate one processor on a #8352 processor module.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for processor #8352
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8362)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8363) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #8350

This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no charge. Available only with qualifying IBM Edition.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #8350
  • Attributes required: Qualifying IBM Edition
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8363)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8364) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #8351

This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no charge. Available only with qualifying IBM Edition.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #8351
  • Attributes required: Qualifying IBM Edition
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8364)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 5 (Initial order maximum: 5)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8365) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #8352

This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no charge. Available only with qualifying IBM Edition.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #8352
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8365)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 5 (Initial order maximum: 5)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 5.3 supported
      • AIX Version 6.1 supported
      • AIX Version 7.1 supported
      • IBM i 6.1 supported
      • IBM i 7.1 supported
      • SUSE Linux supported
      • Red Hat Linux supported
      • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8497) - Half High 800GB/1.6TB LTO4 SAS Tape Drive

The SAS Tape Drive uses industry standard Ultrium media. The Tape drive Write/Read Ultrium4 (LTO-4), Write/Read Ultrium3 (LTO-3), and Read Ultrium2 (LT02) formats. It has capacity of 800GB native or 1.6TB Compressed.

Highlights

  • Capacity: 800 GB native mode, 1.6 TB (typical) compression mode
  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
  • Media: IBM Ultrium 4
  • Technology: Linear
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 120 MB/sec.
  • Speed matching down to 31 MB/sec with LTO-4 media
  • Interface: SAS
  • Compatability: LTO4 (R/W), LTO3 (R/W) and LTO2 (R)
  • Attributes provided: Feature includes one each of the following, HHLTO-4 SAS Tape Drive, LTO-4 Cleaning Cartridge, and LTO-4 Test Cartridge.
  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay is required and #3657 cable.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8497)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8498) - Half High 800GB/1.6TB LTO4 SAS Tape Drive

The SAS Tape Drive uses industry standard Ultrium media. The Tape drive Write/Read Ultrium4 (LTO-4), Write/Read Ultrium3 (LTO-3), and Read Ultrium2 (LT02) formats. It has capacity of 800GB native or 1.6TB Compressed.

Highlights

  • Capacity: 800 GB native mode, 1.6 TB (typical) compression mode
  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
  • Media: IBM Ultrium 4
  • Technology: Linear
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 120 MB/sec.
  • Speed matching down to 31 MB/sec with LTO-4 media
  • Interface: SAS
  • Compatability: LTO4 (R/W), LTO3 (R/W) and LTO2 (R)
  • Attributes provided: Feature includes one each of the following, HHLTO-4 SAS Tape Drive, LTO-4 Cleaning Cartridge, and LTO-4 Test Cartridge.
  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay is required and #3657 cable.
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8498)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8506) - PowerVM Standard

This feature allows the customer to create partitions that are in units of less than 1 CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allows the same system I/O to be virtually allocated to these partitions. When PowerVM is installed in the system, all activated processors must have the PowerVM feature. A fully activated 2-core system requires that two of this feature be ordered. A fully activated 4-core system requires that four of this feature be ordered, and a fully activated 8-core system requires that eight of this feature be ordered. An encrypted key is supplied to the customer and is intalled on the system, authorizing the partitioning at the sub-processor level.

Note: If feature 8506 is ordered, the quantity ordered myst be equal to the number of active processors.

  • Attributes provided: Capability to partition processor
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8506)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8507) - PowerVM Enterprise

This feature allows the customer to create partitions that are in units of less than 1 CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allows the same system I/O to be virtually allocated to these partitions. When PowerVM is installed in the system, all activated processors must have the PowerVM feature. A fully activated 2-core system requires that two of this feature be ordered. A fully activated 4-core system requires that four of this feature be ordered, and a fully activated 8-core system requires that eight of this feature be ordered. An encrypted key is supplied to the customer and is intalled on the system, authorizing the partitioning at the sub-processor level. PowerVM Enterprise also includes Live Partition Mobility, which allows for the movement of a logical partition from one POWER6 server to another with no application downtime.

Note: Feature 8507 requires system firmware level EL320_074 or later.

Note: If feature 8507 is ordered, the quantity ordered must be equal to the number of active processors.

  • Attributes provided: Capability to partition processor.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8507)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8790) - DAT320 160/320 GB Tape Drive

The internal Tape drive is a half-high form factor for save/ restore and archive functions. This DDS Gen7 tape drive uses the new DAT320 DAT cartridge, and is compression capable, providing a capacity of to 320 GB (assuming 2:1 compression ratio) a significant increase in capacity over the previous DAT160 #5619 80/160GB internal tape drive (when using DAT320 Data Cartridges)

Characteristics

  • Native Capacity: 160GB
  • Compressed Capacity: 320GB
  • Speed: 12 MB/s
  • Host Interface: SAS
  • Compatibility: R/W DAT320, DAT160*
  • Technology: WORM, *Encryption
  • Media: M 8mm
  • LEDs: 5 including encryption**
  • Form Factor:41mm (5.25-inch) HH

* DAT160 cartridges are to be used for occasional use only as they are more abrasive then the new DAT320 Data cartridge and will cause excessive head wear if used for more than occasional use.

** Encryption is AES-GCM 256 bit Hardware Encryption on DAT320 media

  • Attributes provided: DAT320 160/320 GB Tape Drive
  • Attributes required: Available half-high media bay and Right Angle SAS Tape Drive Cable (#3657)
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8790)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8800) - Keyboard - USB, US English, #103P

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8800)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8801) - Keyboard - USB, French, #189

This feature provides a USB attached French #189 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8801)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8802) - Keyboard - USB, Italian, #142

This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8802)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8803) - Keyboard - USB, German/Austrian, #129

This feature provides a USB attached German/Austrian #129 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8803)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8804) - Keyboard - USB, UK English, #166

This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8804)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8805) - Keyboard - USB, Spanish, #172

This feature provides a USB attached Spanish #172 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8805)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8806) - Keyboard - USB, Japanese, #194

This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8806)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8807) - Keyboard - USB, Brazilian/Portuguese, #275

This feature provides a USB attached Brazilian Portuguese #275 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8807)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8808) - Keyboard - USB, Canadian French, #058

This feature provides a USB attached Canadian French #058 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8808)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8810) - Keyboard - USB, Belgium/UK, #120

This feature provides a USB attached Belgium/UK #120 Quiet Touc keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8810)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8811) - Keyboard - USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153

This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8811)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8812) - Keyboard - USB, Danish, #159

This feature provides a USB attached Danish #159 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8812)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8813) - Keyboard - USB, Bulgarian, #442

This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8813)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8814) - Keyboard - USB, Swiss/French/German, #150F/G

This feature provides a USB attached Swiss/French/German #150F/G Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8814)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8816) - Keyboard - USB, Norwegian, #155

This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8816)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8817) - Keyboard - USB, Dutch, #143

This feature provides a USB attached Dutch #143 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8817)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8818) - Keyboard - USB, Portuguese, #163

This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8818)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8819) - Keyboard - USB, Greek, #319

This feature provides a USB attached Greek #319 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 8202-E4B: (#8819)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 0 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Must Remove
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8820) - Keyboard - USB, Hebrew, #212

This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #21